Jaguar Xk8 Users Manual X100 9875/E COVER

XK8 to the manual 8d6882bf-1a19-4849-a4bb-9f851e018483

2015-02-09

: Jaguar Jaguar-Xk8-Users-Manual-566675 jaguar-xk8-users-manual-566675 jaguar pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 129

DownloadJaguar Jaguar-Xk8-Users-Manual- X100 9875/E COVER Jaguar-xk8-users-manual
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
BY APPOINTMENT TO
HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

BY APPOINTMENT TO
HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH
THE QUEEN MOTHER
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

BY APPOINTMENT TO
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

1998 Range Electrical Guide

Published by Parts and Service Communications
Jaguar Cars Limited
Publication Part Number – JTP 615

XK8 Range 1998

Introduction

Electrical Guide Format
This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information for and about the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the XK8 electrical /
electronic systems, as well as the location and identification of components.
The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (i.e.
Fig. 01.1) and Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.
It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the
book and with the system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents on the following pages should help
to guide the user.

Standard Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Electrical Guide:
B+
Battery Voltage
CAN
Controller Area Network
COUPE Coupe Vehicles
CONV.
Convertible Vehicles
DI
Direction Indicator
LH
Left-Hand
LHD
Left-Hand Drive
NAS
North American Specification
RH
Right-Hand
RHD
Right-Hand Drive
ROW
Rest of World
SCP
Standard Corporate Protocol Network
VIN
Vehicle Identification Number
Refer to the vehicle Service Manual for a glossary of standard terms and their abbreviations.

Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)
VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:

➞ VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456 ➞ indicates “from VIN 123456 on”.
XK8 Electrical System Architecture
The XK8 system “architecture” is new to Jaguar vehicles and features vehicle multiplexing. Multiplexing allows for greatly
simplified wiring harnesses, while at the same time allowing flexibility in programming market variants. Two data networks are used in the system: a controller area network (CAN) for the engine, drive train and related systems, and a standard corporate protocol network (SCP) for the body systems. Any vehicle subsystem depicted on the figures with the
CAN or SCP included uses data derived from the network, or transmits data via the network to achieve control. Messages
for both networks are cataloged in the Appendix of this book. When appropriate, the user will be referred to the Appendix
by a note on the Data page. In addition to the two networks, the XK8 uses a serial data bus (ISO) for diagnostics and for
the programming of certain control modules.
The XK8 uses both power and logic grounds; however, it does not use a common logic ground stud connection as in
previous vehicles.

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

1

Table of Contents

XK8 Range 1998

Component Index ........................................................................................................ 5 – 9
User Instructions ........................................................................................................ 10 – 15
Connectors ................................................................................................................ 16
Main Power Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location ............................. 17
Harness Layout .......................................................................................................... 18
Control Module Identification and Location ................................................................. 19
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location .......................................... 20 – 22
Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location .......................................................... 23

NOTE: The Appendix, which contains a catalog of CAN and SCP Network messages, follows the Figure and Data pages.

2

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998

FIGURES
Fig.
Description

Table of Contents

Variant

01
Power Distribution
01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ................................................................ All Vehicles
01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Driver and Passenger Fuse Boxes ....... All Vehicles
01.3 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and
EMS Fuse Boxes ........................................................................... All Vehicles
01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution ............................................. All Vehicles
01.5 ...... Engine Management Switched Power Distribution ........................ All Vehicles
02
Ground Distribution
02.1 ...... Ignition Switched Ground Distribution ............................................ All Vehicles
03
Battery; Starter; Generator
03.1 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A ............................................ AJ26 N/A Vehicles
03.2 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 SC .............................................. AJ26 SC Vehicles
04
04.1
04.2
04.3
04.4
04.5

Engine Management
...... AJ26 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 ................................... AJ26 N/A NAS Vehicles VIN 024687
...... AJ26 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ................................. AJ26 N/A ROW Vehicles VIN 024687
...... AJ26 N/A Engine Management: Part 2 ........................................... AJ26 N/A Vehicles VIN 024687
...... AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ................................... AJ26 SC ROW Vehicles
...... AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 2 ................................... AJ26 SC ROW Vehicles

➞

➞
➞

05
Transmission
05.1 ...... AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission ................................................. AJ26 N/A Vehicles
05.2 ...... AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission .................................................. AJ26 SC Vehicles
05.3 ...... Gearshift Interlock .......................................................................... All Vehicles
06
Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control
06.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control ................................................ All Vehicles
07
Climate Control
07.1 ...... Climate Control: Part 1 ................................................................... All Vehicles
07.2 ...... Climate Control: Part 2 ................................................................... All Vehicles
08
Instrumentation; Audible Warnings
08.1 ...... Instrument Packs ........................................................................... All Vehicles
08.2 ...... Audible Warnings ........................................................................... All Vehicles
09
Exterior Lighting
09.1 ...... Exterior Lighting: Front ................................................................... All Vehicles
09.2 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear .................................................................... All Vehicles
09.3 ...... Headlamp Leveling ........................................................................ Headlamp Leveling Vehicles

DATE OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY 1998

3

Table of Contents

FIGURES
Fig.
Description

XK8 Range 1998

Variant

10
Interior Lighting
10.1 ...... Interior Lighting .............................................................................. All Vehicles
10.2 ...... Dimmer-Controlled Lighting ........................................................... All Vehicles
11
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
11.5

Steering; Mirrors; Suspension
...... Power Assisted Steering ................................................................ All Vehicles
...... Steering Column Movement .......................................................... All Vehicles
...... Mirror Movement .......................................................................... All Vehicles
...... Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors .............................. All Vehicles
...... Suspension Adaptive Damping ...................................................... Adaptive Damping Vehicles

12
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4

Seat Systems
...... Driver Seat: Memory ...................................................................... Memory Seat Vehicles
...... Driver Seat: Non Memory .............................................................. Non Memory Seat Vehicles
...... Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement ................................................ 3-Way Movement Vehicles
...... Passenger Seat: 2-Way Movement ................................................ 2-Way Movement Vehicles

13
Door Locking; Security
13.1 ...... Central Door Locking ..................................................................... All Vehicles

14
Wash / Wipe System
14.1 ...... Wash / Wipe System ..................................................................... All Vehicles
15
Window Lifts; Convertible Top
15.1 ...... Window Lifts ................................................................................. All Vehicles
15.2 ...... Convertible Top .............................................................................. Convertible Vehicles
16
16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4

......
......
......
......

In-Car Entertainment; Telephone
Standard In-Car Entertainment: Convertible .................................... Convertible Vehicles
Standard In-Car Entertainment: Coupe ........................................... Coupe Vehicles
Premium In-Car Entertainment ....................................................... Premium ICE Vehicles
Radio Telephone ............................................................................ All Vehicles

17
Supplementary Restraint System
17.1 ...... Airbag System ............................................................................... All Vehicles
18
Ancillaries
18.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horns; Cigar Lighters; Accessory Connectors;
Garage Door Opener ...................................................................... All Vehicles
19
Vehicle Multiplex Systems
19.1 ...... CAN (Network); SCP Network; Serial Data Links ............................ All Vehicles

4

DATE OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY 1998

XK8 Range 1998
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE ................. Fig. 06.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
ACCELEROMETERS ............................................................... Fig. 11.5
ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ................................................ Fig. 13.2
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE ............................ Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ....................... Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE .............................. Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL .................................. Fig. 07.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
AIR INTAKE – LH ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1
AIR INTAKE – RH ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1
AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE ....................................... Fig. 17.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
AIRBAG INTERROGATION CONNECTOR ............................... Fig. 17.1

Component Index
BRAKE SWITCH – LHD ........................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
BRAKE SWITCH – RHD ........................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR ............................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ....................................................... Fig 04.1
CD AUTO-CHANGER ............................................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK ........................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2

AIRBAGS ................................................................................. Fig. 17.1

CIGAR LIGHTERS .................................................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ....................................... Fig. 07.1

COLUMN JOY STICK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .................... Fig. 11.2

ANTENNA MOTOR ................................................................. Fig. 16.3

CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP ..................................................... Fig. 15.2

ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY ......................................................... Fig. 07.1

CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH .................................................. Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2

AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .... Fig. 08.2
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH ..................................................... Fig. 08.1
AUTO TILT SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ...................... Fig. 11.2
CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH ................................... Fig. 10.2
BATTERY ................................................................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH ................................................... Fig. 04.3

BLOWER MOTORS ................................................................ Fig. 07.2

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) .............. Fig. 04.3

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 08.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

D – 4 SWITCH ......................................................................... Fig. 05.1
DAMPER SOLENOIDS ............................................................ Fig. 11.5
DATA LINK CONNECTOR ....................................................... Fig. 19.1
DIMMER CONTROL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ..................... Fig. 10.2
DIMMER MODULE ................................................................. Fig. 10.2
DIODE (BT29) – TRUNK SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 10.1
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER ................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH – LHD ............................................. Fig. 04.3
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH – RHD ............................................ Fig. 04.3
BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR ..................................................... Fig. 06.1

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

5

Component Index
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER ........................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
DOOR LOCK ACTUATORS ..................................................... Fig. 13.1
DOOR LOCK SWITCH – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 13.1
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER ........................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS ...................................................... Fig. 11.3
DOOR MIRRORS .................................................................... Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN .............................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH ...................... Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ................................................. Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ........................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR ........................................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL VALVE ......................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2

XK8 Range 1998
FUEL PUMP ............................................................................ Fig. 04.3
FUEL TANK PRESURE SENSOR ............................................. Fig. 04.1
FULL RANGE SPEAKERS ........................................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
FUSE BOX – DRIVER SIDE ...................................................... Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT .................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT .................................... Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.5
FUSE BOX – PASSENGER SIDE .............................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
FUSE BOX – TRUNK ................................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
GARAGE DOOR OPENER (ROOF CONSOLE) ......................... Fig. 18.1
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE ......................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID ...................................... Fig. 05.2
GENERATOR ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1
GLASS BREAKAGE SENSOR (ROOF CONSOLE) .................... Fig. 13.2
GLOVE BOX LAMP ................................................................. Fig. 10.1
HANDSET ................................................................................ Fig. 16.4
HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATORS ..................................... Fig. 09.3
HEATED BACKLIGHT .............................................................. Fig. 07.2
HEATED OXYGEN SENSORS .................................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
HEATER PUMP ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2

EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY ...................... Fig. 07.1

HEATER VALVE ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2

FASCIA ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ....................................... Fig. 18.1

HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP ................................................ Fig. 09.2

FOOT WELL LAMPS ............................................................... Fig. 10.1
FRONT FOG LAMPS ............................................................... Fig. 09.1

HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE .................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1

FRONT LAMP UNITS .............................................................. Fig. 09.1

HORN SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) .................................. Fig. 18.1

FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID ................................................... Fig. 13.1

HORNS .................................................................................... Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1

FUEL INJECTORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.3
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ............................................................. Fig. 08.1

6

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998
IGNITION COILS ...................................................................... Fig. 04.3
IGNITION MODULES .............................................................. Fig. 04.3
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) ...................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
IGNITION SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 02.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
IMPACT SENSORS .................................................................. Fig. 17.1

Component Index
MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK .................................................. Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
MIRROR JOY STICK (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) ............ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) ......................................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
NEUTRAL SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 03.1

INERTIA SWITCH .................................................................... Fig. 02.1

NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH ................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1

INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR ............................................. Fig. 11.4

NUMBER PLATE LAMPS ........................................................ Fig. 09.2

KEY FOB ANTENNAS .............................................................. Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ......................................................... Fig. 08.1

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE .............................................. Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER .............................................. Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3

INCLINATION SENSOR ........................................................... Fig. 13.2

KEYLOCK SOLENOID (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ................... Fig. 05.2
KICKDOWN SWITCH – LHD .................................................... Fig. 05.1
KICKDOWN SWITCH – RHD ................................................... Fig. 05.1
KNOCK SENSORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ...................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2

PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS .... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
POWER AMPLIFIER ................................................................ Fig. 16.3
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE .............. Fig. 11.1
POWER WASH PUMP ............................................................ Fig. 14.1
PUDDLE LAMPS ..................................................................... Fig. 10.1

LAMP CONTROL MODULE .................................................... Fig. 09.2

QUARTER LIGHT LIFTS ........................................................... Fig. 15.2

LATCH CONTROL VALVE ....................................................... Fig. 15.2

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE ........................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2

LEVELING SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ...... Fig. 09.3
LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .......................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
MAIN CONTROL VALVE ......................................................... Fig. 15.2
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK .................................................. Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

RADIATOR FANS .................................................................... Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT ............................................. Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.4
RADIO ANTENNA ................................................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) ............... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3
RADIO ILLUMINATION ........................................................... Fig. 10.2
READER / EXCITER COIL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ............. Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
REAR INTERIOR LAMP (COUPE ONLY) .................................. Fig. 10.1
REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE SPEAKERS ............................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
REAR QUARTER MID-RANGE SPEAKERS .............................. Fig. 16.3

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR ..................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2

REAR SUB-WOOFERS ............................................................ Fig. 16.3

MICROPHONE (TELEPHONE) ................................................. Fig. 16.4

REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH ........................... Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2

MID-BASS SPEAKERS ............................................................ Fig. 16.3

REGULATOR ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1
ROOF CONSOLE .................................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

7

Component Index
SEAT BELT SWITCH ............................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER ..................................... Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER ............................. Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) – DRIVER ...................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) – PASSENGER .............................. Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4

XK8 Range 1998
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT ............................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER DOOR ..................................... Fig. 10.2
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT ...................................... Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
TAIL LAMP UNITS ................................................................... Fig. 09.2
TELEPHONE ANTENNA .......................................................... Fig. 16.4
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER ................................................... Fig. 16.4
THROTTLE MOTOR ................................................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR .............................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
TOP CLOSED SWITCH ............................................................ Fig. 15.2
TOP DOWN SWITCH .............................................................. Fig. 15.2
TOP LATCH CLOSED SWITCH ............................................... Fig. 15.2

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER ............................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2

TOP RAISED SWITCH ............................................................. Fig. 15.2

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 12.3

TOP READY-TO-LATCH SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 15.2

SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2

TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE ................................................. Fig. 01.1

SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR
(GEAR SELECTOR MODULE) ........................................... Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE .................... Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE .................................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
TRANSMISSION ELECTRICS .................................................. Fig. 05.1
TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH ........................................ Fig. 05.1
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK ........................................... Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
TRIP CYCLE SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .................... Fig. 08.1
TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ........................................ Fig. 18.1
TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH ............................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
TRUNK LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1

SIDE DI REPEATERS (ROW) ................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1

TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID ................................................. Fig. 13.1

SIDE MARKERS (NAS ONLY) .................................................. Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2

TRUNK SWITCH ...................................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3

SOLAR SENSOR ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1
SQUAB (HEATERS) – DRIVER ................................................. Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
SQUAWKERS (FASCIA) ........................................................... Fig. 16.3

TWEETERS .............................................................................. Fig. 16.3
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES .............................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2

STARTER MOTOR .................................................................. Fig. 03.1

VALET SWITCH ....................................................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3

STEERING COLUMN MOTORS .............................................. Fig. 11.2

VANITY LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1

SUPPRESSION MODULE ....................................................... Fig. 03.1

VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER – LHD ............................. Fig. 11.1

SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR ............................................. Fig. 10.2

VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER – RHD ............................ Fig. 11.1

STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 06.1

SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR MEMORY ............................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3

8

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998

Component Index

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVES ..................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
VENT ASSEMBLY ................................................................... Fig. 07.1
WASH / WIPE STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .................... Fig. 14.1
WHEEL SPEED SENSORS ...................................................... Fig. 06.1
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – DRIVER DOOR
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) ....................................... Fig. 15.1
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – PASSENGER DOOR
(PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 15.1
WINDOW LIFTS ...................................................................... Fig. 15.1
WINDSHIELD HEATERS ......................................................... Fig. 07.2
WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR ..... Fig. 14.1
WIPER MOTOR ....................................................................... Fig. 14.1

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

9

User Instructions

XK8 Range 1998

Figure and Data Page Layout
Figure Pages
Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system
(01 – Power Distribution, 02 – Ground Distribution, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following
a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.). Refer to the Table of Contents for a complete list of the Figures.
The Figures 01 – Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols
refer the user to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates
the need to include detailed Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. Similarly, the Figure 02 – Ground Distribution details the ignition switched ground distribution. The reference symbols are defined on page 12.
Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding pages. The user must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.
Data Pages
The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds.
This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.
When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.
Where circuits include a Control Module, Pin Out information is provided with values for “active” and “inactive” states.
The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit
operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

10

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998

User Instructions

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

FIGURE NUMBER

Fig. 03.1

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P

Pin

COMPONENT, RELAY, CONNECTOR AND
GROUND INFORMATION

COMPONENTS

Description

Active

Inactive

Component

I

FC14-7

NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS

GROUND (N)

B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2)

BATTERY

D

FC14-39

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BT66 / EYELET
BT67 / EYELET

TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE

I

FC14-41

STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

GROUND (CRANKING)

B+

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

FC14 / 104-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY

PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

O

FC14-73

STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE

GROUND (CRANKING)

B+

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

B+

B+

EM10 / 28-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY
EM11 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY
EM12 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY
EM13 / 34-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY
EM14 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE
EM15 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE

I

FC14-80

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

D

FC14-92

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
P

Pin

Description

Active

Inactive

D

EM10-6

OK TO START – ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

I

EM10-15

PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION

B+ (P, N)

GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)

D

EM10-17

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

I

EM11-6

ENGINE CRANK

GROUND (CRANKING)

B+

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
P

Pin

Description

Active

D

FC22-9

GLASS BREAKAGE / OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)

D

FC22-16

OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)

D

FC22-17

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)

GENERATOR

AN1 / EYELET
AN2 / EYELET
ST11 / EYELET

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT

HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE

BT60 / EYELET
BT61 / EYELET
BT62 / EYELET
BT63 / EYELET

TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY

IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)

FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

STEERING COLUMN

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN

ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX

NEUTRAL SWITCH

FC89 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY

REGULATOR (GENERATOR)

PI50 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK

STARTER MOTOR

ST2 / EYELET
ST3 / EYELET
ST10 / EYELET

ENGINE BLOCK

SUPPRESSION MODULE

AN3 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC/ RED

REARWARD OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAMP

Inactive

GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / GENERATOR

RELAYS
Relay

Color / Stripe

Connector / Color

Location / Access

STARTER RELAY

BROWN

EM50 / BROWN

RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector

Type / Color

Location / Access

BT80

EYELET

EM1

20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE

EM2

18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE

EM3

14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE

EM60

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE

2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LEFT INNER FENDER HEAT SHIELD

PI1

57-WAY SUMITOMO / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

ST1

EYELET

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

BT68

BATTERY GROUND STUD

FC3BR

EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I
Input
O Output
SG Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and encoded communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+ Battery voltage
V Voltage (DC)
Hz Frequency

KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

DATE OF ISSUE

DATA PAGE

FIGURE

MODEL RANGE AND YEAR

TITLE

FIGURE NUMBER

Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A

XK8 Range 1998

FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD
CONNECTOR

N

BT80

BT61
250A x 2

B

N

BT67

BT68

BT66

BT60

N

BT63

250A

01.1

HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE

BATTERY

NB

15

B+
FC14-80

RW

1

WO

II

02.1

Y

FC4-3

BK

WN

I

75

SU

NW

3

5

WR

WK

1

2

GO

D

37

FC14-92

IGNITION
SWITCH
(III)

FC3BL

EM50

D
FC14-39

02.1

FC4-2

FC4-5

GO
EMS28

EM1-15

I
FC14-41

FC4-1

FCS48

GO

GO

O
FC14-73

RW

III

BK

N

ST1

01.1

BT62

N

Fig. 03.1

Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A

II
ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL

STARTER RELAY
BK
FCS47

BK

BK

LOGIC

RU

RU

FC89-3

I
FC14-7

FC89-1

POWER

NEUTRAL
SWITCH

FC3BR

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

GO

I
ENGINE
START

EM11-6

FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND
IGNITION

SU

D GLASS BREAKAGE

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

FC22-9

PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

G

05.1

I
EM10-15

SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE

D

O.K. TO START

D

Y

Y
EM10-17

Y
FCS74

EM3-8

D SECURITY

ACKNOWLEDGE

FC22-17

O

O
EM10-6

EM2-18

D O.K. TO START
FC22-16

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
WR

WR
EM60-2

ST3
ST2

N

6

N

B
31

WP

ST10

II
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PASK:
CHARGE INDICATOR (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.1

PI50-2

SW

SW
EM1-14

SW
PI1-11

STARTER MOTOR

REGULATOR

PI50-1

B

N
AN1

AN3-1

ST11

B
AN2

AN3-2

GENERATOR
SUPPRESSION
MODULE

1

6

1

5

7

51

Fig. 01.2

6
II

II

52

84

Fig. 01.3

40

60

Fig. 01.1
II

E

E

39

E

1
Fig. 01.5

KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

I

Fig. 01.4
18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

FIGURE PAGE

VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 024687
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND DATE OF ISSUE

11

User Instructions

XK8 Range 1998

NOTE: In the examples shown on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.

Reference Symbols
Reference symbols are used for three purposes:
• to allow the user to complete the individual system circuit to power supply or ground
• to refer the user to a related circuit
• to identify control module inputs, outputs and signal grounds
Battery Power Supply

X

This symbol represents a direct battery power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.2 or 01.3.
X

X

I

II

X
E

Ignition Switched Power Supply

This symbol represents ignition switched power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.4 or 01.5.
The suffix I indicates auxiliary power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix E indicates engine management switched power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION)
and III (ENGINE CRANK) under ECM control.
X

XX

XX

I

II

Ignition Switched Ground

This symbol represents an ignition switched ground and refers the user to Figure 02.1.
This symbol without a suffix indicates CRANK. Ground is completed in ignition switch key position III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix I indicates auxiliary ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III
(ENGINE CRANK).
XX.X

BPM

Figure Number Reference Flag

This symbol refers the reader to a figure number only. It does not refer to a flag with the same number on a different
figure.
As used in Figures 01.1 through 02.1, the reference flag refers the user to a continuation of the circuit. In this instance, the user matches the number to a Power Supply or Ground symbol to trace the circuit.
In most other cases, it is not necessary to refer to another figure for completion of a circuit, as the reference flags are
used to indicate parallel circuits and circuits that share components. Most of the circuits where this situation occurs
are overlapped to avoid the necessity for cross-referencing to another figure. Exceptions to this rule are instances
where signals are transmitted to or received from other system circuits. When circuits are not overlapped, they are
noted by (CIRCUIT CONTINUED).
BPM Because the Body Processor Module appears numerous times, the abbreviation BPM is used in the reference
flags on Figures 01.2 and 02.1 in order to conserve space.
Control Module Input, Output, Data Link, Signal Ground and Network(s)
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

These six symbols are employed to assist the user in visualizing the ‘logic’ of circuits containing control modules.
The symbols identify control module input, output, data link, signal ground and network pins. These symbols are also
employed on the corresponding data page.

12

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998
Wiring Symbols

User Instructions
Wiring Color Codes
N
B
W
K
G
R
Y

SPLICE
SIMPLIFIED SPLICE

BULB

Brown
Black
White
Pink
Green
Red
Yellow

O
S
L
U
P
BRD

Orange
Slate
Light
Blue
Purple
Braid

CAPACITOR

When a wire has two or more color code letters, the first
letter indicates the main color and the subsequent letter(s)
indicate the tracer color(s).

CONNECTOR

Wiring Harness Codes
DIODE

DIODE (IN HARNESS)
XX1-X

EYELET AND STUD

FUSE

LOGIC GROUND

POWER GROUND

LED
LED

MOTOR

POTENTIOMETER

RESISTOR

SOLENOID

SUPPRESSION DIODE

SUPPRESSION RESISTOR

THERMISTOR

TRANSISTOR

XX1

XX1-X

Code
AC
AN
AS
BB
BC
BL
BT
DD
DP
EL
EM
EN
FC
FL
FR
IC
IS
LF
LL
PI
QL
QR
RF
RH
RL
RR
RT
SA
SC
SD
SP
SW
TL

Description
Air Conditioning (Climate Control)
Generator Suppression Module
Generator to Starter
Trunk Bridging Link
Main Power Distribution
Trunk Lid
Trunk
Door, Driver
Door, Passenger
Engine Management Cruise Control Link
Engine Management
Engine Management Side Marker Link
Fascia
LH Front Wheel
RH Front Wheel
In-Car Entertainment
Inclination Sensor Link
Left Forward
Power Steering Link
Engine
Convertible LH Quarter Light Link
Convertible RH Quarter Light Link
Roof
Rearward
LH Rear Wheel
RH Rear Wheel
Radio Telephone
Starter to Generator Link
Column Switchgear
Seat, Driver
Seat, Passenger
Steering Wheel
Telephone

Code Numbering
When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar
Engineering uses a three-position format: AC001, AC002,
etc. Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide, the
codes have been shortened. Thus AC001-001 becomes
AC1-1, AC002-001 becomes AC2-1, etc.

WIRE CONTINUED
ZENER DIODE

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

13

User Instructions

XK8 Range 1998

Harness Component Numbers
Connectors
HARNESS CODE + CONNECTOR NUMBER + PIN NUMBER
EXAMPLE: FC7-24 (pin number is separated by a dash)
Where the pin number differs from LHD to RHD, the connector number will be further identified by (LHD) or (RHD).

FC7-24
Harness code

FC7-24 (LHD)
FC7-15 (RHD)
Pin number

Connector number

Splices
HARNESS CODE + S (SPLICE) + SPLICE NUMBER
EXAMPLE: RHS3 (no dash is used)
NOTE: In order to avoid unnecessary circuit complication, multiple splices (more than two wires) within components,
in wires leading from input components to multiple circuits and in harness ‘ground’ sides, are simplified so as not to
show wires from other circuits.

RHS3

RHS3
SIMPLIFIED SPLICE

Harness code

Splice number

Splice

Diodes
Harness diodes occur at connectors and are depicted as components and identified by a connector number.
EXAMPLE:

BT29-1

BT29

BT29-2

Relay Connectors
Relay connector numbers are shown within the relay. The connector number is shown in the upper portion of the relay; the pin (terminal) number is shown adjacent to the pin. Certain relays are paired and share a modular connector.
In this instance, the connector number remains the same for both relays while the pin numbers of the second relay
are identified by numbers 6 – 10.
EXAMPLE:
AC20

14

AC20

4

9

3

5

8

10

1

2

6

7

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998

User Instructions

Grounds
HARNESS CODE + GROUND STUD NUMBER + EYELET STUD POSITION (A,B,C) + EYELET DESIGNATION (S,L,R)
Eyelet stud position
There may be up to three eyelets on one stud. A, B and C are used to indicate the position of the eyelet on the stud:
A – first (bottom), B – second (middle), C – third (top).
Eyelet designation
Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’, which is identified by an S; the eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified as L (left) or R (right).
S

L

SINGLE EYELET

R

EYELET PAIR

EXAMPLES:
Harness code

Harness code

Harness code

Ground stud number

Ground stud number

Ground stud number

FC2S

LF1AR

Single leg eyelet

BT1CS

RH leg of eyelet

Single leg eyelet

First eyelet on stud

Third eyelet on stud

Where the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in parentheses. If the ground
designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.
EXAMPLES:

EM2AR
(EM1AR)

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

LHD Vehicles
RHD Vehicles

BT1AL

Same for LHD & RHD Vehicles

15

Connectors

XK8 Range 1998

The following connectors are the common harness-to-harness connectors used throughout the vehicle.
Multilock 040
Low current (used as harness and ‘direct’ connection
connector).

Multilock 070
High current (used as harness and ‘direct’ connection
connector).

Econoseal III LC
Low current sealed connector.

Econoseal III HC
High current sealed connector.

Ford Card
Used for SRS only.

16

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998

Main Power Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location

GROUND POINTS

Main Power Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location

MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX

GENERATOR
LF70
ST11

LF1
STARTER
MOTOR
ST3

LF2

FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
BT80
ST1

ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX (RHD)

EM2

EM70

EM70

ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX (LHD)

EM1
RHD

LF3

FC4

FC3
(QUIET GROUND)

FC2
DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD)
PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD)
FC1
CE2
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT GROUND

FC90
FC93

RHD

BT79
EM71
FC91
LF71

PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD)
DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD)

FC90
FC92

TUNNEL
STUD CONNECTOR

FC6

FC5

RH3
(KEYFOB ANTENNA)

RH2

RH1

RADIO ANTENNA GROUND
BT61

HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
BT68
BATTERY GROUND

BT62
BT63

BT60

BT66

+

BT1
BT2
BT3

BATTERY

–

BT68
BT67

TRUNK FUSE BOX

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

BT64

17

Harness Layout

XK8 Range 1998

Harness Layout

LHD

RHD

FRONT OF VEHICLE

FRONT OF VEHICLE

LF2

LF1

LF2

LF41

LF1

LF41

LF42

FR – RH FRONT WHEEL

FL – LH FRONT WHEEL

LF42

FR – RH FRONT WHEEL

FL – LH FRONT WHEEL

ST – STARTER LINK
PI – ENGINE

LL – POWER STEERING LINK
EL – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
CRUISE CONTROL LINK
OR
EN – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
SIDE MARKER LINK

LF – LEFT FORWARD
PI1
PI2

LF3

LF3
LF40

EM60

EM2

LL1

EL1

EM – ENGINE MANAGEMENT

LF1
LF2
LF60

AC12
AC13
AC14
AC15

AC16

EM1
EM2
EM3

FC3

DD – DRIVER’S DOOR

SC – COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

LF1
LF2
LF60

DP1

DP – PASSENGER’S DOOR

DP – PASSENGER’S DOOR

EM60

EL1

EM1

EM2

AC – AIR CONDITIONING
(CLIMATE CONTROL)

DP1

FC2
SC1
SC2
SC3
SC4

PI1
PI2

LF3

FC1

FC4

EL – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
CRUISE CONTROL LINK
OR
EN – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
SIDE MARKER LINK

LF – LEFT FORWARD

LF3
LF40

EM1

AC – AIR CONDITIONING
(CLIMATE CONTROL)

DD1

ST – STARTER LINK

PI – ENGINE

EM – ENGINE MANAGEMENT

AC12
AC13
AC14
AC15

AC16

EM1
EM2
EM3

DD1

FC3

FC1

FC4

FC2

RF1

RF1

RF – ROOF

DD – DRIVER’S DOOR

SC1
SC2
SC3
SC4

SC – COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
SW1
SW2

SW – STEERING WHEEL

FC – FASCIA

TL – TELEPHONE

FC – FASCIA

SW1
SW2

TL – TELEPHONE

RT – RADIO TELEPHONE

RT20

RT3

IC1
IC2

IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT

RF – ROOF

RT20

RT3

IC1
IC2

RT – RADIO TELEPHONE
IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT

FC5

FC6
IC4

FC5

FC6
IC4

SD1
SD2

SD – DRIVER’S SEAT

SP1
SP2

SP – PASSENGER’S SEAT

RH1
RH2
RH12
RH14

RH2

RH5

RH6

RH1

QL – CONVERTIBLE
LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK

BT3

BB1

SP1
SP2

SP – PASSENGER’S SEAT

BT1
BT2
BT3
BT4
BT58

SD1
SD2

BL1

RH2

QR – CONVERTIBLE
RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK

RH5

RH6

18

RH1

QL – CONVERTIBLE
LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK

BT3

BT1

BB1

BT1
BT2
BT3
BT4
BT58

QR – CONVERTIBLE
RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK

BT1

BT2
BT73

BT72

RR – RH REAR WHEEL

RL – LH REAR WHEEL

BL1

BT73

RR – RH REAR WHEEL
BL – TRUNK LID

BL – TRUNK LID
BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK

RH – REARWARD

BT – TRUNK

BT2
BT72

SD – DRIVER’S SEAT

RH1
RH2
RH12
RH14

RH – REARWARD

BT – TRUNK

RL – LH REAR WHEEL

SW – STEERING WHEEL

BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998

Control Module Identification and Location

LHD

RHD

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE

Control Module Identification and Location

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE

AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONTROL MODULE

AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

DIMMER MODULE
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
DIMMER MODULE

PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE

GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE

SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

LAMP CONTROL MODULE

SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE

LAMP CONTROL MODULE

19

Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location

XK8 Range 1998

Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A

EM7
EM7 / 88-WAY / BLACK

LF37

28
BY

27
—

55
WB
88
—

87
—

86
Y

26
ND
54
WB

85
G

25
—

53
RU
84
—

24
—

23
BRD

52
RY
83
Y

51
OB
82
G

22
UY

50
—

21
BU
49
—

81
—

80
—

79
—

20
—

19
—

18
BS

17
—

16
U

15
BRD

14
N

13
US

12
RP

11
—

10
—

9
W

8
RB

7
—

48
—

47
—

46
—

45
RG

44
R

43
—

42
G

41
—

40
—

39
—

38
—

37
Y

36
S

35
—

78
—

77
—

76
—

75
—

74
—

73
—

72
—

71
—

70
—

69
—

68
—

67
—

66
—

65
—

6
B
34
B
64
—

5
OG
33
YP

4
OK

32
YU

63
—

62
—

L
G

H
Y

3
—
31
—

2
RS
30
YB

61
—

60
—

1
OU
29
OR

59
—

58
—

57
—

56
—

2
UG

1
WR

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC

LF37 / 25-WAY / BLACK

TOP

17
W

18
R
10
—

1
UO

19
UP
11
—

2
US

20
WU
12
—

3
S

21
P

13
UB
4
G

22
U
14
R

5
Y

23
—
15
G

6
Y

24
B

25
WY

8
B

9
NR

EM73

EM72

16
RY
7
O

EM73 / 18-WAY / BLACK
23
—
1
YU

2
BS

24
—
3
P

EM72 / 14-WAY / BLACK

25
26
27
28
LGB LGU LGP LGN
4
—

5
—

6
—

7
—

8
—

29
WB

30
B
9
—

33
B
10
—

12
BG

34
BY
13
BW

35
BU
14
BK

36
BO

15
BLG

37
BN
16
BP

38
BR
17
BS

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

EM14

EM15

EM13

EM12

EM11

EM10

AJ26 N/A
EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE

EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE

6
R

5
R

4
BK

3
WR

2
GY

1
GY

11
B

12
G

11
G

10
B

9
B

8
B

7
B

22
B

EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY

10
—

9
RY

8
RG

7
BU

6
BW

5
BY

4
BO

3
PN

21
—

20
—

19
—

18
BS

17
BN

16
BG

15
BP

14
—

2
PU

1
PS

13
—

12
B

10
—
16
WU

9
KW

8
—

7
—

15
W

6
—
14
GR

26
25
24
23
LGU LGW LGO LGK

5
—

4
OK

EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY
3
SP

13
PY
22
UB

2
W

12
RW
21
—

34
33
32
31
LPG LGS LGR LGY

20
B
30
—

19
Y

1
KN
11
PW

18
S

29
O

28
P

6
YW
11
—

10
RY

17
N
27
BG

5
WU

17
U

3
—

9
SG
16
N

22
BP

4
—

21
—

2
—

EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY
1
—

8
SLG
15
R

14
G

13
GY

20
—

4
WU
7
—

16
K

10
G
15
R

EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY

1
SR
6
GO

11
U
18
BY

2
—

7
RG

12
UP
19
BY

3
P

9
UY
14
BG

8
—
5
SG

13
O

8
UW
13
BY

12
BG

7
—

6
O

5
WK

12
K
21
UW

28
Y

4
UN

3
ULG

11
PG
20
BG

27
G

19
—
26
Y

18
—

10
US
17
Y

16
PK

25
G

15
G

9
NO

14
OU

24
—

23
BK

22
B

AJ26 SC
EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE

EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE

6
R

5
R

4
BK

3
WR

2
GY

1
GY

11
B

12
G

11
G

10
B

9
B

8
B

7
B

22
B

EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY

10
—

9
—

8
—

7
BU

6
BW

5
BY

4
BO

3
PN

21
—

20
—

19
—

18
BS

17
BN

16
BG

15
BP

14
—

2
PU

1
PS

13
—

12
B

10
RY
16
WU

9
KW

8
—

7
—

15
W

6
—
14
GR

26
25
24
23
LGU LGW LGO LGK
34
33
32
31
LPG LGS LGR LGY

20

5
—

4
OK

EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY
3
SP

13
PY
22
UB

2
W

12
RW
21
—

20
B
30
—

19
Y
29
O

1
KN
11
PW

18
S
28
P

6
YW
11
—

17
N
27
BG

5
WU

10
RY
17
U

22
BP

3
YN

9
SG
16
N

21
—

4
YR

EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY
1
YU

8
SLG
15
R

20
—

2
YG

14
G

13
GY

4
WU
7
—

16
K

10
G
15
R

9
UY
14
BG

EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY

1
SR
6
GO

11
U
18
BY

2
—

7
RG

12
UP
19
BY

3
P

8
—
5
SG

13
O

8
UW
13
BY

12
BG

7
—

5
WK

12
K
21
UW

28
Y

6
O

27
G

4
UN

3
ULG

2
UG

11
PG
20
BG

19
—
26
Y

18
—

1
WR

10
US
17
Y

16
PK

25
G

DATE OF ISSUE:

15
G
24
—

9
NO

14
OU
23
BK

22
B

FEBRUARY 1998

XK8 Range 1998

Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location

Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
BT41

BT40

BT41 / 26-WAY / BLACK (NAS)

BT40 / 16-WAY / BLACK

13
—

12
—

11
—

10
—

9
—

8
—

7
YP

6
—

5
RY

4
—

3
LGY

2
—

1
R

8
S

7
OG

6
NK

5
YW

4
GW

3
UG

2
OB

1
OR

26
—

25
—

24
—

23
—

22
—

21
—

20
—

19
YR

18
—

17
—

16
—

15
—

14
—

16
U

15
NY

14
BK

13
BK

12
—

11
UO

10
—

9
GR

BT41 / 26-WAY / BLACK (ROW)

FC25

13
—

12
—

11
—

10
BK

9
—

8
LGS

7
—

6
—

5
RY

4
—

3
—

2
—

1
—

26
YO

25
—

24
—

23
—

22
—

21
—

20
—

19
YR

18
—

17
—

16
—

15
—

14
—

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

FC26

FC25 / 48-WAY / BLACK

FC26 / 24-WAY / BLACK

1
BK

2
WG

3
RN

4
—

5
—

6
SO

7
—

8
—

9
—

10
SU

11
—

12
—

13
UY

14
R

15
—

16
—

17
—

18
—

19
S

20
U

21
—

22
—

23
Y

24
Y

1
RK

2
OW

3
PY

4
SG

5
OU

6
UB

7
ON

8
RG

9
RS

10
OB

11
RB

12
RU

25
NR

26
B

27
RO

28
RO

29
—

30
—

31
—

32
—

33
BR

34
—

35
Y

36
O

37
—

38
—

39
—

40
—

41
—

42
—

43
—

44
—

45
—

46
—

47
G

48
G

13
BW

14
RW

15
OU

16
YW

17
OS

18
OG

19
OS

20
UW

21
RLG

22
SW

23
OP

24
UR

DD11

DD10

DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK
7
BP
15
WG

6
KS
14
—

22
UN

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

5
LGU
13
—

21
UP

4
OU

12
OY
20
GY

3
SN
11
—

19
—

2
UG

10
YO
18
—

DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE
1
OB

9
YN
17
OR

7
OB
8
—

15
OU

16
—

6
SU

14
GW
22
PK

5
SY
13
PO

21
PU

4
PN

12
PW

20
WU

3
PG
11
PB

19
BR

2
BY
10
BG

18
BO

1
N
9
U

17
B

8
BK
16
S

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
FC14

FC14 / 104-WAY / GREY
79
NG

80
NB
53
RK

27
GO

81
GR
54
RB

28
RW
1
RY

2
GY

82
GR
55
SP

29
S

84
U

56
UW
30
U

3
GK

83
GB
57
—

31
SW
4
GU

85
S
58
SB

32
WN

5
SO

86
ON
59
PY

33
RG

6
YW

87
SK
60
RY

34
LGK
7
RU

8
—

88
YG
61
KG

89
LGR

62
LGU

63
SW

35
36
37
OU LGW LGR
9
LGU

10
SR

90
BG

11
YB

91
BW
64
—

38
OR

65
BK
39
Y

12
OP

92
SU

93
YK
66
PU

40
WU
13
GO

94
LGO
67
UR

41
RW

14
UB

15
WO

NOTE: (NAS) PIN 13 NOT USED

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

42
UY

95
RS

68
US

96
PW
69
OK

43
BLG
16
RY

44
OY

17
OS

97
—

70
GS

71
SR

45
UG
18
YS

98
GB

99
PN
72
—

46
—

19
20
WLG OG

100
BR
73
GO

47
—

101
PW

74
RW

48
OG
21
—

22
WB

102
NY
75
—

49
—

103
B

76
GK
50
GY

23
WO

77
GP

51
RW

24
NW

DP11

104
NY
78
PG

DP11 / 22-WAY / BLACK

52
BS
25
B

DP10

7
—
26
YG

15
—

6
—
14
—

22
—

5
LGU
13
—

21
—

4
—

12
—
20
GY

3
—
11
—

19
—

2
—
10
—

18
—

DP10 / 22-WAY / BLUE
1
—

9
—
17
—

7
OB
8
—

16
—

15
OU

6
SU

14
GW
22
PK

21
PU

5
SY
13
PO

4
PN

12
PW

20
WU

3
PG
11
PB

19
—

2
PY
10
BG

18
BO

1
N
9
U

17
B

8
BK
16
S

21

Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location

XK8 Range 1998

Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

SD3

PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

SD4

SD3 / 16-WAY / BLACK

SD5

SP3

SD4 / 26-WAY / BLACK

SD5 / 10-WAY / BLACK

SP5

SP3 / 16-WAY / BLACK

SP5 / 10-WAY / BLACK

9
UY

10
UW

11
KW

12
KY

13
GN

14
GP

15
GW

16
GY

14
WP

15
—

16
—

17
—

18
WB

19
—

20
—

21
—

22
—

23
—

24
—

25
—

26
—

6
—

7
—

8
G

9
S

10
U

9
UY

10
UW

11
KW

12
KY

13
GN

14
GP

15
GW

16
GY

6
—

7
—

8
G

9
S

10
U

1
PS

2
PO

3
OK

4
R

5
OB

6
OR

7
KS

8
KO

1
WG

2
WU

3
B

4
—

5
W

6
WN

7
—

8
—

9
—

10
WR

11
WY

12
WO

13
—

1
B

2
B

3
US

4
UO

5
NK

1
PS

2
PO

3
OK

4
R

5
OB

6
OR

7
KS

8
KO

1
B

2
B

3
US

4
UO

5
NK

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE

BT69
FC22
FC29

FC30

FC22 / 20-WAY / GREEN (NAS)
BT69 / 35-WAY / BLACK
19
—

FC29 / 12-WAY / BLACK
7
WK

8
OW

1
—

9
OP

FC30 / 12-WAY / GREY

10
—

2
—

3
—

4
BK

11
YU

5
YW

12
ON

12
BK

6
R

11
RS

6
WK

10
KU

9
KG

5
RG

4
KP

3
KN

8
RW

2
RP

1
SO

7
RW

20
PB
2
UP

21
UB

3
UW

22
RB
4
—

23
—
5
—

24
ON
6
—

25
U
7
—

26
US
8
—

27
NS
9
—

28
K
10
O

29
—
11
WR

30
OB
12
—

31
OW

13
OR

32
OK

14
OG

33
OY
15
OP

34
OU
16
—

35
—
17
—

10
—

9
SU

8
—

7
—

6
O

5
—

4
—

3
—

2
—

1
—

20
—

19
—

18
—

17
Y

16
O

15
—

14
—

13
—

12
—

11
—

18
B

FC22 / 20-WAY / GREEN (ROW)

1
—

10
—

9
SU

8
OG

7
OR

6
O

5
—

4
NR

3
—

2
—

1
SB

20
—

19
—

18
—

17
Y

16
O

15
—

14
WO

13
WN

12
BK

11
—

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
LAMP CONTROL MODULE

AC4

AC4 / 22-WAY / BLACK

22

12
WR

13
B

1
WP

2
GY

14
B

15
GW

16
OU

17
UB

3
WN

4
WU

5
NY

6
PY

18
19
LGW BW
7
UG

8
P

AC3

AC2

AC3 / 12-WAY / GREY
20
BK

21
O

9
UN

10
K

22
—
11
—

BT18

AC1

AC2 / 16-WAY / GREY

BT18 / 26-WAY / YELLOW

AC1 / 26-WAY / GREY

7
SY

8
SR

9
—

10
WP

11
UB

12
KU

9
OU

10
OR

11
YG

12
—

13
UY

14
—

15
UK

16
GP

1
ULG

2
S

3
SG

4
SB

5
OY

6
UG

1
OP

2
RG

3
YW

4
—

5
SU

6
SG

7
US

8
GO

14
—

15
—

1
RLG

2
U

16
LGN

17
RW

18
LGP

19
RU

20
SR

21
Y

22
NR

23
—

3
UY

4
PS

5
LGR

6
RY

7
PR

8
PY

9
RB

10
—

24
—

25
UR

26
GU

11
—

12
UW

13
UO

1
—

2
—

3
—

4
—

5
—

6
—

7
—

8
—

9
—

10
—

11
—

12
—

13
—

14
UP

15
UO

16
RY

17
RK

18
RU

19
UB

20
UW

21
RO

22
RG

23
RW

24
WG

25
R

26
BK

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998

Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location

Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location

NOTE: RELAY COLORS ARE WRITTEN AS CASE COLOR (STRIPE) / CONNECTOR COLOR. FOR EXAMPLE, BLACK (BLUE) / BLUE INDICATES A RELAY HAVING A BLACK CASE WITH A BLUE STRIPE AND A BLUE CONNECTOR. IF THERE IS NO COLOR SHOWN IN PARENTHESES, THE RELAY CASE DOES NOT HAVE A STRIPE. SOME RELAYS
CONNECT DIRECTLY TO A FUSE BOX BUS. THE CONNECTOR COLOR FOR THESE RELAYS IS IDENTIFIED AS “BUS”.
Fuel injection relay
brown / brown
Throttle motor power relay
brown / brown
Ignition coil relay
brown / brown

Wiper FAST/SLOW relay
black / black
LH blower motor relay
black (blue) / blue

Wiper RUN/STOP relay
black / black
Door mirror heater relay
black (blue) / blue

RH blower motor relay
black (blue) / blue
Driver side fuse box (LHD)
Passenger side fuse box (RHD)

DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL RELAYS

LH FASCIA RELAYS

EMS control relay
brown / bus

Air conditioning compressor clutch relay
brown / brown

Ignition positive relay (LHD)
Auxiliary positive relay (RHD)
brown / bus

Engine Management
fuse box

CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (RHD)

LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS

Heater pump relay
brown / bus
Front fog relay
brown / bus
Main beam relay
brown / bus

Powerwash relay
brown / bus
Dip beam relay
brown / bus
Horn relay
brown / bus
Ignition positive relay
brown / bus

Engine compartment
fuse box

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX RELAYS

TRUNK RELAYS:

➞ VIN 024687

Tail lamp relay
brown / bus
Heated backlight relay
brown / bus
Rear fog relay
brown / bus
Top up relay
black / black
Top down relay
black / black

Fuel pump relay
brown / bus
Stop lamp relay
brown / bus
Accessory connector relay
brown / bus
Ignition positive relay
brown / bus

RH FASCIA RELAYS
LH quarter up relay / LH quarter down relay
black (violet) / violet

Passenger side fuse box (LHD)
Driver side fuse box (RHD)

RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS
Auxiliary positive relay (LHD)
Ignition positive relay (RHD)
brown / bus

CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (LHD)

Intercooler pump relay (RHD): VIN 024687
brown / brown

RH quarter up relay / RH quarter down relay
black (violet) / violet

➞

Heated backlight relay
brown / bus

➞

RH windshield heater relay
brown / brown

Fuel pump 1 relay
brown / bus
Stop lamp relay
brown / bus
Accessory connector relay
brown / bus
Ignition positive relay
brown / bus
Trunk fuse box

FEBRUARY 1998

Starter relay
brown / brown

Intercooler pump relay (LHD): VIN 024687
brown / brown
Fuel injection relay
brown / brown
Throttle motor power relay
brown / brown
Ignition coil relay
brown / brown

LH windshield heater relay
brown / brown

Rear fog relay
brown / bus

DATE OF ISSUE:

Door locking relay
black (violet) / violet
Air conditioning isolate relay
black (violet) / violet

Tail lamp relay
brown / bus

Engine Management
fuse box
EMS control relay
brown / bus

Trunk fuse box

TRUNK RELAYS: VIN 024687

➞

Top up relay
black / black
Top down relay
black / black
LH quarter up relay / LH quarter down relay
black (violet) / violet
Fuel pump 2 relay
brown / brown
RH quarter up relay / RH quarter down relay
black (violet) / violet

23

XK8 Range 1998

Main Power Distribution

TUNNEL
STUD CONNECTOR

FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR

N

N

N
BT80

BT61
250A x 2

B

N

N
BT67

BT62
BT60

BT66

BATTERY

EM71

FC91

LF71

ST1

6

03.1

04.1

04.2

03.2

STARTER

N

N

BT63

250A

BT79

Fig. 01.1

Main Power Distribution

N
N

HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE

BT68

(RHD)
(LHD)

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE:
WINDOW LIFT OPERATION
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE:
WINDOW LIFT OPERATION
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

15.1
15.1

NO

26

PK
BT44-2

11

NY

48

II

25 A
BT44-1

N

II

RG

N

N

BT64

FC90

N

RG

FC6-6

N

LF7-9

FC93

FC92

EM20-6

FC90

LF70

EM70

BT49

BT2-14

TRANSIT
ISOLATION DEVICE

2

1

1

2

1

2

2

1

1

2

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

3

IGNITION POSITIVE
RELAY

1
KY
RH2-20

N

FC21-6

KY

9

II

WN

N

BT12-9

B+
(BT66)

(BT65)

10

I

RG

BATTERY POST
KY

12

2

1

II

O

AUXILIARY POSITIVE
RELAY

IGNITION POSITIVE
RELAY

3

2

I

IGNITION POSITIVE
RELAY

4

3

II

EMS CONTROL
RELAY

5

4

II

5

E

FC14-97

WO

5

I

II

FC14-15

WN

16

I

I

FC14-32

LOGIC

1

09.2

1

07.2

2

07.2

2

09.1

3

09.2

3

09.1

4

04.3

4

14.1

5

09.2

5

09.1

6

18.1

6

13.2

04.6

04.8

13.3

18.1

TRUNK FUSE BOX

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

BATTERY POWER BUS

IGNITION POWER BUS

BATTERY POWER BUS

IGNITION POWER BUS

PASSENGER SIDE
FUSE BOX

I

Fig. 01.4

BATTERY POWER BUS

IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS

BATTERY POWER BUS

IGNITION POWER BUS

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

RELAYS

DRIVER SIDE
FUSE BOX

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

BATTERY POWER BUS

RELAYS

ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS

POWER

ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

04.4

04.5

04.7

ECM CONTROL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

XK8 Range 1998

3

FC6
-1

#2 10A

FC6
-5

NK

7

11.4

12.1

12.2

BATTERY POWER BUS

#1 20A

SD1-2

NS

NS

8

NU
NU

#3 30A

NU

NU

FC6
-3

LFS20

LF1-20

NU
RW

9

07.2
14.1

10 14.1

NK
#1 20A

RW

RW
#4 10A

FC6
-8

FCS39

RW
NB

#5 15A

NB

FC5
-9

NR

#2 10A

FC21
-5

#3

FC21
-3

NR

NR

FC5
-10

NR

FCS19

NY
#7 15A

FC5
-4

#8 5A

FC5
-7

NY
NP

NP
FCS5

N
N

NP
FC5
-2

#9

N

SDS6

NW (LHD) NU (RHD)
#11 20A

NW (LHD) NU (RHD)

NW
FC21
-8

FC6
-4

#15 25A

NO
FCS81

FC5
-3

NO

N

AC16-1 (LHD)
AC15-20 (RHD)

NO

NLG
#17 10A

NO

NO

NLG

DDS2

18 13.2

09.1

09.2

12.1

12.2

12.3

NP

12.4

13.3

NP

FC20
-9

18.1

NY
NY

13.3

#6 10A

FC20
-10

#7 20A

FC20
-4

20 11.2

RH14-2

NY
NY

FCS23

NB
N

N
#8 5A

12.2

12.4

35 11.2

11.3

12.1

36 11.3

11.4

15.1

13.1

13.2

31 13.1
32 13.1
33 13.1
34 15.1

37 13.1
38 10.1

22 12.1

N

FC20
-7

12.2

N

SPS1

SP1-5

NP

23 07.2

#9 10A

FC20
-2

24 19.1

#11 20A

FC21
-2

#13

FC21
-4

#15 25A

FC20
-3

25 10.1

11.2

11.3

11.4

12.1

13.1

13.2

13.3

15.1

26 01.1

NP

NU (LHD) NW (RHD)

NY

NY
FCS82

NY
AC15-20 (LHD)
AC16-1 (RHD)

41 07.1
42 11.2
43 12.3

12.4

44 12.3

12.4

45 16.1

16.2

16.3

47 10.1

11.3

13.1

48 01.1

15.1

27 18.1

NR

N

NY

NP
NP

#18 10A

29 08.1

FC20
-6

FCS88

15.1

BT2-2

NG

FC20
-1

28 18.1

46 07.2

DP1-22

NY

NG
#17 15A

NLG

NP

49 BPM
50 10.2
51 10.2

PASSENGER SIDE
FUSE BOX

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
E

13.3

40 07.1

AC15-2 (LHD)
AC16-3 (RHD)

NY

BT58-2

FC5
-6

6
5

13.2

39 16.4

BPM

II

15.1

IC2-13

15.1

DRIVER SIDE
FUSE BOX

1

13.3

AC12-20

NB

19 BPM

21 12.1

NW
NW

RH2-13

NLG

NR
#18 5A

NW

15 BPM

BT2-8

FCS40

FC5
-1

NW
DD1-4

DD1-22

RH2-8

NLG

NW

14 17.1

17 13.2

NW

ACS3

NU (LHD) NW (RHD)
NY

NO

DPS2

NW
AC13-14

NW

AC16-3 (LHD)
AC15-2 (RHD)

NY
#13 5A

NW
NW

NW

13 17.1

16 06.1

12.3

NOTE: SPS1 – 3-way seat only.

SD1-5

FC6
-2

NR

FCS89

11 14.1

RF1-7

NR

NR

DP1-4

12 17.1

30 11.4

SP1-2

NR

#5 5A

#6 5A

NK

FC21
-1

#4 5A

1

Fig. 01.2

2

NK
BATTERY POWER BUS

Battery Power Distribution:
Driver and Passenger Side Fuse Boxes

Battery Power Distribution: Driver and Passenger Side Fuse Boxes

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

NOTE: Body Processor Module
appears in numerous Figures.

XK8 Range 1998

1

4

NK

BATTERY POWER BUS

NK
NK
#1 5A

NK

(CONV.)
BTS36

BT13
-7

NK
NK
NS

#2 20A

NS

BT13
-1

NG
NG

#9 10A

NG

NG
BTS42

BT11
-3

RELAYS
Fig. 01.1

52 09.2

11.4

15.2

53 15.2
54 15.2
55 15.2
56 15.2

NG

58 16.1

16.2

#10 10A

NY

BT13
-2

NU
NU

#12 20A (CONV.)

NU

BTS32

BT12
-3

NO
NO
#14 40A (CONV.)

BT13
-4

#16

BT12
-4

#18

BT10
-1

#20 20A (CONV.)

NO

BTS4

NR
NR
NR

BTS31

BT10
-3

NW
#22 20A

NW

LF6
-3

#10

LF8
-2

#12 30A

LF7
-3

#14 30A

LF8
-4

#16 30A

LF7
-4

16.3

59 16.3

68 13.2

NLG

69 04.3

NG

70 04.3

NY

04.6
04.6

04.8
04.8

07.2

II

E

#3 25A

EM20
-3

61 13.1

13.2

NW

NW

NW

NW
NO
(N/A)
NO

EMS41

EM20
-8

(SC)

72 06.1

#18 30A

LF5
-1

#20

LF5
-3

#5 10A

EM19
-9

#22

LF5
-2

#6

EM19
-10

#7

EM19
-4

#8 10A

EM19
-7

#9 30A

EM19
-2

#11

EM20
-2

#13

EM20
-4

#15 30A

EM19
-3

#17 30A

EM19
-1

NO

NY

NY

NLG

NLG

NG

NG

NG

NG

NP

NP

NW

NW

51

Fig. 01.2

52

81

Fig. 01.3

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX

63 15.2
64 15.2

66 15.2
67 15.2
67A 04.6

38

II

II

E

73 03.1

03.2

74 04.1

04.2

04.4

04.5

75 05.1
75A 04.7

NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

76 04.3

04.6

04.8

77 04.3

04.6

04.8

07.2

78 04.1

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.6

04.8

65 15.2

6
39

NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

62 15.2

04.8

NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.
#18 10A

7

72A 04.8

13.3

EM19
-6

ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX

6
5

EM20
-5

#4 5A

BT12
-7

Fig. 01.1
1

#2 20A

NO

TRUNK FUSE BOX

1

EM20
-1

07.2

71 06.1

NR

#1

60 16.3

IC4-2

NY

NW
#9 10A

57 11.5

IC4-1

NG

Fig. 01.3

5

BATTERY POWER BUS

(COUPE)

BATTERY POWER BUS

RELAYS
Fig. 01.1

Battery Power Distribution:
Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes

Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

79 07.2
80 07.2
81 04.3

04.7

XK8 Range 1998

Ignition Switched Power Distribution

1

II

II

WU

IGNITION POWER BUS

WU
#10 5A

6
II

FC6
-7

WP

7
II

WP

8
II

WP
#12 10A

WP
FCS8

FC6
-10

WP

WP

9
II

ACS17

AC15-3

WP

FCS29

FC5
-8

WR

EMS15

WR
#16 5A

DRIVER SIDE
FUSE BOX

12 04.3
II

BT13
-9

#5

BT11
-2

WR

FC21
-10

04.6

WG

13 08.1
II

WG

14 04.1
II

WG

15 17.1
II

WR

16 11.4
II

WR

17 07.2
II

WR

18 07.2
II

WR

19 05.1
II

05.2

WR

20 05.1
II

05.2

WR

20A 05.2
II

#14 20A

FC20
-8

#16

FC20
-5

LG

LG

21 16.4
I

WY

WY

22 16.1
I

WU

23 18.1
I

IC2-12

WU

24A 04.6
II

WR

25 11.5
II

WB

26A 05.2
II

WB

27 05.1
II

WB

28 05.1
II

WP

29 03.1
II

WR

30 13.2
II

WR

31 09.3
II

WR

32 09.3
II

WR

33 09.3
II

WU

34 06.1
II

WK

35 03.1
II

03.2

WK

36 04.1
II

04.2

04.4

WK

37 04.3
II

04.6

04.8

04.2

04.8

NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.

1

09.2

2

07.2

4

04.3

04.8

RELAYS

TRUNK FUSE BOX

NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

4
(SC)

WB

16.2

#1 10A

LF8
-7

#2 5A

LF8
-1

WB

(N/A)
EMS42

LF40-13

WP

WP
PI2-12

LF3-13

16.3

WR
#3 5A

LFS5

LF8
-8

WR
LF60-9

WU
LF8
-9

WK
#5 10A

PASSENGER SIDE
FUSE BOX

LF6
-2

WK
LF40-10

WR

EMS6

LF5
-9

38
II

1 07.2
2 09.1
RELAYS

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

04.6

#4 5A

1

04.8

WG

II

FC21
-7

WG
BTS1

BT10
-9

IGNITION POWER BUS

IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS

#4 5A

24 09.2
II

II

I

#12 5A

BT13
-8

26

2

#10 5A

WG
#3 5A

WG

07.2

WG

FCS63

FC5
-5

07.1

11 11.1
II

WR
EM2-3

07.2

WP

RF1-1

WR

19.1

10 07.2
II

WG
#14 10A

IGNITION POWER BUS

3

Fig. 01.4

Ignition Switched Power Distribution

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

03.2

04.5

04.7

XK8 Range 1998

Engine Management Switched Power Supplies

Engine Management Switched Power Supplies

5

ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS

E

WR
#10 5A

39 04.1
E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WR

40 04.1
E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WR

41 05.1
E

WR

42 04.1
E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WR

43 04.1
E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WU

44 04.1
E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WU

45 04.3
E

04.6

04.8

07.2

WU

46 04.1
E

04.2

04.4

04.5

WU

47 04.1
E

04.2

04.4

04.5

WU

48 04.1
E

04.2

04.4

04.5

WU

48A 04.7
E

WP

49 04.1
E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WP

50 04.1
E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WP

51 04.1
E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WP

52 04.3
E

04.6

04.8

WP

53 04.1
E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WP

54 04.3
E

04.6

04.8

07.2

WP

54A 04.7
E

NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

WP

54B 04.7
E

NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

WY

55 04.1
E

EMS7

EM20
-7

WR

WR
ELS3

EL1-1

WU

WU
LFS24

LF40-12

WU
#12 10A

WR

WU
EMS16

EM20
-10

WU

(N/A)
PIS6

PI1-28

NOTE: LF3-9 introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

(SC)

WP
LF3-9

WP
#14 10A

EMS30

EM19
-8

WP

WP
PI1-47

PIS8

WY
#16 5A

EM19
-5

NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

Fig. 01.5

XK8 Range 1998

Ignition Switched Ground Distribution

III

III

III

III

II

II

II

II

I

I

I

I

IGNITION SWITCH
(OFF)

IGNITION SWITCH
(I)

IGNITION SWITCH
(II)

IGNITION SWITCH
(III)

WO

2
II

WO
RW

III

1

WO

FCS48

FC4-5

BK

WO

FCS26

5
II

WN

I

4
II

WO
FC4-3

BK

3
II

BPM

FC4-1
II

WO

FC4-2

WO

WO

6
II

ACS15

AC13-2

IGNITION SWITCH

WO

7
II

14.1
13.2

13.3

19.1
BPM
04.1

04.2

05.3

06.1

09.2

11.5

NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.

04.1

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

05.3

06.1

04.8

07.2

NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

09.2

FC3BL

RG

8
II

WO

RG

FC46-2

RG

FC46-1
FC46-3

RG
FCS25

LFS27

LF60-8

RG

RG
RH2-9

WN

WN

01.1

9A 04.6
II

RG

10 01.1
II

RG

11 01.1
II

WN

12 01.1
I

WN

13 18.1
I

WN

14 10.2
I

WN

15 13.2
I

WN

16 BPM
I

WN

17 07.1
I

WN

18 19.1
I

BT1-18

FCS20

WN

BPM

RG

BT1-16

RH2-10

9
II

RG

INERTIA SWITCH

AC13-1

BPM

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Fig. 02.1

Ignition Switched Ground Distribution

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

13.3

NOTE: Body Processor Module
appears in numerous Figures.

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

11.5

XK8 Range 1998

Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A

Fig. 03.1

Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A

FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
N

N
BT80

BT61
250A x 2

B

N

BT67

BT68

01.1

BT62

N
BT66

BT60

BATTERY

N

BT63

250A

01.1

HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE

NB

15

B+
FC14-80

RW

III

RW

1

FC14-41

WO

II

02.1

Y

FC4-3
FCS48

WN

I

73

SU

NW

3

5

WR

WK

1

2

GO

D

35

FC14-92

IGNITION SWITCH
(III)

FC3BL

EM50

D
FC14-39

02.1

FC4-2

FC4-5

GO
EMS28

EM1-15

I

FC4-1

BK

GO

GO

O
FC14-73

BK

ST1

II
ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL

BK
FCS47

BK

BK

RU

FC89-3

STARTER RELAY

POWER

RU

I
FC14-7

FC89-1

LOGIC

NEUTRAL SWITCH
FC3BR

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

GO

I
EM11-6

ENGINE
START

FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND IGNITION

SU

D

GLASS BREAKAGE
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE

D

SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE

D

OK TO START

FC22-9

PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

05.1

SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE

G
EM10-15

Y

Y

D
EM10-17

I
OK TO START

Y
FCS74

EM3-8

FC22-17

O

O

D
EM10-6

EM2-18

FC22-16

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
WR

ST2

N

6

B
29

WP

ST10

II
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.1

PI50-2

SW

SW
EM1-14

SW
PI1-11

STARTER MOTOR

REGULATOR

PI50-1

B

N
AN1

AN3-1

ST11

B
AN2

AN3-2

GENERATOR
SUPPRESSION MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

WR
EM60-2

ST3

VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

N

XK8 Range 1998

Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 SC

FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR

N

BT80

BT61
250A x 2

B

N

BT67

BT68

BT66

BT60

BATTERY

N

BT63

250A

01.1

HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE

NB

15

B+
FC14-80

RW

III

RW

1

FC14-41

WO

II

02.1

Y

FC4-3
FCS48

WN

I

73

SU

NW

3

5

WR

WK

1

2

GO

D

35

FC14-92

IGNITION SWITCH
(III)

FC3BL

EM50

D
FC14-39

02.1

FC4-2

FC4-5

GO
EMS28

EM1-15

I

FC4-1

BK

GO

GO

O
FC14-73

BK

N

ST1

01.1

BT62

N

Fig. 03.2

Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 SC

II

ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL

STARTER RELAY
P, N

RU

O

RU

I

POWER

FC14-7

FC100-4

LOGIC

P, N

B

B
EMS43

B
EM2-2

EM2AL
(EM1AL)

G

O
FC100-5

I

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

EM1-11

FC100-2

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
GO

I
EM11-6

ENGINE
START

FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND IGNITION

G

I

SU

EM10-15

SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE

Y

Y

D
EM10-17

OK TO START

Y
FCS74

EM3-8

GLASS BREAKAGE
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE

D

SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE

D

OK TO START

FC22-17

O

O

D

D
FC22-9

EM10-6

EM2-18

FC22-16

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE

WR

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

WR
EM60-2

ST3
ST2

N

6

B
29

WP

ST10

II

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

PI50-2

08.1

SW

SW
EM1-14

PI1-11

STARTER MOTOR

REGULATOR

SW
PI50-1

B

N
AN1

AN3-1

ST11

B
AN2

AN3-2

GENERATOR
SUPPRESSION MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: AJ26 SC Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 024687
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

N

XK8 Range 1998

AJ26 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN

WY

55

A

B

E

EM64-2

UPSTREAM
HO2S

VVT
SOLENOID VALVES

EVAPP

MAFS

B

CMPS

CKPS

KS

IATS

KS

A

ECTS

A

CCV

B

DOWNSTREAM
O2S

FTP
SENSOR

A

B

B

EM64-1

υ

υ

B

Fig. 04.1

AJ26 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1

λ

λ

λ

λ

I

EM11-9

I

EM11-10

I

EM11-11

O

EM11-12

I

EM11-13

BRAKE SWITCH

EM11-14

O

03.1

D
EM10-6

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

K

19.1

EM12-12

I

EM12-13

I

EM12-14

I

EM12-15

I

EM12-16

I

EM12-17

O
D

EM12-18

O

EM12-19

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

19.1

EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

G

05.1

EM12-22

I
EM10-15

PK

01.1

O
EM10-16

Y

03.1

D
EM10-17

CAN

G

19.1

C–
EM10-25

CAN

Y

19.1

C+

G

19.1

EM13-4

O

EM13-11

O

EM13-12

O

EM13-13

I

EM13-17

I

EM13-18

I

EM13-19

I

EM13-20

I

EM13-27

I

EM13-28
EM13-29

CAN

Y

19.1

C+
EM10-28

ECM PROGRAMMING

19.1

ENGINE CRANK

03.1

P

D
EM11-3

GO

I
EM11-6

ECM PROGRAMMING

W

19.1

GY
EM16

78
53

5

GY

GY
EMS20

WP

B+
EM14-1

3

1

B+
EM14-2

GR

2

E

O

7

6

51

Fig. 01.2

1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

EM1-10

OK
PW
RW
PY
N
S
Y
B
BG
P
O

RH1-8

BRD
EMS3

PI1 -50 -49

I

EM14-4

O

EM14-5

O

EM14-6

I

EM14-7

I

EM14-8

I

EM14-9

I

EM14-10

O

EM14-11

O

EM14-12

O

EM15-1

O

EM15-2

O

EM15-3

O

EM15-8

O

EM15-9

I

EM15-11

I

EM15-12

I

EM15-22

-51

-12

-14

PI1 -3 -4

-1

PIS9

EMS9

R
G

BK
R
R
B
B
B
B
G
G

R
G

PI2-7
PI2-6

EMS19

42

43

E

E

EMS18

EL2-2

EL3-2

1

2

EL2-1

EL3-1

PI33
-2

PI33
-1

PI42
-5

PI42
-3

PI42
-1

PI42
-4

PI42
-2

PI6 -3

-4 -1

PS
PU
PN
RG
RY
B
B
B

-2

VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVES
3

PEDAL
POSITION

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

EMS38
EM1BR
(EM2BR)

BK

Fig. 01.5

B

EMS37
EM1AL
(EM2AL)

B

I

Fig. 01.4

1

MECHANICAL
GUARD

-2

TPS
THROTTLE
MOTOR

ELS1

18
I

EMS36
EM1AR
(EM2AR)

EL1-2

PEDAL POSITION AND
MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS

EL1-5

PW
RW
PY

EL1-4

6

EL4 -1

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
EMS31

EL1-3

NOTE: ELS1 – LHD Coupe and RHD Convertible only.

EM2AR
(EM1AR)

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: AJ26 N/A NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 024687
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

W

U

W

-1

BRD

N

BRD

U

BG
RG
UW

WU

OK

WP

BRD
PS

U

B

W
B

U
G

UY

N

BRD

S

BRD

P

Y

BRD

OK
RH1-9
RH1-10

UP
GY
G
R
N
U
BY
BY
BP

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 04.6)

Fig. 01.1

EM1-4

EMS1

EM13-14

THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY

1

UW

D
EM13-2

NG

EM1-9

C–
EM10-27

BG
RG
UW

PIS1

EMS8
O

EM10-26

CAN

PI1-6

D
EM10-13

PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

BG
BG

BG

UW

EM10-12

O

BT2 -4 -5 -3

G

PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH

OK TO START

I

E

LF40-5

EMS2

I
EM10-14

EM2-13

EM11-16

EM24 -2

44

E

U
BRD
UW
BG

FC19

51

PI1 -5

BG

OU

EM11-15

I

-1

UW

OU

I

O

EM11-8

B
BRD

O

RG
UW
UY
G
U
BG
BY
BG
R
K

UP

EM11-7

-20

UW

EM1-8 EM10-10

I

BG
BG

PI1 -19

BY

I

EM10-23

-18

R

FCS35

US

EM10-22

I

PI1 -17

K
BRD

AC13-3

US

EM10-21

I

EM22 -2

B

AC24-1

US

O

BG
UW
B
BK

PI1 -22 -23 -21

B

AC24-4

US

EM10-20

BT5 -1 -2 -3

-2

B

GB

O

PI1 -25 -26 -24

B

B

EM14-3

-57

WR

II

B+

-31

WR

WO

7

-4 -1

E

BY
BY
GY

E

EM23 -3

50

PI1 -56 -54 -52

BG

WR

-2

-2

E

EM10-9

40

B

-4 -1

WP

R

N

BRD

S

P

Y

BRD

46

W
B

EM21 -3

LF52 -1

BG
RG
UW

E

B+

O

PIS10

49

E

B
BRD

48

U

R

W
-2

UY
E

NO

LF3-8

PI1-27

47

BY
BY

PI1-16

B+
EM10-5

74

-2 PI27 -1

B+
EM10-1

II

W

-2 PI26 -1

-1

BRD
PU

-3

R

W

-2 PI17 -1

PI4 -2

BG

PI15 -1

S

-3

W

-4

PI35 -5 -2 -1

S

WP

RG

-1

BRD

WK

E

LF58 -2

UP

36

-2

BG

WR

PI32 -1

BY
GY
WU

39

-2

WU

RY

PI31 -1

WU

EM2AL
(EMIAL)

PN

EMS43

AJ26 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1
KS
A

ECTS

A

B

B

EM64-1

υ

υ

B

HO2S

λ

λ
NOT
USED

-2

E

E

B+

EM11-11

O

EM11-12

I

EM11-13
EM11-14

I

EM12-12

I

EM12-13

I

EM12-14

I

EM12-15

D
EM10-6

K

19.1

D

EM12-17
O

EM12-18

O

EM12-19

EM10-12

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

O

19.1

G

05.1

EM12-22

EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

I

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

PK

01.1

O
EM10-16

Y

03.1

D
EM10-17

CAN

G

19.1

C–
EM10-25

CAN

Y

19.1

C+

O

EM13-11

O

EM13-12

O

EM13-13

I

EM13-17

I

EM13-18

I

EM13-19

I

EM13-20

I

EM13-27

I

EM13-28

EM10-26

CAN

G

19.1

EM13-29

Y

19.1

C+
EM10-28

ECM PROGRAMMING

P

19.1

D
EM11-3

ENGINE CRANK

GO

03.1

I
EM11-6

ECM PROGRAMMING

W

19.1

GY
EM16

78
53

B+
EM14-1

3

5

WP

1

2

GY

GY
EMS20

B+
EM14-2

GR

E

O

II

I

EM14-4

7

6

51

Fig. 01.2

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

B

W
B

U

OK

WP

BRD
PS

OK

UY

N

BRD

PI1 -50 -49

O

EM14-5

O

EM14-6

I

EM14-7

I

EM14-8

I

EM14-9

I

EM14-10

O

EM14-11

O

EM14-12

O

EM15-1

O

EM15-2

O

EM15-3

O

EM15-8

O

EM15-9

I

EM15-11

I

EM15-12

I

EM15-22

-51

-12

-14

PI1 -3 -4

-1

PIS9

EMS9

R
G

BK
R
R
B
B
B
B
G
G

R
G

PI2-7
PI2-6

EMS19

EMS18

PS
PU
PN
RG
RY
B
B
B

42

43

E

E

EL2-2

EL3-2

1

2

EL2-1

EL3-1

PI33
-2

PI33
-1

PI42
-5

PI42
-3

PI42
-1

PI42
-4

PI42
-2

PI6 -3

-4 -1

-2

VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVES
3

PEDAL
POSITION

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

EMS38
EM1BR
(EM2BR)

BK

Fig. 01.5

B

EMS37
EM1AL
(EM2AL)

B

I

Fig. 01.4

1

EL4 -1

MECHANICAL
GUARD

-2

TPS
THROTTLE
MOTOR

ELS1

18
I

EMS36
EM1AR
(EM2AR)

EL1-2

PEDAL POSITION AND
MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS

EL1-5

PW
RW
PY

EL1-4

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 04.6)

Fig. 01.1

1

EMS3

EM13-14

THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY

1

BRD

D
EM13-2

NG

OK
PW
RW
PY
N
S
Y
B
BG
P
O

C–
EM10-27

CAN

S

EMS8
EM13-4

EM10-15

RH1-8

UP
GY
G
R
N
U
BY
BY
BP

D
EM10-13

PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

EM1-10

EMS1

UW

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

RH1-9
RH1-10

G

O

03.1

EM1-4

UW

EM12-16

OK TO START

UW

BG

PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH

BT2 -4 -5 -3

BG
RG
UW

PIS1
EM1-9

I
EM10-14

EM2-13

EM11-16

PI1-6

EMS2

UW

FC19

EM11-15

I

EM24 -2

E

LF40-5

BY

OU

I

-1

44

E

R

EM1-8 EM10-10

EM11-10

I

BRAKE SWITCH
OU

51

PI1 -5

K
BRD

I

I

NOT
USED

EM22 -2

B

FCS35

US

-20

B

AC13-3

US

BT5 -1 -2 -3

-2

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

B

AC24-1

US

EM11-9

PI1 -19

EMS31

B

AC24-4

US

I

-2

BG
BG

WR

II

GB

EM11-8

RG
UW
UY
G
U
BG
BY
BG
R
K

-18

BG

WR

7

B

O

BG
BG

PI1 -17

BRD

EM10-23

P

EM10-22

I

Y

EM10-21

I

PI1 -22 -23 -21

BRD

O

BG
UW
B
BK

PI1 -25 -26 -24

O

EM10-20

-57

B
BRD

O

-31

UP

EM14-3

EM11-7

WO

-4 -1

E

BY
BY
GY

E

EM23 -3

50

PI1 -56 -54 -52

B+

BG

WR

-2

LF52 -1

NOT
USED

E

EM10-9

40

B

-4 -1

G

R

N

S

P

Y

W
B

EM21 -3

BRD

46

O

PIS10

49

BRD

48

U

W

R

-2 PI27 -1

UY
E

NO

74

LF3-8

PI1-27

47

BY
BY

PI1-16

B+
EM10-5

B
BRD

EM10-1

II

W

R

-2 PI26 -1

B+

WP

-3

-1

BRD
PU

-2 PI17 -1

PI4 -2

BG

PI15 -1

W

-3

S

-4

W

PI35 -5 -2 -1

S

WP

RG

-1

BRD

WK

E

LF58 -2

UP

36

-2

BG

WR

PI32 -1

BY
GY
WU

39

-2

WU

RY

PI31 -1

WU

EM2AL
(EMIAL)

PN

EMS43

EL1-3

NOTE: ELS1 – LHD Coupe and RHD Convertible only.

EM2AR
(EM1AR)

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: AJ26 N/A ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 024687
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

-1

BRD

IATS

KS

N

EM64-2

CKPS

U
BRD
UW
BG

E

B

CMPS

BRD

A

B

MAFS

U

WY

55

HO2S
EVAPP

BG
RG
UW

VVT
SOLENOID VALVES

BG
RG
UW

ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN

Fig. 04.2

AJ26 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1

WU

XK8 Range 1998

AJ26 N/A Engine Management: Part 2
CRUISE CONTROL
SWITCH

KN
BT11-10

I

EM11-4

I

EM11-5

I

EM12-5

I

EM12-6

I

EM12-8

I

EM12-9

O

EM12-10

O

EM13-1

O

EM13-3

O

EM13-16
EM13-22

O

EM13-23

O

EM13-24

O

EM13-25

O

EM13-26

O

EM13-31

O

EM13-32

O

EM13-33

O

EM13-34

O

EM15-4

O

EM15-5

O

EM15-6

O

EM15-7

O

EM15-15

O

EM15-16

O

EM15-17

O

EM15-18

PW

GP

PW

GO

PW

PIS5

SG
SW1
-3

SC3-3

SW2-3

SWS1
EM26
PI1-40

BO
SW1
-6

FCS48

KW

SW3-2
RESUME

BO

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES

SW2-6

STEERING WHEEL

BK

CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic
ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not
connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

FC3BL

PW
PI1-53

BO

CANCEL
430 Ω

SW3-1

EM27
-8

IGNITION
MODULE 1

EM2
-15

PI1-42

PI1-41

PI1-39

EM27
-7

EM27
-12

1A

2B

3B

PI1-46

EM27 EM27
-11
-10

PI1-45

PI1-44

EM29
-8

EM29
-11

4A

EM29
-7

1B

EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27
-1
-2
-3
-6
-5
-9

EM29
-9

PI1-43

PW
PW

GP

EM3-1

GO

SG

SG

RH2
-15

EM2
-9

GR

PW

680 Ω

KN
SP
KW
W
WU
UB
LGK
LGO
LGW
LGU
LGY
LGR
LGS
LGP

EM13-15

O

BO
SW3-4

CASSETTE

SC3-12

WU
YW
SLG
SG
RY

EM13-9
O

EM3
-4

BO

SR
WU
SG

-1

PW

5

3

NW

UB

2

1

WP

EMS22

2A

3A

81
52
E

EM29 EM29
-12
-10

IGNITION COIL
RELAY

IGNITION
MODULE 2

4B

EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29
-1
-2
-5
-3
-6

EM1-13
EM2-12
EM1-3

LGY

EM11-1

PI25-2

LGO

I

EM3
-3

CASSETTE

KN

-1

PI20-2

LGW

EM10-11

-1

GR

I

PI19-2

LGP

EM10-4

-1

PI22-2

GB

I

-1

B

EM10-3

PI21-2

EM2-14

RLG

UG
ULG
UN
UB
RLG

AC13-9
AC12-19
AC12-12
AC12-14

EM2-6

EMS31

UG
ULG
UN
UB
RLG

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and
Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits.

EM2AR
(EM1AR)

AC4-7

I

AC3-1

O

AC4-9

O

AC4-17

I

AC1-1

I

AC12-13

AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE

B

I

UG
ULG
UN
PG

EM3
-6

KW

RH1
-11

–
430 Ω

SW3-3

LGU

EM10-2

KN

SW2-4

-1

GW

TRUNK FUSE BOX

SW1
-4

SC3-4

PI24-2

+

BT2
-15

BT2
-6

FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4)

O

EM3-2

SR

-1

PI23-2

B

II

680 Ω

CASSETTE

SR

-1

LGK

2

4B

II

GK

26

WU
SP
SR

3A

12

LGR

1

WG
FC63
-8

ON / OFF

PI18-2

BT11-1

#7 20A

FC63
-7
FC63
-9

2A

PW

NY

5

WU

FCS71

AC13-16

BRAKE CANCEL
SWITCH

PG
3

AC24-3

WU

1B

GB

AC24-2

AC13-15

1

WU

GW

PG

PW

II

4A

560 Ω

GK

KW

1

560 Ω

GS

SP

24A

FC63
-10

GS

2

10.2

3B

LGS

WG

UW

5

GU

3

2B

PW

NW

IGNITION COILS
1A

RLG

GU

67A

DIMMER OVERRIDE

PW

NOT USED
(FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY)

Fig. 04.3

AJ26 N/A Engine Management: Part 2

PW

XK8 Range 1998

EM17

RLG

5

3

NLG

RY

2

1

WP

EMS26

77
54
E

BO
BY
BW
BU
BP
BG
BN
BS

AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY

OG
LF9-2

W

W

WU
LF9-9

LF40-6

PI1-30

PI1-32

PI1-33

PI1-34

PI1-35

PI1-36

PI1-37

NG
LF9-3

LF9-5

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE

WU

RLG

RLG
PI1-13

OY

PI1-38

45
E

LF9-8

B
PI36-1

AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH

70

WU
LF9-7

LF40-7
EM5

NY

76

BT55-2

NY

3

BR

5

FUEL
PUMP

37

WK

1

UB
EMS31

PI7-2

-1

PI8-2

-1

PI9-2

-1

PI10-2

-1

PI11-2

-1

PI12-2

-1

PI13-2

-1

PI14-2

NLG

-1

LF12-2

WU

20 BAR

YW

12 BAR

REFRIGERANT
4-WAY PRESSURE
SWITCH

69

RH RADIATOR FAN
OY

BT2AL

1A

2A

3A

4A

1B

2B

3B

B
LF13-2

4B

LF13-1

LH RADIATOR FAN

FUEL INJECTORS

LF2AL

NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds
shown on Fig. 04.4 and Fig. 04.5.

1

7

6

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1

1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4

1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

BK
LF2BL

VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 024687
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

BK

RG
LF57-4

LF57-3

B

FUEL TANK

BK
LF57-2

BTS50

BT55-3

2–30 BAR

LF57-1

YW
LF40-11

LF12-1

B

NOT USED

WU

YW

OG

UB
LF57-5

LF40-9

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE

BP

BR

BO

BR

BY

BR

BS

BR

BW

BR

BG

BR

BN

BR

EM2AR
(EM1AR)

BR

WU

BU

FUEL INJECTION
RELAY

UW
BT55-4

UB
LF3-6

LF2AR

B

B
BT55-1

P
LF9-1

PIS2

B

2

II

NOT USED

B

BR
PI2-5

9A
II

AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1
HO2S
KS

EM10-5

NO

75A

EM10-9
E

WO

7
II

B

GB

AC24-4

O

B+
EM14-3

US

AC24-1

EM11-7

WR

40

US

US

FCS35

AC13-3

US

I

EM11-8

I

EM11-9

I

EM11-10

I

EM11-11

O

EM11-12

I

EM11-13

EM1-8 EM10-10

EM11-14

BRAKE SWITCH

I

EM11-15

I

EM11-16

RG
UW
UY
G
U
BG
BY
BG
R
K

PI1-6
EM1-9

EMS2

UW

EM1-4

PI1 -17

-18

PI1 -19

-20

44

E

E

PI1 -5

BG
BG
RG
UW

PIS1

EM24 -2

RH1-9

RH1-8

UW
EM12-1

EM10-14

EM12-2
EM12-3

PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH

EM12-4

D

EM12-12

I

EM12-13

I

EM12-14

I

EM12-15

EM10-6

EM12-16
D

EM12-17

EM10-12
D

EM12-18

O

EM12-19

EM10-13

EM12-22

EMS8

I

EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

EM13-4

PK

01.1

O
EM10-16

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

03.2

CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

Y

D
EM10-17

G

C–
EM10-25

Y

C+
EM10-26

CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

G

C–

O

EM13-11

O

EM13-12

O

EM13-13

I

EM13-17

I

EM13-18

I

EM13-19

I

EM13-20

I

EM13-27

I

EM13-28

EM10-27

EM13-29

Y

19.1

ENGINE CRANK

03.2

P

D
EM11-3

GO

I
EM11-6

ECM PROGRAMMING

W

19.1

D
EM13-2

GY
EM16

NG

78

3

GY

GY
EMS20

WP

53

1

B+
EM14-1

5

B+
EM14-2

GR

2

E

BRD
EMS3

PI1 -50 -49

O

I

EM14-4

O

EM14-5

O

EM14-6

I

EM14-7

I

EM14-8

I

EM14-9

I

EM14-10

O

EM14-11

O

EM14-12

O

EM15-1

O

EM15-2

O

EM15-3

I

EM15-11

I

EM15-12

I

EM15-22

1

7

6

R
G

BK
R
R
B
B
B
B
G
G

51

Fig. 01.2

1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

PI1 -3 -4

-1

43

E

E

PI33
-2

EL2-2

EL3-2

1

2

EL2-1

EL3-1

PI33
-1

PI42
-5

PI42
-3

PI42
-1

PI42
-4

PI42
-2

PI6 -3

-4 -1

-2

VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVES
3

EMS18

PS
PU
PN
B
B
B

EL1-4

BK

EMS38
EM1BR
(EM2BR)

B

EMS37
EM1AL
(EM2AL)

B

EMS36
EM1AR
(EM2AR)

I

Fig. 01.4

1
Fig. 01.5

-14

PI2-6

EL1-2

6

R
G

PI2-7

42

EMS19

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 04.8)

Fig. 01.1

-12

PIS9

EM13-14

THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY

-51

EMS9

C+
EM10-28

ECM PROGRAMMING

OK
PW
RW
PY
N
S
Y
B
BG
P
O

G

EM10-15

U
BRD
UW
BG

G

05.2

UW

PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

BG

O

19.1

UW

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

O

BY

K

19.1

EL4 -1

PEDAL
POSITION

-2

MECHANICAL
GUARD

TPS

B

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

R

O

03.2

EM12-7

I

18
I

PW
RW
PY

EL1-5

THROTTLE
MOTOR

PEDAL POSITION AND
MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS

B

OK TO START

I

EMS31

EL1-3

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

B

EM2-13

YU
YG
YN
YR
UP
UP
GY
G
R
N
U
BY
BY
BP

WR

FC19

I

K
BRD

OU

WR

OU

EM2AR
(EM1AR)

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: AJ26 SC ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 024687
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

-1

-1

UP

-1

RH1-10

EM1-10

EMS1

EM22 -2

PI41 -2

BG
BG
BG

UY

PI1 -22 -23 -21

N

PI1 -25 -26 -24

NOT
USED

BT5 -1 -2 -3

BT2 -4 -5 -3

LF40-5

51
OK

50

-2

OK

-4 -1

-2

WP

EM23 -3

B

W
B

U

B
-2

BRD
PS

UY

R

N

BRD

S

BRD

P

Y

BRD

O

B
BRD
-57

BRD

PN

YU
YG
YN
YR

BG
BG
BG

B+

-31

S

EM10-23

PI1 -56 -54 -52

BRD

I

-4 -1

E

P

EM10-22

E

Y

I

BG
UW
B
BK

48A

BRD

EM10-21

E

W
B

EM21 -3

LF52 -1

NOT
USED

BY
BY
GY

II

B+

EM10-20

O

49

O

WK

36

O

E

UP

B+
EM10-1

E

BY
BY

LF3 -8

54A 54B

B
BRD

PI1 -8 -9 -10 -7

WR

NOT
USED

G

-2

PIS10

WP

-2 PI27 -1

U

W

R

W

-2 PI26 -1

-1

BRD
PU

-3

R

W

-2 PI17 -1

PI4 -2

BG

PI15 -1

S

W

S

-3

UP

WP

-4

PI35 -5 -2 -1

BG

-1

BY
GY
WU

LF58 -2

PN

-5

WP

-2

WP

YU
YG
YN
YR

PI34 -4 -1 -6 -3

E

υ

λ

NOT USED

EM2AL
(EMIAL)

39

λ

PI1 -15

UP

υ

υ
EMS43

IATS 2

B

B

EM64-1

B

HO2S

A

BG

A

ECTS

BRD

IATS

KS

N

EM64-2

CKPS

BRD

B

E

CMPS

U

WY

55

MAFS

BG
RG
UW

EVAPP

BG
RG
UW

ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN

Fig. 04.4

AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1

WU

XK8 Range 1998

AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 2
CRUISE CONTROL
SWITCH

WG

BT2
-6

TRUNK FUSE BOX

EM11-1

I

EM11-4

I

EM11-5

I

EM12-5

I

EM12-6

I

EM12-8

I

EM12-9

O

EM12-10

O

EM13-1

O

EM13-3

KW

EM3
-6

RH2
-15

SP

EM3
-3

SR
SW1
-4

SC3-4

EM3-2

2

1

WP

EMS22

SW2-4

BO
430 Ω

SW3-3

81
52

IGNITION COIL
RELAY

PI1-53

SW3-4

PW
PIS5

680 Ω

EM3
-4

CASSETTE

SG

SG

SG
SW1
-3

SC3-3

EM3-2

SW2-3

BO
430 Ω

SW3-1

SW3-2

SWS1

EM31
PI1-40

PI1-42

PI1-41

PI1-39

PI1-46

PI1-45

PI1-44

PI1-43

PW
PW

BO
SW1
-6

SC3-12
FCS48

KN

SR
WU
SG

SW2-6

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES

KW
BK

STEERING WHEEL

CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic
ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not
connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

FC3BL
EM2
-9

BO

EM27
-8

EM27
-7

IGNITION
MODULE 1

EM2
-15

EM27
-12

1A

2B

EM27 EM27
-11
-10

3B

EM29
-8

EM29
-11

4A

EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27
-9
-1
-2
-3
-6
-5

EM29
-7

1B
EM29
-9

GP

BO

GO

CASSETTE

WU
YW
SLG
SG
RY

UB

PW

GP

-1

PW

PI25-2

PW

GU

-1

2A

WB

5

3

RY

1

2

NW

72A

B

EM29 EM29
-12
-10

3A

4B

INTERCOOLER
PUMP RELAY

IGNITION
MODULE 2
WB

EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29
-1
-2
-5
-3
-6

B

EM75-2

LGY

I

PI20-2

LGO

EM10-11

-1

LGW

I

PI19-2

GR

EM10-4

-1

PI22-2

LGP

I

-1

GB

EM10-3

PI21-2

GW

I

-1

PI24-2

GK

EM10-2

RH1
-11

PG WU

BT2
-15

SR

LGU

O

KN
UG
ULG
UN
PG

NW

680 Ω

SR

BT11-10

FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4)

3

CASSETTE

KN

2

-1

LGK

1

II

PI23-2

LGR

26

-1

GO

PI18-2

BT11-1

#7 20A

5

E

NY

5

EM26

PW

II

GU

3

4B

12

FC63
-8

BRAKE CANCEL
SWITCH
1

3A

PW

FC63
-9

GR

WU

FCS71

AC13-16

2A

PW

WU

AC24-3

1B

GB

WU

AC24-2

GW

PG
AC13-15

FC63
-7

PW

PG

4A

510 Ω

GK

KW

1

II

270 Ω

PW

2

SP

GS

WG

24A

UW

5

3B

GS

67A

3

FC63
-10

2B

LGS

NW

RLG

10.2

DIMMER OVERRIDE
BT51

IGNITION COILS
1A

PW

FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY

Fig. 04.5

AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 2

PW

XK8 Range 1998

EM75-1

INTERCOOLER
PUMP

B
B

EM13-32
EM13-33

O

EM13-34

O

EM15-4

O

EM15-5

O

EM15-6

O

EM15-7

O

EM15-15

O

EM15-16

O

EM15-17

O

EM15-18

W

PI1-32

PI1-33

BN

BU

BR

BR

PI1-34

PI1-35

PI1-36

PI1-37

PI1-38

WU

1

2

IJ2-1

LF9-8

LF9-5

LF9-3

OY

45

NG

IJS1

-1

BR

IJ1-3

IJ4-2

-1

IJ1-4

IJ5-2

-1

IJ1-5

IJ6-2

IJ2-2

-1

IJ7-2

-1

IJ2-3

IJ8-2

-1

IJ2-4

RLG

IJ9-2

-1

IJ10-2

OG

-1

UB

UB
NLG

LF12-2

WU

69

WU

1A

2A

3A

4A

1B

2B

3B

LF13-2

LH RADIATOR FAN

Fig. 01.3

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4

1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

20 BAR

12 BAR

YW
LF57-3

LF2BL

LF2AL

VARIANT: AJ26 SC ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 024687
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

BK

RG
LF57-4

REFRIGERANT
4-WAY PRESSURE
SWITCH

LF13-1

FUEL INJECTORS
NOTE: ECM power supplies and
grounds shown on Fig. 04.7.

BK
LF57-2

WU

B

OY

4B

BK

LF57-1

YW

YW

2–30 BAR

UB
LF57-5

LF3-6

LF40-11

6

B

P

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE

RH RADIATOR FAN

81

54

PI36-1

IJ2-5

B

52

WP

77

AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY

LF40-9

Fig. 01.2

1

AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH

LF12-1

51

RY

2

LF2AR
IJ1-2

EM2AR
(EM1AR)

IJ3-2

7

NLG

PI1-13

BTS50

Fig. 01.1

3

70

BT2AL

E

AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE

E

RLG

BT55-3

5

I

E

B

IJS2

FUEL
PUMP 2

II

I

AC1-1

5

BR
IJ1-1

FUEL INJECTION
RELAY

BT55-4

1

O

AC4-17

RLG

LF9-1

BR

EMS31

B

6

AC4-9

WU

B

B

II

UW

LF9-9

BR

BN

WK

BR
PIS2

PI2-5

BT55-1

1

O

LF9-7
5

BR

3

BU

NY

76
37

FUEL TANK

AC12-14

I

AC3-1

EMS26

LF9-2

EM5

B

AC12-12

AC4-7

EM25

PI1-30

FUEL
PUMP 1

AC12-19

UG
ULG
UN
UB
RLG

AC12-13

OG

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
BT55-2

AC13-9

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and
Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits.

BO
BY
BW
BU
BP
BG
BN
BS

NY

EM2-14

UG
ULG
UN
UB
RLG

EM2-6

BP

O

RLG

BP

O

EM1-3

BR

EM13-31

BO

EM13-26

O

EM2-12

BO

O

EM1-13

BR

EM13-25

BY

EM13-24

O

BY

O

LF40-7

BR

EM13-23

BS

O

LF40-6

BS

EM13-22

BR

EM13-16

O

BW

O

EM2AR
(EM1AR)

W
WU

BW

EM13-15

BR

O

BG

EM13-10

BG

EM13-9

O

EMS31

B

BR

O

KN
SP
KW
RY
W
WU
UB
LGK
LGO
LGW
LGU
LGY
LGR
LGS
LGP

9A
II

XK8 Range 1998

AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission

Fig. 05.1

AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission

NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module – CAN ‘Listen
only’ node for gear selector position indicators.
TRANSMISSION
ROTARY SWITCH

TRANSMISSION
FLUID
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

TURBINE SPEED
SENSOR

PRESSURE
REGULATORS

SOLENOID
VALVES

L1

OUTPUT SPEED
SENSOR

L2

L3

GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE

L4

P, N

υ
2

3

4

5

1

2

–

3

EM46
-6

EM46
-5

EM46 EM46
-13
-14

EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46
-16
-2
-3
-7
-11
-15

EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46
-12
-8
-9
-4

EM46
-1

EM46
-10

S

RB

Y

W

N

+

G

BU

UY

RU OG

OU

OR

OK

OB

RY

YB

YP

YU

U

EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47
-E
-A
-B
-C
-D

+

BY
NO

B+
EM7-26

WB

27
II

II

CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

B+
EM7-55

G

C –
EM7-82

Y
G

19.1

C –
EM7-85

CAN

Y

19.1

EM7-1

O

EM7-2

Y

W

O

EM7-4

O

EM7-5

I

EM7-6

I

EM7-8

I

EM7-9

I

EM7-12

I

EM7-13

RP
US

I

EM7-14

N

EM7-15
EM7-16

BRD
U

EM7-18

BS

C +
EM7-86

I

EM7-21
I

EM7-22

I

EM7-23

O

EM7-28

WR

BK

G

BY

EMS25

EM7-30

O

EM7-32

03.1

04.1

04.2

04.4

O

EM7-33

I

EM7-34

I

EM7-36

I

EM7-37

S
Y

I

EM7-42

G

US

US

US

EM1-17

BY

FC83-1

BY
FCS62

FC83-3

BY

AC12-11

NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.

KICKDOWN SWITCH
(LHD)

BS

BS
EM1-16

BS

BY
BY

AC27

AC28

AC29

AC30

ACS12

ACS11

AC12-15

YU
YP
B

EM7-52

O

EM7-53

FC35
-7

R
RG
OB
RY
RU

560 Ω

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1

FC35
-9

10Κ Ω

1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

II

RLG

10.2

DIMMER OVERRIDE

10Κ Ω

BK
FC35
-2

FC35
-1

MODE SWITCH

6

20

FC35
-10

EM2AL
(EM1AL)

1

WR
FC35
-8

RG
EM3-14

EMS43

MODE
STATE

RP
EM3-13

B

560 Ω

RS

RS

RG

TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE

BY

KICKDOWN SWITCH
(RHD)

RP
O

PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

04.5

D–4
SWITCH

EM3-11

EM7-51

CAN

BY

BS

O

19.1

EM1-18

BY
OR
YB

EM7-29

EM7-45

CAN

E

BU
UY
BRD

O

EM7-44

19.1

41

OK
OG
B
RB
W

O

I

CAN

FCS47

BS

I

19.1

BK

FC88
-6

G

CAN

FC3BR

C +
EM7-83

CAN

RB

FC88
-9

19.1

OU
RS

O

B+
EM7-54

WB

28

S

Y

C

330 Ω

2

75

FC88
-8

330 Ω

3

EM47 EM47
-J
-K

G

C

330 Ω

R

Y

C
FC88
-4

–

G
4

N

G
FC88
-3

330 Ω

D

B

II

C

330 Ω

N

19

FC88
-1

330 Ω

R

1

WR

B+

330 Ω

P

VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

BK
FCS47

FC3BR

XK8 Range 1998

AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission

Fig. 05.2

AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission

NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module –
CAN “listen only” node for gear selector position indicators.
NOTE: n2 and n3 are internal
gear ratio speed sensors.
TRANSMISSION

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH

O

B+

O

I

O

O

NOTE: Pressure regulators:
MD – modulation pressure
SD – shift pressure

O

n2
SPEED
SENSOR

O

n3
SPEED
SENSOR

FLUID
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

SOLENOID
VALVES

GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE

PRESSURE
REGULATORS

P

R
FC100

RU

-4

-5

G

WR

-3

-2

-7

-6

-8

-1

SWITCH
(NOT USED)
OPEN – P, N

N

υ

B LGB LGU LGP LGN

A
B
1-2,4-5 2-3

C
3-4

TCC

MD

SD

D

4

PARK, NEUTRAL

RU

03.2

PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

04.7

GB1
-7

GB1
-3

GB1
-1

GB1
-12

GB1
-4

GB1
-6

GB1
-13

GB1
-8

GB1
-9

GB1
-11

GB1
-2

GB1
-10

3

G

03.2

B

EM1-11

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

2

19
II

FC88
-1

330 Ω
–

G

C
FC88
-3

330 Ω
+

C
FC88
-4

330 Ω
–

C
FC88
-8

330 Ω
+

C

Y
G
Y

FC88
-9

330 Ω

FC88
-6

19.1

CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

CAN

BK

BK

330 Ω

WR

20A

WR

B+

330 Ω

FCS47

II
FC3BR
EM2
-2

EM1
-17

EM1
-18

EM3
-13

GB2
-7

EM3
-14

B LGB LGU LGP LGN

26A

WB

II

CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

B+
EM73-29

G

C–
EM72-L

Y

C+

I

EM73-2

I

EM73-3

I

EM73-25

I

EM73-26

I

EM73-27

I

EM73-28

I

EM73-30

BS
RS
LGB
LGU
LGP
LGN
B

BU

GB2
-3

GB2
-1

G

U

GB2
-12

GB2
-4

BY

UY

GB2
-6

RY

GB2
-5

GB2
-8

YB

YP

GB2
-9

YU

GB2
-11

GB2
-2

OG

OK

BS

GB2
-10

OB
BS

EM1-16

BK

AC12-15

AC25-1

EMS43

O

EM72-13

O

EM72-14

O

EM72-15

O

EM72-16

O

EM72-17

O

EM72-33

I

EM72-34

I

EM72-35

O

EM72-36

O

EM72-37

O

EM72-38

G
BU
YB
YU
YP
OG

FC35
-9

EM3-11

WR

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

270 Ω

BK
MODE STATE

BY
UY
U
OK
OB
RY

MODE SWITCH

B

6

38

II

II

39
E

II

FC35
-10

EM2AL
(EM1AL)

6

20

FC35
-8

510 Ω

RLG

TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE

1

BK
FCS48

FC3BL

1000 Ω

RS
EM72-12

BK
AC12-11

KICKDOWN SWITCH

EM72-H

I

AC25-2

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: AJ26 SC Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 024687
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

FC35
-1

10.2

DIMMER OVERRIDE

BK
FCS47

FC3BR

XK8 Range 1998

Gearshift Interlock

Gearshift Interlock

NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.

BRAKE SWITCH
(LHD)
WO

6
II

B

US

GB

AC26-4

AC26-1
ACS16

US

US

US
FCS35

AC13-3

WO

7
II

B

I
EM10-10

Y

US

GB

AC24-4

US
EM1-8

C +

EM1-6

AC24-1

EM10-28

G

BRAKE SWITCH
(RHD)

C –

EM1-7

EM10-27

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE

Y

C +
FC88-4

G

C –
FC88-3

Y

C +
FC88-9

G

C –
FC88-8

GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE

Y

C +
FC25-24

G

C –
FC25-47
–

U

U

S

FCS11

FC25-20
+

S

S

S

FCS12

FC25-19

19.1

SCP

19.1

SCP

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

15

NB

B+ (LOGIC)
FC14-80

19

NY

B+ (SOLENOIDS)
FC14-104
–

U

S
FC14-84

5

WO

I

II

16

+

S

S

FC14-15

WN

FC14-85

I

I

OG

OG

O

FC14-32

RW

O
FC14-51

BK
FCS47

BK

SB

FC87-3

SB

FC86
-2

FCS46

FC2BR
(FC4BR)

GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK
SOLENOID

GEARSHIFT
INTERLOCK
CONTROL

BK

B

B
FC86
-1

FC14-48

RW

B

SC1-1

B
SC1-2

B
FCS49

I

FC87-1

FC14-58

NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH

KEYLOCK SOLENOID

FC4BR
(FC2BR)

POWER

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

FC3BR
LOGIC

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

Fig. 05.3

XK8 Range 1998

Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control

Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control

BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR

72

NR

B+

34

LF37-1

WU

II

UO
EM37-2

LF40-1

EM37-1

B+
LF37-20

71

UO

O

LF37-9

UB

I

NY
LF37-25

UB
LF40-2

LF37-13

B+

S

I

S

LF37-3
CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

Y

C +

G

LF37-5

G

LF37-4

G

RH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR

FR1-2

LF42-2

FR1-1

LF42-1

C –
LF37-15

NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.

BRAKE SWITCH
(LHD)

6

WO

II

B

NOT USED
LF1-13

C +

NOT USED
LF37-10

C –

Y
O

I

UP

Y
LF60-5

LF37-6

O
LF60-4

LF37-7

Y
RH1-16

Y
BT2-11

O
RH1-15

O
BT2-10

US

US

US
FCS35

AC13-3

II

RR1-2

BT73-2

LF37-19

US
LF60-1

I
LF37-2

W

I

W

LF37-17

WO

RH REAR
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR

RR1-1

O

AC26-1
ACS16

7

Y
BT73-1

US

GB

AC26-4

NOT USED
LF37-11

B

US

GB

AC24-4

R

AC24-1

LH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR

FL1-2

LF41-2

R

LF37-18

FL1-1

LF41-1

BRAKE SWITCH
(RHD)

P

I

16

NR

RY
FC55-9

STABILITY / TRACTION
STATE

FC55-11

RY
LF60-6

LF37-16

U

B
FCS49

R
FC55-16

FC55-12

R
LF60-7

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

BT2-13

RL1-2

LH REAR
WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR

U
BT72-1

RL1-1

B

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

RH1-18

U

LF37-24

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

1

U

P
BT72-2

B

I

STABILITY / TRACTION
CONTROL SWITCH

FC4BR
(FC2BR)

P
BT2-12

LF37-8

I
LF37-14

P
RH1-17

U
LF60-3

LF37-22

I

B

P
LF60-2

LF37-21

O

18
I

LF3AS

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

Fig. 06.1

XK8 Range 1998

Climate Control: Part 1
AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

ASPIRATOR
ASSEMBLY
IN-CAR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

SOLAR
SENSOR

VENT ASSEMBLY

ASPIRATOR
MOTOR

VENT
SERVO

Fig. 07.1

Climate Control: Part 1

EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY

DEFROST
SERVO

EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

HEATER MATRIX
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

COOL AIR BYPASS
SERVO

LH BLOWER AIR INTAKE

RH BLOWER AIR INTAKE

FRESH / RECIRCULATION
SERVO

FRESH / RECIRCULATION
SERVO

FOOT WELL
SERVO

υ
υ

NOTES: When the ignition switched ground input is
interrupted during engine cranking, the A/CCM does not
drive high power consuming components.
The A/C Isolate Relay remains energized by the A/CCM for
30 seconds after the ignition is switched OFF to provide
power for the A/CCM to ‘park’ the servos.

υ
BW

OY

LF29
-2

LF29
-1

BW

UB

LGW

B

BW

OY

BW

RG

PR

SR

OR

RY

RU

P

P

O

KU

UG

BW

SU

UO

GU

UY UW

UR

P

FC12
-1

FC12
-2

FC12
-3

FC12
-4

LF60
-11

LF60
-10

FC44
-2

FC44
-3

FC44
-5

FC44
-4

FC44
-6

FC44
-8

FC44
-7

FC44
-9

FC52
-1

FC52
-2

AC7
-1

AC7
-10

AC7
-2

AC7
-3

AC7
-5

AC7
-4

AC7
-6

AC7
-8

AC7
-7

AC7
-9

BW

UB

LGW

BW

OY

BW

RG

PR

SR

OR

RY

RU

P

P

OP

KU

UG

BW

SU

UO

GU

UY UW

UR

P

AC15
-5

AC15
-12

AC15
-14

AC15
-13

AC15
-15

AC15
-17

AC15
-16

OY

RG

PR

SR

OR

RY

RU

AC15
-9

UB

AC12
-18

LGW

II

AC4-1

WN

17

WN

I

I
AC4-3

NY

40

NY

B+
AC4-5

FC24

NY

41

4

3

5

2

1

GY

GY
AC13-12

B

B

GW

FC4BR
(FC2BR)

AC4-2

GW
AC15-8

FCS49

B+

O
AC4-15

AIR CONDITIONING
ISOLATE RELAY

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ENGINE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

SG

SG

08.1

AC12-10

08.1

AC12-8

OU

08.1

19.1

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

19.1

O

AC1-7

O

AC1-8

O

AC1-9

O

AC1-12

O

AC1-13

O

AC1-19

O

AC1-20

O

AC1-21

O

AC1-22

O

AC1-25

O

AC1-26

I

AC2-1

I

AC2-2

I

AC2-3

I

AC2-5

I

AC2-10

I

AC2-11

I

I

AC2-13

I

O

AC3-2

D

AC3-3

I

AC3-5

I

AC3-6

AC4-6

OU
AC12-9

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

AC1-6

AC5
-2

AC5
-6

AC5
-12

AC5
-7

P BW

YG

PY

Y

AC5
-1

P BW YW

RB

NR

AC6
-6

AC6
-12

AC6
-7

P BW YW

RB

NR

AC6
-1

AC6
-2

RY
PR
PY
RB
UW
UO
RU
SR
Y
NR
UR
GU

BW
AC15-11

ACS21

OP
RG
YW
SU
OR
YG
UY

AC2-6

PY

PY

O

Y

ACS4

BW
B+

PY

P
AC15-10

FCS34

WP

YG

OP
FCS33

WP

P BW

AC15
-4

P

8

υ

I
AC4-16

K

D
AC4-10

O

D

D

AC3-7

O

AC3-8

I

AC3-11

I

AC3-12

O

AC4-4

O

AC4-8

O

AC4-12

I

AC4-13

O

AC4-14

O

AC4-18

O

AC4-19

I

AC4-20

S
SG
OY
UG
SY
SR
UB
KU

S
AC12-1

SG
AC12-4

SY
AC12-3

SR
AC12-2

AC4-21

WU

WU
P
WR
B
B
LGW
BW
BK

AC12-6

WR

RK

B

RLG

AC12-7

B
FCS46

FC43
-7

B

AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE

FC43
-5

FC43
-6

FC43
-2

FC43
-3

FC43
-4

FC43
-1

FC43
-8

FC43
-9

B WR WU

SR

SY

SG

S

R

RG

I

D

D

I

I

I

CLOCK

DIMMER
OVERRIDE

LOCATE
ILLUMINATION

I
B+

DATA

I
B+

DATA

I

START

FC2BR
(FC4BR)

FC3CS

CONTROL PANEL

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

10.2

AC12-5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

10.2

DIMMER
CONTROLLED
LIGHTING

XK8 Range 1998

Climate Control: Part 2

Fig. 07.2

Climate Control: Part 2

EM45

NP

80

3

GK

5

B
EM48-2

EM48-1

PS

2

WR

1

17
II

69

NLG

OG

LF12-2

OG
LF9-2

LF12-1

W

W

RH RADIATOR FAN

WU
LF9-9

LF40-6

RH WINDSHIELD HEATER

NOTE: Radiator cooling and Air Conditioning
Compressor circuits are duplicated here for clarity.
Refer to Fig. 04.3, Fig. 04.6 and Fig. 04.8.

45
E

LF9-8

EM1BL
(EM1BS)

RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
RELAY
EM44

B

OY

OY

LF13-1

LF13-2

LF9-3

LF9-5

70
RLG

5

3

NLG

RY

2

1

WP

77

EM10-3
EM10-4

I

EM12-5

I

EM12-6

O

EM12-10

WR

1

EM49-2

18
II

LH WINDSHIELD HEATER

54

FC28

UG
ULG
UN

NS

8

3

RN

RN

5

RLG
EMS26

RLG

B

PI1-13

LGR

PI36-1

2

WP

1

B

DD8-9

II

EM13-15

O

EM13-16

W
WU
EM1
-3

ULG UG

UN

UB

UB

RN

RN

DOOR MIRROR HEATER
RELAY

WU

WU

YW
AC13
-9

DP1-5

B

DP8-9

BK

BK

1

26

12 BAR

YW

BK

LF57-3

AC1-3

O

AC1-4

O

AC1-5

O

AC1-16

O

AC1-17

O

AC1-18

RLG

RLG

AC12-13

EM2-6

9A

B

RH17

RH18

LGP

2

HEATED BACKLIGHT

BK

RH2S

HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY (#2)

LFS25

LF57-4

NOTE: Circuit revised VIN 024687 ➞.

BT58-3

BT10-8

BK

RLG
U
UY
PS
LGR
LGN
RW
LGP

BT13-3

II

TRUNK FUSE BOX

LF2BL

LGP

LGP

AC13-10

AC1-2

RH2-7

BT2-1

RG

II
RHD

23

LHD

46

AC20

NU

3

5

UW

UW
AC6-5

UY

2

1

WP

10
II

UB
AC12-14

RH BLOWER MOTOR
RELAY

EM2-14

AC12-17

1

US

AC12-16

U
4

AC6-13

U
I

AC2-7

O

AC2-8

I

AC2-15

O

AC2-16

O

AC3-1

I

AC4-7

O

AC4-9

I

AC4-17

B
DP1-1
FC2AL
(FC4AL))

UY

UY

5
#17 25A

20 BAR

WU

YW

3

1

LF57-2

REFRIGERANT
4-WAY PRESSURE
SWITCH

O

B
DPS1

DP8-11

PASSENGER MIRROR

LF57-1

LF40-11

AC12
-12

2–30 BAR

UB
LF57-5

LF3-6

LF40-9

AC12
-19

O

FC4AL
(FC2AL)

BT13-10
EM1
-13

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE

AC1-1

B
DD1-1

P
EM2
-12

I

B
DDS1

DD8-11

DRIVER MIRROR

PS

AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH

DD1-5

7

AC15-19

WU
YW
RY

RN

RN
ACS1

AC13-4

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE

AC13-8
O

EM2BS
(EM2BL)

LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
RELAY

AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
EM2-4

I

2

PS

LF2AR

I

PS

EMS24

LF9-1

EM10-2

B

GS

5

E

B

O

3

EM49-1

LF9-7

LF40-7

NG

79

EM17

WU

WU

LH RADIATOR FAN

LF2AL

NG

B

B

RW

2

AC6-8

US
GO
UK
GP

G

GO

3

AC6-10
FC2AL

RH BLOWER MOTOR

ULG

EM2-5

LF60-18
RHD

UG
UN
UB

U

LHD

46
23

AC20

NW

8

10

UR

UR
AC5-5

U

B

EM43-2

B

EM43-1

B

P

EMS31

Y

EM41-2

EM41-1

YW

YW
LF7-2

LF3-1

RW

AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE

5

3

2

1

7

6

WP

9
II

38
II

LF5-5

HEATER VALVE

LGN

4

#15 10A

LH BLOWER MOTOR
RELAY

HEATER PUMP
HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1)

1

UK

4

AC5-13

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX

B

NOTE: A/CCM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 07.1.

U

B

B
2

AC5-8

GP
EM2AR
(EM1AR)

G
AC5-10

3

FC4AL

LH BLOWER MOTOR

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Instrument Packs

RN

B+

NR

29

FC25-25

ILLUMINATION

WG

13

FC79-17

RY

O
FC25-28

B+

II

B+

FC25-3

B+

FC79-8

10.2

DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING

10.2

BATTERY VOLTAGE

RO

I

ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY

I

DIMMER
OVERRIDE

FC25-27

FC26-1

OIL PRESSURE

RLG
FC26-21

RK

O

OW

O
FC26-2

BATTERY VOLTAGE

SCP

19.1

SCP

19.1

BATTERY VOLTAGE

S

RG
RS

O

BATTERY VOLTAGE

RB
FC26-11

FC25-20

BATTERY VOLTAGE

Y

RU

O

C +

OIL PRESSURE

C –

OIL PRESSURE

C +

OIL PRESSURE

C –

OIL PRESSURE

16.1

16.2

16.3

OG
FC26-18

UW

O

VEHICLE SPEED

O

ENGINE SPEED

O

ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE

I

BATTERY VOLTAGE
GAUGE

I

BATTERY VOLTAGE
GAUGE

I

OIL PRESSURE
GAUGE

I

OIL PRESSURE
GAUGE

I

OIL PRESSURE
GAUGE

I

OIL PRESSURE
GAUGE

FC79-9

O

FC25-48

RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT

OS
FC26-17

G

19.1

BATTERY VOLTAGE
GAUGE

FC79-19

O

FC25-23

CAN

OU
FC26-15

Y

19.1

I

FC79-20

O

FC25-47

CAN

OB
FC26-10

G

19.1

BATTERY VOLTAGE
GAUGE

FC79-14

O

FC25-24

I

FC79-15

FC26-12

19.1

OIL PRESSURE
WARNING

FC79-12

O

S –

I

FC79-13

FC26-9

FC25-19

U

BATTERY CHARGE
WARNING

FC79-18

O

S +

I
FC79-11

FC26-8

CAN

ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY

FC25-2

DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING

CAN

Fig. 08.1

Instrument Packs

FC79-10

FC26-20

A/CCM

PY

07.1

FC26-3

A/CCM

SG

07.1

FC26-4

A/CCM

OU

07.1

O

VEHICLE SPEED

O

VEHICLE SPEED

O

VEHICLE SPEED

BK

FC26-5

POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONTROL MODULE

11.1

ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE

11.5

ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE

11.5

(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)

BK
FCS48

I
FC79-16

FC3BL

UB

MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK

FC26-6

ON
FC26-7

TRIP SELECT

SO

I

ADAPTIVE DAMPING
WARNING

I

CHARGE WARNING

UY

I
FC25-13

FC27-7

A/B
(TRIP SELECT)

FC27-9

000
(RESET)

FC25-6

GENERATOR

03.2

SW

03.1

RESET

AIRBAG / SRS
CONTROL MODULE

FC25-36

YW

17.1

I

BR

AIRBAG WARNING
FC25-33

FC26-16

UR

NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.
EM2-16

1 ΚΩ

FUEL LEVEL
SENSOR

900Ω

RW
80Ω

F

E

BT2-18

BT7

MESSAGE

FC25-35

RW
RH1-14

FC27-2

Y

I

FC26-24

RW

O

I

FC26-22

IMPERIAL;
METRIC;
U.S.A.

O

FC27-8

CLEAR

R

I
FC25-14

FC27-1

MI / KM

FC26-14

TRIP COMPUTER
SWITCH PACK

BT8

BW

BW
BT2-17

BW
RH1-13

I

FUEL LEVEL GAUGE

FC26-13

TRIP CYCLE

SU

I

P

FC25-10

OS
CLOSES WITH PRESSURE

PI40-1

EM2-8

BK

BK
SCS1

BK
SC2-9

BK
FCS48

TRIP CYCLE SWITCH

OS

OS
PI1-48

SU
SC2-5

I

OIL PRESSURE (ON / OFF)

FC3BL

FC26-19

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
BK

BK

I

FCS48

FC25-1

BK

BK
EMS38

OP
EM55-1

OP

EM55-2

EM1-19

I
FC26-23

LOW COOLANT
WARNING

B

I

B
FCS49

FC25-26

COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH

EM1BR
(EM2BR)

FC4BR
(FC2BR)

FC3BL

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Audible Warnings

NB

15

Audible Warnings

B+
FC14-80

NY

19

B+
FC14-104

RW

1

I
FC14-41

SCP SOURCES:
• DIRECTION INDICATORS; HAZARD WARNING; SIDE LAMPS – Fig. 09.1, Fig. 09.2
• VALET SWITCH; TRUNK RELEASE – Fig. 13.1
• MEMORY – Fig. 12.1
• CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT – Fig. 15.2
• KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR SWITCH – Fig. 13.1
• NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH – Fig. 05.3
• SEAT BELT SWITCH – Fig. 12.1

WO

5
II

WN

16
I

SCP

I
FC14-15

I
FC14-32

U

19.1

AUDIBLE
WARNING 1

O

AUDIBLE
WARNING 2

O

GR

GR

FC14-82

SC1-10

GB

GB
FC14-83

SC1-11

S –
FC14-84

SCP

S

19.1

SPEAKER
S +

FC14-85

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
AUDIBLE
WARNING
CONTROL

AUDIBLE WARNINGS:
• DIRECTION INDICATORS
• HAZARD WARNING
• SIDE LAMPS ON
• VALET MODE WARNING
• GEAR SELECTOR IN PARK
• MEMORY CHIME
• SECURITY ARM / DISARM
• CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT (CONVERTIBLE VEHICLES)
• KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR AJAR (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
• SEAT BELT DISCONNECTED (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)

POWER
LOGIC

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

Fig. 08.2

XK8 Range 1998

Exterior Lighting: Front

Fig. 09.1

Exterior Lighting: Front

UB

SCP
SCP

NOTE: ‘Crank’ input used with Daytime Running Lamps.

U

19.1

LF5-4

#19 10A

LF7-10

UW

5

1

4

S

19.1

3

4

#21 10A

UG

2
LF5-7

UY
15

MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3)

NB

B+
FC14-80

–

S

+

S

U

49

FCS11

FC25-20

1

FCS12

FC25-19

1

4

RW

LF6-8

#6 10A

LF6-4

UK

5

B+
FC14-79

S

3

4

NG

#8 10A

US

2
LF6-9

I

OB

FC14-41

5

WO

II

LIGHTING
INDICATORS

DIP BEAM RELAY (#5)

I
FC14-15

3

4

LF8-3

OW

5
LF8-10

#17 15A

U
S

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

1

38

S –

OG

2

II

FC14-84

OB

LF5-8

LF32-1

S +

NR

OG
FC55-9

OG

O

FC55-18

FRONT FOG STATE

LH FRONT FOG LAMP
UB

OG
FCS37

FC14-20

LF1-7

MAIN

OR

OR
BK

FC55-19

REAR FOG

LF31-1

PY

PW

B

LF31-5

LF31-6
DI

PW

FC55-3

LH FRONT LAMP UNIT

O
FC14-96

HAZARD STATE
FC4BR
(FC2BR)

LF1-2

FC14-2

I
FC14-59

B
FC55-16

GY

GY

O

FC55-1

HAZARD

FC3BR

LF1-10

SIDE LAMP
FC55-2

FCS49

DIP

RK

FC14-53

PY
B

LF31-4

LF1-6

RK

O

B

LF31-2

FC14-45

I
FC14-38

BK
FCS47

UG

O

FC55-17

FRONT FOG

UY

LF1-5

FC14-68
FC55-20

LF31-3

US

O

REAR FOG STATE

LF32-2

FRONT FOG RELAY (#2)

FC14-85

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
16

NOTE: Circuits revised VIN 024687 ➞.

B

RB

RB

O

LF1-9

FC14-54

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
LIGHTING
CONTROL

GO

GO
LF1-3

FC14-27

U

U

SC2-2

HEADLAMP
FLASH

I

UB

SC2-6

B

LF4-1

LF4-2

YG

R

KG

YG

YG

KG

KG

SC2-7

LF2BR

I

B

LF22-1

I

LF22-2

FC14-88

SC2-8

DIRECTION
INDICATOR

LFS9

FC14-14

OW

L

B

LH SIDE DI REPEATER (ROW)

FC14-30

UB

UB
HEADLAMP
MAIN BEAM

LF11-2

LH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)
O

U

B

LF11-1

RH FRONT FOG LAMP

I
FC14-61

UW
LF21-3

UY

DIP
REAR VIEW MIRRORS:
AUTO HEADLAMPS / MIRROR TINT

YU

11.4

UY

YU

UY

SC2-4

MAIN

I

UK

FC14-42

SC2-1

B

LF21-2

BK
FCS48

BK

BK
SCS1

SC2-9

B

DIP

SIDE

BK

LFS9

LF21-4

DIP

RY

SIDE

RY

RY
SCS2

AUTO

SC2-3

RY
FCS9

I
FC14-16

LF2BR

RY

RY

O

LF1-11

FC14-1

LF21-1

SIDE LAMP

LIGHTING STALK

GK

GK

O

FC3BL

LF1-1

FC14-3

B

LF21-5

LF21-6
DI

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON

10.2

RH FRONT LAMP UNIT

RY
RW

RW

O

LF1-8

FC14-28

POWER

NOTE: DI bulb failure – BPM internal function.
Daytime Running Lamps – BPM programmed function.

B

LF10-1

LF10-2

RH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)

LOGIC

GR

O
FC14-81

GR
LF1-4

GR

GR
LF40-8

EL1-6

B
EL5-1

EL5-2

B
ELS1

B
EL1-5

7

51

Fig. 01.2

1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

LFS8
LF1AL

EM2AR
(EM1AR)

NOTE: ELS1 – Cruise Control vehicles only.

Fig. 01.1

LF1AL

B

RH SIDE DI REPEATER (ROW)

6

LFS8

B
EMS31

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

1

B

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Exterior Lighting: Rear

NOTE: BTS5 – Adaptive damping only.

US

NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.

11.5

BT11-5

BRAKE SWITCH (LHD)

ADAPTIVE DAMPING

US

UG
BT11-8

#8 5A

NK

52

NK

1

B+ (REVERSE LAMPS)

3

5

SCP

19.1

U

FCS11

U

1

2

SCP

19.1

S

FCS12

BT40-16

S

S
BT40-8

#19 5A

BT40-5

1

LIGHTING
CONTROL

CAN

Y

19.1

FC25-19

C +
FC25-24

CAN

19.1

I

BK

BTS21

FC25-20

C –

1

R

I

1

2

US
FCS35

US
AC13-3

3

1

RW

B

BT27-1

LH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)

OB

OB

OG

2
BT10-5

BTS3

BT31-7

YW
BTS9

TRUNK FUSE BOX

BT31-6

REVERSE

S –

S

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

RO

B

BT31-2

S +

NB

15

UB

B+ (LOGIC)

R

FC14-80

NY

19

BULB FAILURE
SENSING

O

BT31-3

B+ (LIGHTING)

NG

WG

24

B+ (LIGHTING)

RW

1

II

RK

B+

BT18-24

DI

UP

FC14-41
II

BT31-4

BT18-17

I

WO

5

GY

BT18-16

FC14-79

NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activates general bulb failure output.

STOP

RY

BT18-25

FC14-104

49

LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

BT18-14

UO

I
FC14-15

RU

BT18-15

RO

NR

LH TAIL;
SIDE MARKER
LAMPS

FC55-18

FRONT FOG STATE

OY
FC55-20

REAR FOG STATE

BT18-18

RU

BL1-1

RU

BB1-2

REAR FOG

FC55-19

RG
RU

HAZARD

FC55-1

UB

LH STOP LAMP

FC14-12

BK
BTS21

BTS23

BT18-20

B

GK

LIGHTING
CONTROL

FC3BR

B

BL5-2

RH NUMBER PLATE LAMP

UW

RH STOP LAMP

BT18-26

BB1-1

B
BL5-1

BT18-19

BK

B

BLS2

BL1-2

BT18-22

I

BLS1

BTS40

RU

FC55-17

OP

BL4-2

LH NUMBER PLATE LAMP

RW
BT18-23

O
FC14-44

BK

B

B

BL4-1

BT18-21

RH TAIL;
NUMBER PLATE
LAMPS

FRONT FOG

BT31-1

TAIL

FC14-85

FC55-2

BT27-2

BT12-2

FC14-84

FCS47

MIRROR TINT

11.4

FOG

U

BK

7
II

AC24-4

BT11-7

II

LIGHTING
INDICATORS

FC55-16

WO

B

BRAKE SWITCH (RHD)

REAR FOG RELAY (#1)

16

GB
AC24-1

BT10-4

5

1

26

US
ACS16

BT12-10

UO

TAIL LAMP RELAY (#3)

SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE

BT1AR

US
RH12-1

RS

#15 10A

REVERSE
GEAR

US
BT1-9

RY

I

BK

US
BTS5

BT10-7

BT41-1

BT40-14

FC25-47

5
#21 5A

BT40-13

U

S

–

G

BK

S

S

+

3

6
II

AC26-4

RK

STOP LAMP RELAY (#5)

YW

O

US
BT11-9

BT40-7

S +

BT1-11

RH12-16

1

OG

O

WO

B

BT11-4

#6 5A

S –

BT1-10

RH12-15

S

U

GB
AC26-1

UP

BT40-6

U

Fig. 09.2

Exterior Lighting: Rear

BT30-4

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

BT3S

DI
BT1AR

LAMP CONTROL MODULE

UW
BT30-5

YG

L

YG
SC2-7

KG
SC2-8

DIRECTION
INDICATOR

RS

O

FC14-88

KG

R

I

RH2-16

FC14-95

I
FC14-61

GY

FC14-50

BT30-7

TAIL

BT1-2

YW

GK
RH2-1

FC14-76

B

BT30-6

RH2-3

GK

O

RG

BT2-9

GY

O

STOP

RS

BT1-1

BT30-2

REVERSE

OB
UY

DIP
REAR VIEW MIRRORS:
AUTO HEADLAMPS /
MIRROR TINT

11.4

YU

YU

UY
SC2-4

UG

I

(CONV.)

FC14-42

SC2-1

UG

SIDE

BK

BK
FCS48

BK

BK

SIDE

DIP

SCS1

SC2-9

UG
BB1-3

RY

RY

SCS2

AUTO

RY
SC2-3

RY

FCS9

B

UG
BL1-3

BL8-1 (CONV.)
RH8-2 (COUPE)

UG

B

BT30-1

FOG

BLS1

(COUPE)

(COUPE) BT1-17

I

B
(CONV.)

BL8-2 (CONV.)
RH8-1 (COUPE)

B

RH TAIL LAMP UNIT
BL1-1

B

FC14-16

RW

RHS2

B

POWER

FC3BL

LIGHTING STALK

B

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
10.2

BTS23

HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP

RY

B

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
BT3S

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

B
BT26-2

B
BTS17

RH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)

BB1-1
RH1S

LOGIC

DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON

BT26-1

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

BT2AR

XK8 Range 1998

Headlamp Leveling

Headlamp Leveling

WR

33
II

FC55-5

31

0

WR

II
203 Ω

1

187 Ω

GS

2

GS

FC55-6

LF34-1

GS
LFS6

LF60-15

SERVO
AMPLIFIER

LH HEADLAMP
LEVELING ACTUATOR

LF34-2

3

BK
FC55-2

BK
FCS47

LEVELING SWITCH
LF34-3

FC3BR

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

B
LFS9

B
LF2BR

32

WR

II

LF24-1

GS

SERVO
AMPLIFIER

RH HEADLAMP
LEVELING ACTUATOR

LF24-2

LF24-3

B
LFS8

B
LF1AL

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

Fig. 09.3

XK8 Range 1998

Interior Lighting

NB

15

Fig. 10.1

Interior Lighting

B+ (LOGIC)
FC14-80

NY

19

NW

B+ (LIGHTING)
FC14-104

RW

1

NOTE: ‘Crank’ input is used to switch off interior lamps during engine cranking.

I

WO
FC14-15

WN

UR
FC4-5

19.1
19.1

SCP

FC4-4

NW

NW

S

S
FCS12

S

OY
DD3-10

S +

BT56-1

LH TRUNK LAMP

FC14-85

INTERIOR
LIGHTING
CONTROL

PW
RH2-6

PW

PW
BTS25

BT1-5

RY

RY
BT59-2

BTS26

BT59-1

RY

BT29-1

BT29

BT29-2

AC14
-9

AC14
-8

S

U

ILLUMINATION O
ENABLE

PW
FC14-101

B
FC33

U

– S
DD10-9

I

DD3-11

B
FCS46

FC34

FC2BR
(FC4BR)

GLOVE BOX LAMP

DD11-12

DD11-4

KEY BARREL

U
ACS5

DD1-6

S

+ S
DD10-16

BT46-1

BT46-2

TRUNK SWITCH

PW
FCS36

BK

RY
BTS6

RH TRUNK LAMP

I

OU

UNLOCK

DD3-12

RY
BT56-2

U

RH1S

B+
DD10-1

NW

B
RHS2

RH3-1

PW

S –
FC14-84

PW

38

B
RH3-2

REAR INTERIOR LAMP
(COUPE ONLY)
U

LOCK

FC2BR
(FC2BL)

I
RH2-5

FCS11

N

FCS46 (LHD)
FCS50 (RHD)

FC32-1

RH FOOT WELL
LAMP

FC14-67

U

25

B

B
FC32-2

IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)

FC3BL

SCP

FCS1

FC14-24

FC14-32

BK
FCS48

NW

NW

FADE 1 O

I

I

BK

FC4BL
(FC4BR)

I

II

16

FCS50 (LHD)
FCS46 (RHD)

FC31-1

LH FOOT WELL
LAMP

FC14-41

5

B

B
FC31-2

S

PW

ACS6

DD1-3

PW

PW

RFS2

BK

RF1-10

RF8-1

DRIVER DOOR LOCK
SWITCHES

RF8-3

LH VANITY LAMP

BK

GY
DD3-6

DD3-7

I

GW

O

DD11-20

BK

PW

DD10-14

RF7-1

DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL

DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH

RF7-3

RH VANITY LAMP
BK

BK

BK
DDS7

DD1-2

B

I

LOGIC

I

POWER

DD10-8

B
DD1-21

DD10-17

LH MAP LAMP
SWITCH

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

FC4AR
(FC2AR)

PW
RF10-5

RW

FADE 2 O

LH MAP LAMP

RW

FC14-74

RF1-12

RF10-4

BK
N

47

U

– S

B+
DP10-1

DP10-9

DP10-16

GY
DP3-6

DP3-7

BK

DP1-21

DP1-3

RH MAP LAMP
SWITCH

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL

BK

I

ROOF CONSOLE

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

GW

LOGIC

DP10-8

B
DDS1

DD14-1

B
DD1-1
FC4AL
(FC2AL)

DRIVER DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP

POWER

DP10-17

GW

PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

FC2AR
(FC4AR)

B
DD14-2

I

FC3BR

GW

O

B

B

POWER

DP10-14

DPS7

DP1-2

BK
RF1-3

RH MAP LAMP

LOGIC

DP11-20

BK
RFS1

S

I

PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH
BK

RF10-1

DP1-6

S

+ S

BK

U

B
DP14-2

DP14-1

B
DPS1

B
DP1-1
FC2AL
(FC4AL)

PASSENGER DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

BK
BTS21
BT1AR

XK8 Range 1998

Dimmer-Controlled Lighting
MINOR INSTRUMENT
PACK

Fig. 10.2

Dimmer-Controlled Lighting

MAJOR INSTRUMENT
PACK

AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL PANEL

RADIO

CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK

FC25
-28

FC79
-8

BK
RO

FCS48

ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY

FC26
-21

RO

RLG

FC25
-26

IC10
-3

B

DIMMER
OVERRIDE

DIMMER
OVERRIDE

DIMMER
OVERRIDE

ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY

FC25
-27

HAZARD

IC10
-4

RU

RLG BRD

RG

LH SEAT
HEATER

RH SEAT
HEATER

FOG
LAMPS

TRACTION

R

B

FC55
-10

FC55
-4

FC55
-16

B

FCS49

FCS49

B

BK

IC1
-6

FC4BR
(FC2BR)

FC3BL

IC1
-5

FC43
-9

FC43
-8

RLG

RK

FC43
-7

RLG

B

RK

FC4BR
(FC2BR)

CE2

RLG

RU

B
RLG

RLG

FCS4

SC3-8

RU
NP

50

B+

O

NP

B+

O

51

WN

RU

B
FC62-9

FC62-7

LOCATE

CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH

FC23-5

G

O

SC3-11

RK

FC23-6

B

RY

FC59

SC11-3

DIMMER
OVERRIDE

RU
FCS73

FC23-7

I

SC3-10

SC11-6

MODE SWITCH
(TRANSMISSION)

FC23-12

Y

G

RY

FC3BR

FC23-2

O

SC3-9

SC11-5

LOCATE

FCS72

RO

O

Y

FC42-1

RK

O

B

FCS3

FC23-8

FC4BR
(FC2BR)

CIGAR LIGHTER
RU

B

UY

FC63-5

FC63-1

LOCATE

SC2-4

RLG

DIP

BK
FCS48

BK

SC2-9

BK

SIDE

SCS1

RY

RY
SCS2

OFF

FC3BL

RY
SC2-3

RY
FC23-4

B

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
14.1

09.2

CRUISE CONTROL
ON / OFF SWITCH

RK
I

FC23-9

AC15-7

RK

B
FC27-3

FC27-4

LOCATE

FC2BR
(FC4BR)

RY

09.1

B
FCS46

DIMMER
OVERRIDE

FC63-10

I

FCS9

LIGHTING STALK

BPM: SIDE LAMPS ON

RK

DIMMER MODULE

TRIP COMPUTER
SWITCH PACK
B

RK
DD17-4

RK
DDS5

DD17-5

RK
ACS7

DD1-9

RK

FC41-2

LOCATE

LOCATE

DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK

TRUNK AND FUEL FILL
RELEASE SWITCH
RK

B

B

B
DDS1

DD1-1

RK
DD5-1

B

B
DP1-1

FC88-10

LOCATE

LOCATE

DRIVER DOOR MEMORY
SWITCH PACK

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION
MODULE
RK

B
DPS1

B
FC88-5

DP17-3

RK

DP17-4

DP1-9

RK

B
FC67-9

FC67-5

LOCATE

LOCATE
FC2AL
(FC4AL)

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

VALET SWITCH

PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

FCS50

FC4BL
(FC2BL)

DD5-9

FC4AL
(FC2AL)

B

B
FC41-4

1

FCS49

LOCATE

DIMMER CONTROL

BK

BK
FCS47

FC23-3

UO

SC11-4

FC35-1

I

I

UO

FC35-5

FC23-1

FC23-11

14

BK

RO

FC23-10

G

A/CCM

DIMMER
OVERRIDE

FC35-10

Y

07.1

RLG

RLG
SC11-2

UO

HEADLAMP
LEVELING

DIMMER
OVERRIDE

FC79
-16

ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY

ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY

LOCATE ILLUMINATION
LOCATE

XK8 Range 1998

Power Assisted Steering

WP

11
II

VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

B+

R

O

FC16-6

UB

08.1

FC16-2

I

R
EM2-7

S

O

FC16-4

FC16-5

FC16-8

R
LL1-1

LL2-1

S
EM2-1

B

I

Power Assisted Steering

S
LL1-2

LL2-2

POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONVERTER

B
FCS49

FC4BR
(FC2BR)

POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONTROL MODULE

LHD

WP

11
II

VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

B+

R

O

FC16-6

UB

08.1

FC16-2

I

R
EM2-7

S

O

FC16-4

FC16-5

FC16-8

S
EM2-1

B

I

EM18-1

EM18-2

POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONVERTER

B
FCS49

FC4BR
(FC2BR)

POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONTROL MODULE

RHD

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

Fig. 11.1

XK8 Range 1998

Steering Column Movement

STEERING COLUMN MOTORS

NB

15

B+ (LOGIC)
FC14-80

NY

42

FC14-102

RW

1

Fig. 11.2

Steering Column Movement

TILT

REACH

B+ (COLUMN
MOTORS)

I
FC14-41

WO

5

I

II

FC14-15

WN

16

I

I

SCP

U

19.1

FC14-32

U

FCS11

S –

WU WG

K

N

FC60
-3

FC60
-1

YK

PN

R WU WG

U

G

S

FC61
-4

FC61
-1

FC61
-8

PU

PG

BS

FC14-84

SCP

S

19.1

S

FCS12

S +
FC14-85

BK

BK

UR

FCS48

FC4-5

FC60
-2

I

FC4-4

WU

FC14-67

IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)

FC3BL

FC60
-5

BG

O
FC14-90

WU

O

FCS17

FC14-40

BK

BK
FCS47

BK

SB

SB

I

FC87-1

FC87-3

FC14-58

FC14-93

PN

O

NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH

FC3BR

YK

I

FC14-99

BR

O
STEERING
COLUMN
MOVEMENT
CONTROL

FC14-100

BW

O
FC14-91

270 Ω

PU

I
100 Ω

UP

470 Ω

DOWN

820 Ω

FORE

FC14-66

PG

O

NP

20

NP
SC3-5

SK

SC9-1

SK
SC3-6

SC9-3

FC14-78

I
FC14-87

BS

O
FC14-52

AFT

COLUMN
MOTOR

B

I

COLUMN JOY STICK

FC14-25

B
FCS46

POWER

BK

BK
FCS48

BK

SC2-9

BK

YB

SCS1 SC9-7

YB

SC9-5

AUTO TILT SWITCH

I

SC3-7

LOGIC

FC14-11

FC3BL

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

FC2BR
(FC4BR)

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
N

25

B+
DD10-1

U

U

U

U

ACS5

AC14-8

S

S

35

DD10-9

S

S

ACS6

AC14-9

S –

DD1-8

S +

DD1-3

DD10-16

MEMORY 1

NW

UP

DD5-5

I

DD5-7

DD11-21

KS

MEMORY SET

I

DD5-10

DD11-6

UN

MEMORY 2

NOTE: Memory circuit –
Driver Memory Seat vehicles only.

I

DD5-6

DD11-22

UG
SET MEMORY
STATUS

I

DD5-8

DD11-2

MIRROR
CONTROL

DRIVER DOOR MEMORY
SWITCH PACK
BK

GY
DD3-6

DD3-7

BK

DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH

BK
DD1-2

I
DD11-20

BK

DDS7

I

LOGIC

I

POWER

DD10-8

B

B
DD1-21

DD10-17

FC4AR
(FC2AR)

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

FC60
-6

FC61
-3

BR WU

FC61
-6

XK8 Range 1998

Mirror Movement

Fig. 11.3

Mirror Movement

U
NB

15

S

FC14-80

RW

1

19.1

SCP

19.1

SCP

19.1

CAN

19.1

CAN

B+

I
FC14-41

WO

5
II

WN

16
I

BK

BK

BK

FCS47

I

FC87-1

U
S

Y

C
FC25-24

S +

FCS12

FC14-85

+

FC25-20

S

+ S

G

– C

FC25-19

FC25-47

LOGIC

I
FC14-58

REVERSE
GEAR

POWER

U

NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH

FC3BR

S –

FCS11

FC14-84

I

SB

U

S

FC14-32

SB

FC87-3

–

FC14-15

S

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS

VEHICLE
SPEED

VERTICAL

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
AC14
-8

BK

BK

DDS7

DD1-2

GY
DD3-6

DD3-7

U

–

U

S

U

DD10-9

UP

MEMORY 1
DD5-5

DD5-7

S

S

I
DD11-6

UN

MEMORY 2
DD5-6

I

O

O

I

DD11-22

UG
DD5-8

K

N

U

G

Y

WU WG

K

N

U

G

Y

ACS6

DD1-3

I

KS
DD5-10

SET MEMORY STATUS

WU WG

S

DD11-21

MEMORY SET

NOTE: Memory circuit –
Driver Memory Seat vehicles only.

ACS5

DD1-8

DD10-16

NW

S

I

+

35

AC14
-9

DD11-20

DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH

FC4AR
(FC2AR)

HORIZONTAL

B+
DD10-1

BK

VERTICAL

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

N

25

PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS

HORIZONTAL

DD8
-2

DD8
-6

DD8
-8

DD8
-3

DD8
-5

DD8
-10

DD8
-4

DP8
-2

DP8
-6

DP8
-8

DP8
-3

DP8
-5

DP8
-10

DP8
-4

WU

BK

PK

PN

PU

PG

BY

WU

BK

PK

PN

PU

PG

BY

WU
DD10-20

PK
DD10-22

DD11-2

PN

O

DRIVER DOOR MEMORY
SWITCH PACK

DD10-4

MIRROR
CONTROL

PU

I
DD10-21

PG

O

NW

36

OB

DIRECTION

DD17-10

DD17-2

UP

DD11-1

OR

LH VERTICAL
DD17-11

DOWN

BY

O
DD10-2

I
DD11-17

YO

LH HORIZONTAL

DD10-3

I

I
DD11-10

DD17-12

FOLD-BACK
DD17-1

LEFT

SN

RH VERTICAL

BK
DD1-2

DDS7

YN

RH HORIZONTAL

RIGHT

BK

BK

LOGIC

BK

I

I

POWER

DD1-2

B

I

B

DD10-17

DD1-21
FC4AR
(FC2AR)

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

MIRROR JOY STICK

BK

BK
DDS7

DD10-8

DD11-9

DD17-14

DD17-20

FC4AR
(FC2AR)

I
DD11-3

DD17-13

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
–

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE:
FOLD-BACK MIRRORS

U

S

WG

11.4

U

DP10-9
+

DP1-8

S

S

S

DP10-16

N

47

WU

O

B+
DP10-1

DP1-3

DP10-20

PK

I
DP10-22

MIRROR
CONTROL

PN

O
DP10-4

PU

I
DP10-21

PG

O
DP10-3

BY

O
DP10-2

LOGIC

BK

I

POWER

I

B
DP1-21
FC2AR
(FC4AR)

PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

DP1-2

B
DP10-17

1

BK

BK
DPS7

DP10-8

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors

U
36

NW

DIRECTION

DD17-10

N

25

B+

–

U

S

DD10-1

UP

U

DD10-9

LH VERTICAL

+

S

S

LH HORIZONTAL

WG

I

U

S –

BK

BK

DDS7

DD10-8

BK

S +

NK

7

MIRROR JOY STICK

B+

–

DD17-20

U

CAN

–

C

19.1

CAN

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

FCS11

S

SD5-9

19.1

G

REVERSE
GEAR

SD1-3

S

S

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

BK

U
SD5-10

Y

VEHICLE
SPEED
FC4AR
(FC2AR)

S

SD5-5
+

C

FC25-47

DD1-2

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

RH HORIZONTAL

+

FC25-19

RH VERTICAL

RIGHT

SCP

FC25-24

S
I

19.1

S
AC14-9

FC25-20

DD11-15

DD17-1

LEFT

S

MIRROR
CONTROL

FOLD-BACK

SCP

S

U

ACS6

DD1-3

19.1

AC14-8

S

DD10-16

DOWN

U
ACS5

DD1-8

Fig. 11.4

Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors

PB

FCS12

PB

PB

DD1-20

SD1-8

MIRROR TINT

DD8-12

MIRROR
CONTROL

DDS7

R

O

BK

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 11.3 for mirror movement.

R

SD3-4

B

I

DD1-2

R

B
SDS3

SD5-2

R

R

FCS6

SD1-7

AC16-4

R

R
DDS3

DD1-6

DD8-1

B
SD1-1

BK
FC4AR
(FC2AR)

–

NK

30

+

U

DD8-7

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR

U
SP1-3

S

S

S

SP5-9

MIRROR
CONTROL

S

SR
DD1-14

SLIP MECHANISM

SP5-10

SP5-5

SR
AC16-6

S

B+

SR

FC6L
(FC5L)

DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

SLIP MECHANISM

SR

SP1-8
FCS7

R

O

AC13-20

S

SR
DP1-14

DP8-7

SR

SP3-4

SP1-7

B

I

SR

B
SPS3

SP5-2

B
R

SP1-1

DP1-6

FC5S
(FC6S)

PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

R

R
AC13-18

ACS9

PB

R

R
DPS3

DP8-1

PB

PB

DP1-20

NK

52

B+

–

U

S

BT40-6

BT40-16
+

S

S
BT40-8

LIGHTING
CONTROL

U
BT1-10

MIRROR TINT

DP8-12

PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR

U
RH12-15

S
BT1-11

S
WR

16

RH12-16

II

YW

O

PB
AC13-19

BT40-5

BK

I

YU

BTS9

BTS21

BT40-14

YW

YW
BT1-19

YW
BK
RF1-3

BK
RFS1

RF2-3

FC3BR

NB

15

B+

–

S

B+

+

S

NG

49

FC14-79

WO

5
II

UY

DIP

YU

YW
S

I

UY

SC2-4

I
FC14-42

SC2-1

SIDE

BK

BK
FCS48

BK

SC2-9

BK

DIP

SCS1

SIDE

RY

RY

RY

RY

SCS2

AUTO

SC2-3

FCS9

I
FC14-16

LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

POWER
LOGIC

FC3BL

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

09.2
REVERSE LAMPS

YW

FC14-85

FC14-15

UY

YU

INTERIOR
REAR VIEW MIRROR

U
FC14-84

FC14-80

AUTO
HEADLAMPS

RF2-2

RF1-2

BK

BT1AR

SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE

YW

RH2-17

BK

MIRROR TINT
RF2-5

RF1-11

BK

B+

RF2-4

RF1-14

YU

BT40-13

I

RF2-1

PB

PB

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

09.2

XK8 Range 1998

Suspension Adaptive Damping

57

NS

B+

OB

O

BT69-27

25

WR

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

19.1

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

19.1

BT69-30
B+

II

OB

OB

BT3-16

BT69-31

OB

RH12-13

OW

O

BT69-11

O

Suspension Adaptive Damping

OW

OW

BT3-15

LF43-A

LF1-19

OW

RH12-14

LF43-B

LF1-18

LH FRONT
DAMPER SOLENOID

D
BT69-10

K

D

OG

OG

O

BT69-28

BT69-33

OG

RH12-11

OY

O

OG

BT3-18

BT69-14

OY

OY

OY

RH12-12

BT3-17

LF44-A

LF60-19

LF44-B

LF60-20

RH FRONT
DAMPER SOLENOID
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: FAULT WARNING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.1

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.1

SO

SO

SO

RH12-2

ON

BT3-10

ON

O
BT69-1

ON

RH12-1

BT3-9

BT69-24

R

OR

O
BT69-13

I

RL3-1

RL2-A

W

OK

O

OR

BT72-3

OK

BT72-4

BT69-32

RL3-2

RL2-B

LH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOID
NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.

R

OP

O

BRAKE SWITCH
(LHD)
WO

II

B

BT73-4

WO

RR2-B

RH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOID
US

US

B

US
RH1-19

US
BT1-9

US
BTS5

I
BT69-26

US

GB

AC24-4

US
FCS35

AC13-3

II

RR3-2

AC26-1
ACS16

7

OU

US

GB

AC26-4

RR2-A

W

BT69-34

6

RR3-1

OU

O

OP

BT73-3

BT69-15

AC24-1

PB

I

BRAKE SWITCH
(RHD)

PB

PB
BT3-11

BT69-20

PB
EM3-12

RH12-6

UW

EM59-1

UW
EM3-10

U

LATERAL
ACCELERATION
GROUND

EM59-2

U
EM3-9

B+
EM59-3

LATERAL
ACCELEROMETER (FRONT)

UB

UB

I

BT3-14

BT69-21
BTS28

BT69-3

BT3-13

BTS27

BT69-25

FC7-1

UW

BT3-12

UW
FCS84

RH12-8

U

U

U

O

UW

UW

UW

O

UB
RH12-7

GROUND
FC7-2

U
RH12-9

VERTICAL
ACCELERATION

U
FCS83

B+
FC7-3

FRONT VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER

RB

RB

I
BT69-22

BT52-1

UW
B

VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
GROUND

BT52-2

I

U

BT69-18

B+
BT52-3

BT2BL

REAR VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER

ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: Adaptive Damping Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

Fig. 11.5

XK8 Range 1998

Driver Seat: Memory

NB

15

B+

–

I

+

WN

I

NR

BK

SEAT HEATER
STATE

FC55-8 (LHD)
FC55-15 (RHD)

Y

I

G

O

ON (LHD) OU (RHD)

SCP

19.1

SCP

19.1

CAN

19.1

CAN

POWER

I

R

OK

LOGIC

FC14-86 (LHD)
FC14-35 (RHD)

B

SD19-1

R
SD19-3

THERMOSTAT

SD17-1

SD17-3

HEATER

HEATER

FC55-2

FCS47

S

I

FC14-69 (LHD)
FC14-17 (RHD)

FC55-7 (LHD)
FC55-14 (RHD)

BK

19.1

FC14-32

OK (LHD) OS (RHD)
FC55-9

FCS12

FC14-15

16
16

U

FC14-85

WO

II

S

S

FC14-41

5

FCS11

FC14-84

RW

1

U

S

FC14-80

Fig. 12.1

Driver Seat: Memory

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION

B

DRIVER SQUAB

FC3BR

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

N

25

B+

–

35

MEMORY 1

NW
DD5-5

I

S

S

S

OR
SD14-3

S
SOLENOID VALVE

AC14-9

OB

I
I

–

O

DD5-8

DD11-2

BK

DDS7

DD1-2

DRIVER DOOR MEMORY
SWITCH PACK

BK

BK

B

I
I

DD10-17

FC4AR
(FC2AR)

VEHICLE
SPEED

LOGIC

POWER

C

–

C

DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

FC25-19

DRIVER SEAT MOTORS

FC25-47

–

+

U
S

S

S

SD1-8

SD5-9

G

SEAT BELT
FASTENED

SEAT BELT SWITCH

SD8
-6

SD8
-2

SD8
-1

SD8
-3

SD7
-5

SD7
-6

SD7
-2

SD7
-1

SD7
-3

SD9
-5

SD9
-6

SD9
-2

SD9
-1

SD9
-3

W WY

PS

PO

WB WU WO

KS

KO

WN WP WR

US

UO

SD3-3

I
SD5-8

SD8
-5

OK

O

SEAT
RAISE / LOWER

SD1-3

SD5-10

SD5-5

SEAT
FORE / AFT

MAJOR
INSTRUMENT PACK
U

S

B+

SD20-1

+

OR

O

WG

SD3-6

OB

O
SD3-5

WG

O

GN

INFLATE

22

N

LUMBAR

SD11-3

SD3-13

SEAT

SD3-14

SD3-12

SD3-1

I

SD11-5

SD3-11

SD3-2

I

SD11-7

SD3-16

SD4-18

I

SD11-8

SD3-15

SD4-2

I

SD11-6

SD3-9

WO

I

UW

SD4-12

I

SD11-13

WU

O

UY

AFT

WB

O

GW

FORE

PO

O

GY

AFT

PS

O

KW

FORE

SEAT

SD4-11

I

SD11-12

WY

I

KY

LOWER

RECLINE

SD4-5

I

SD11-11

RAISE

W

O

GP

DEFLATE

SD11-9

SD4-1

I

SD3-10

KS

O
SD3-7

KO

O

DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK

SD3-8

POWER

B

B
SD1-1

B
SDS3

WN

O
SD4-6

I
SD5-2

WP

O
SD4-14

FC6L
(FC5L)

WR

I
SD4-10

US

O

B

B

I

SD1-6

SD5-1

**

SD5-3

UO

O
SD5-4

FC6R
(FC5R)

** NOTE: Module identification.

DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

SDS3

B
SD1-1

FC6L
(FC5L)

S

SQUAB RECLINE
FORE / AFT

NK

N

S

FC25-24

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

7

+

DD10-8

B
DD1-21

PRESSURE SWITCH

FC25-20

UG

SD14-2

U

S

DD11-22

B

B
SD14-1

UN
DD5-6

SD20-2

S
ACS6

DD1-3

U
AC14-8

DD11-6

MEMORY 2

21

U
ACS5

DD1-8

DD10-16

KS
DD5-10

SET MEMORY STATUS

+

DD11-21

DD5-7

U

DD10-9

UP

MEMORY SET

U

S

DD10-1

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: Memory Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Driver Seat: Non Memory

NB

15

B+
FC14-80

FC14-15

NR

16

BK

SEAT HEATER
STATE

S

FCS12

19.1

SCP

OK

O

R

FC14-69 (LHD)
FC14-17 (RHD)

ON (LHD) OU (RHD)

B

SD19-1

R
SD19-3

THERMOSTAT

I

FC55-7 (LHD)
FC55-14 (RHD)

BK

FCS47

FC55-8 (LHD)
FC55-15 (RHD)

SCP

FC14-32

OK (LHD) OS (RHD)
FC55-9

19.1

FC14-85

I

I

S

+ S

WN

16

U

FCS11

FC14-84

I

II

U

– S

WO

5

Fig. 12.2

Driver Seat: Non Memory

SD17-1

SD17-3

HEATER

HEATER

FC14-86 (LHD)
FC14-35 (RHD)

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION

FC55-2

SEAT HEATER SWITCH

B

DRIVER SQUAB

POWER

FC3BR

OR

LOGIC

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SD14-3

SOLENOID VALVE

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

OB

PRESSURE SWITCH

DRIVER SEAT MOTORS
SQUAB RECLINE
FORE / AFT

U

– S

NK

SD5-10

B+
SD5-5

SD5-9

N

21

G
SD20-2

SD5-8

SEAT BELT
FASTENED

SEAT BELT SWITCH

S
SD1-8

SD8
-1

SD8
-3

SD7
-1

SD7
-3

SD9
-1

SD9
-3

PS

PO

KS

KO

US

UO

SD3-3

I

SD20-1

SEAT
RAISE / LOWER

U

OK

O

SEAT
FORE / AFT

SD1-3

S

+ S

OR

O
SD3-6

OB

O
SD3-5

GN

INFLATE

N

22

LUMBAR

I

SD11-3

SD3-13

GP

DEFLATE

SD11-9

I

SD11-11

SD3-14

KY

RAISE
SEAT

I

SD11-12

SD3-12

RECLINE

SD3-11

SD3-2

I

SD11-7

PO

O

GY
SD3-16

GW

AFT

I

SD11-8

SD3-15

UY

FORE
SEAT

SD3-1

I

SD11-5

FORE

PS

O

KW

LOWER

I

SD11-6

SD3-9

UW

AFT

I

SD11-13

SD3-10

KS

O
SD3-7

KO

O

DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK

SD3-8

B

B

B
SDS3

SD1-1

I

POWER

SD5-2

FC6L
(FC5L)

US

O

B

B

I

SD1-6

SD5-1

**

SD5-3

UO

O
SD5-4

FC6R
(FC5R)

** NOTE: Module identification.

DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

SDS3

B
SD1-1

FC6L
(FC5L)

DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

7

B

B
SD14-2

SD14-1

VARIANT: Non Memory Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement

NB

15

B+
FC14-80

WO

5

NR

16

BK

SEAT HEATER
STATE

SCP

S

FCS12

19.1

SCP

FC14-85

OK

O

R

FC14-17 (LHD)
FC14-69 (RHD)

OU (LHD) ON (RHD)

B

SP19-1

R
SP19-3

THERMOSTAT

I

FC55-14 (LHD)
FC55-7 (RHD)

BK

FCS47

FC55-15 (LHD)
FC55-8 (RHD)

19.1

FC14-32

OS (LHD) OK (RHD)
FC55-9

S

+ S

I

I

U

FCS11

FC14-84

FC14-15

WN

U

– S

I

II

16

Fig. 12.3

Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement

SP17-1

SP17-3

HEATER

HEATER

FC14-35 (LHD)
FC14-86 (RHD)

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION

FC55-2

SEAT HEATER SWITCH

B

PASSENGER SQUAB

POWER

FC3BR

OR

LOGIC

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SP14-3

SOLENOID VALVE

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

OB

PRESSURE SWITCH

PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS
SQUAB RECLINE
FORE / AFT

U

– S

NK
SP5-5

SEAT BELT
SWITCH WIRING

N

43

G

NOT USED
SP5-8

S
SP1-8

OK

O

SEAT
RAISE / LOWER

U

S

+ S

SEAT
FORE / AFT

SP1-3

SP5-9

SP20-1

SP20-2

SP5-10

B+

SP8
-1

SP8
-3

SP7
-1

SP7
-3

SP9
-1

SP9
-3

PS

PO

KS

KO

US

UO

SP3-3

OR

O
SP3-6

OB

O
SP3-5

GN

INFLATE

N

44

LUMBAR

I

SP11-3

SP3-13

GP

DEFLATE

SP11-9

I

SP11-11

SP3-14

KY

RAISE
SEAT

I

SP11-12

SP3-12

KW

LOWER
SP11-5

RECLINE

PO

O
SP3-2

I

SP11-7

SP3-16

GW

AFT

I

SP11-8

SP3-15

UY

FORE
SEAT

SP3-1

SP3-11

GY

FORE

PS

O
I

I

SP11-6

SP3-9

UW

AFT

I

SP11-13

SP3-10

KS

O
SP3-7

KO

O

PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK

SP3-8

B

B

B
SPS3

SP1-1

I

POWER

SP5-2

FC5S
(FC6S)

US

O

B

NOT CONNECTED

I

SP1-6

SP5-1

**

SP5-3

UO

O
SP5-4

** NOTE: Module identification.

PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

SPS3

B
SP1-1

FC5S
(FC6S)

PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

30

B

B
SP14-2

SP14-1

VARIANT: 3-Way Movement Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Passenger Seat: 2-Way Movement

NB

15

B+
FC14-80

WO

5

WN

NR

16

BK

FC55-15 (LHD)
FC55-8 (RHD)

SEAT HEATER
STATE

FCS47

S

FCS12

19.1

SCP

19.1

SCP

FC14-85

FC14-32

OK

O

R

FC14-17 (LHD)
FC14-69 (RHD)

OU (LHD) ON (RHD)

B

SP19-1

R
SP19-3

THERMOSTAT

I

FC55-14 (LHD)
FC55-7 (RHD)

BK

S

+ S

I

OS (LHD) OK (RHD)
FC55-9

U

FCS11

FC14-84

FC14-15

I

U

– S

I

II

16

Fig. 12.4

Passenger Seat: 2-Way Movement

SP17-1

SP17-3

HEATER

HEATER

FC14-35 (LHD)
FC14-86 (RHD)

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION

FC55-2

SEAT HEATER SWITCH

B

PASSENGER SQUAB

POWER

FC3BR

OR

LOGIC

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SP14-3

SOLENOID VALVE

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

OB

PRESSURE SWITCH

PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS
SQUAB RECLINE
FORE / AFT

U

– S

NK
SP5-5

SEAT BELT
SWITCH WIRING

N

43

SP20-2

SP5-10

B+

SP5-9

G

NOT USED

SP20-1

SP5-8

U
S
SP1-8

OK

O

SEAT
FORE / AFT

SP1-3

S

+ S

SP8
-1

SP8
-3

SP7
-1

SP7
-3

PS

PO

KS

KO

SP3-3

OR

O
SP3-6

OB

O
SP3-5

GN

INFLATE

44

N

LUMBAR

I

SP11-3

SP3-13

GP

DEFLATE

SP11-9

I

SP11-11

SP3-14

SP11-12

PS

O
SP3-1

SP11-5

RECLINE

SP3-2

I

SP11-7

SP3-16

GW

AFT

I

SP11-8

SP3-15

UY

FORE
SEAT

PO

O

GY

FORE

I

SP11-6

SP3-9

UW

AFT

I

SP11-13

SP3-10

KS

O
SP3-7

KO

O

PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK

SP3-8

B

B

B
SPS3

SP1-1

I

POWER

SP5-2

FC5S
(FC6S)

B

NOT CONNECTED

I

SP1-6

SP5-1

**
** NOTE: Module identification.

PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

SPS3

B
SP1-1

FC5S
(FC6S)

PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

30

B

B
SP14-2

SP14-1

VARIANT: 2-Way Movement Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Central Door Locking

U
NB

15

19.1

SCP

19.1

SCP

B+

S

FC14-80

RW

1

KEY FOB
ANTENNA
(CONVERTIBLE)

I
FC14-41

WO

5

FC14-15

RG

8

I

II

BK

UR
FC4-5

I

FC4-4

B+
BT40-15

U

S

–

FC14-67

U
S

S –
BT40-16

BT1-10

S

FCS12

FC14-85

U

RH2-11

S

S

+

U

FCS11

FC14-84

IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)

FC3BL

NY

61

FC14-33

BK
FCS48

S

RH2-12

RH7
-1

S +

BK

SB

FC87-3

SB

BRD
S

U

BK
BTS21

NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH

FC41-10

TRUNK

SW
FC41-3

FC41-6

FUEL FILL

BK

I

AC14
-9

AC14
-8

I

S

U

RY

BK

BT46-2

BT46-1

BT1AR

RY
BTS6

RH20-2

I

BT41-5

RH20-1

TRUNK SWITCH

BRD
RH20-2

YR

I
BT41-19

BT2-7

YP

I

FC14-31

BT41-7

TRUNK AND FUEL FILL
RELEASE SWITCH

FC3BR

RHS3

W

I

FC14-5

BK

FCS47

B

RH20-1

FC14-58

SO

W

I

I

FC87-1

RH7
-2

BT40-8

BT1-11

LOCK
CONTROL

BK

KEY FOB
ANTENNA
(COUPE)

I

II

NOTE: Ignition switched ground via Inertia
Switch activates emergency unlock.

BT2-16

OR

O

B
BT43-2

BT40-1

B

B
FCS50

SP
FC67-5

BK

I

FC67-4

FC14-55

SR

O

TRUNK RELEASE
SOLENOID

I

BK

BTS21

I

OB

O

BT40-14

OB
IC4-3

BT40-2

YP

BT1AR

RH2-14

B+

U

S

–

DD10-1

37

NW

LGU
DD3-13

DD3-5

DD10-9

I

NW

DD10-16

I

DD3-10

ACS5

DD1-3

LOCK STATUS

YR (LHD)
YP (RHD)

S
ACS6

Y

YR

AC13-6 (LHD)
AC13-17 (RHD)

BK
DD3-9

DD1-16

DD3-6

BK

I

DD3-1

DD10-6

DOOR LOCK
CONTROL

BK

I

DDS7

B

I

DD1-21

LOGIC

B
31

POWER

NR

32

NR

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
N

B+

9

FC24

10

8

NW

LGU
DP3-13

DP3-5

DP10-9

I
DP11-5

BK

GY
DP3-6

DP3-7

DP10-16

ACS2

SR

DOOR LOCKING
RELAY

U
S

YP (LHD)
YR (RHD)

DP1-3

I

LOCK STATUS

Y

YP

SY

O

DP3-3

SG

SG
I

O
I

DP1-21

DP3-1

DP10-6

POWER

DP1-2

BK

SU

SU

DP10-17

PASSENGER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR

FC2AR
(FC4AR)

PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

BK

DP3-2

DP1-19

LOGIC

DP10-8

B

DP3-8

SY

DP10-5

BK

BK
DP3-9

DP1-16

DPS7

DP11-20

DPS7

B

7

AC13-17 (LHD)
AC13-6 (RHD)

PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH

BK

6

DP1-8

S

S

+

DOOR LOCK
CONTROL

EXTERIOR HANDLE

PASSENGER DOOR LOCK
SWITCH

SG

SG

FC2BR
(FC4BR)

U

S

–

DP10-1

DP1-2

B

AC15-1

FC4AR
(FC2AR)

BK

FCS46

DD10-17

47

FC4AR
(FC2AR)

DRIVER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR

DD10-8

B

BK

SU

SU

O

DD1-2
DD3-2

DD1-19

DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH

BK
DD1-2

SG

SG

DD11-20

BK

DD3-3

DD10-5

DD11-4

GY

DD3-7

1

DD3-8

SY

I

BK

DRIVER DOOR LOCK
SWITCHES

6

BT1AL

RH2-2

SY

O

DD11-12

OU

UNLOCK
DD3-11

1

B

DDS7

OY

KEY BARREL

33

BTS20

U
DD1-8

S

S

+

DD11-5

LOCK

DD3-12

B
IC4-4

FUEL FILL FLAP
SOLENOID

YR

EXTERIOR HANDLE

38

IC24-1

SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
N

B
IC24-2

BK

LOGIC

25

BT43-1

BT40-13

FC14-71

POWER

VALET SWITCH

FC4BL
(FC2BL)

Fig. 13.1

Central Door Locking

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

FC2AR
(FC4AR)

XK8 Range 1998

Wash / Wipe System

Fig. 14.1

Wash / Wipe System

3

4

#7 30A
1

4

B

YR

5
LF6-1

LF25-2

LF25-1

YS

2
LF6-10

POWERWASH
PUMP

POWERWASH RELAY (#4)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
NB

15

YS

O
FC14-80

FC14-18

NY

19

WO

II

LF1-17

FC14-6

I

YW

YW

I
FC14-104

5

YS

LF27-3

LF1-15

YG

O

FC14-15

FC14-26

FLUID LEVEL

YG

B
LF27-2

LF1-16

LF27-1

LFS7

B
WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP
AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR

WO

2

WO

II

LGR

LGR
WASH

SC1-9

I
FC14-37

SC1-8

LGK

LGK

LGO

LGO

FC14-94

LGU

LGU

FLICK WIPE

KG

5

1

2

NU

9

NU

BLG

B

FC14-9

WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY

INTERMITTENT
WIPE

LF3BS

BLG

BLG

O
FC14-43

LF60-16
LF49

560 Ω

KG
1.3 ΚΩ

WASH / WIPE
CONTROL

11

2.7 ΚΩ

NU

5.1 ΚΩ

U
R

4

3

5

1

2

WLG

WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY

11 ΚΩ

WLG

O
FC14-19

WLG
LF60-17

51 ΚΩ

FAST

WASH / WIPE STALK

B

B
LFS18

B
LF3-5

N

SLOW

BW
BR

EM51-4 (LHD)
EM51-2 (RHD)

11.4

YU

YU

LF3BS

WIPER MOTOR

SIDE

BK

BK
FCS48

BK

BK

DIP

SCS1

SC2-9

FC3BL

SIDE

RY

RY
SCS2

AUTO

RY
SC2-3

RY

I

FCS9

RY

I

FC14-16

FC14-60

RY
LF1-14

LIGHTING STALK
POWER

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON

10.2

LOGIC

RY
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

U

U
LF3-3

RY
EM51-3

SC2-4

SC2-1

LF3-4

EM51-2 (LHD)
EM51-4 (RHD)

PARK SWITCH

R

R
EM51-1 (LHD)
EM51-5 (RHD)

NLG
UY

DIP
REAR VIEW MIRRORS:
AUTO HEADLAMPS / MIRROR TINT

10

LFS18

I

SC1-7

DELAY

B

4

3

I

SC1-5

SLOW WIPE

LF48

I
FC14-34

SC1-6

FAST WIPE

LF1AR

RY
LF3-2

XK8 Range 1998

Window Lifts
S
U

CONVERTIBLE
TOP
CONTROL

NOTE: BPM Convertible Top control –
Convertible vehicles only.

–

U

S

U

FCS11

FC14-84
+

19.1

SCP

19.1

SCP

S –
FC25-20

S

S

Fig. 15.1

Window Lifts

S

FCS12

FC14-85

S +
FC25-19

REMOTE
WINDOW
CONTROL

S

S U

U

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

01.1

DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX

01.2

NO

NO

26

NO
BT2-8

NO

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

RH2-8

U
NO

NO
FCS81

NO

AC16-1 (LHD)
AC15-20 (RHD)

N

N

25

RH2-11

B+

DD1-22

S

DD10-1
RH2-12

WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL

BO
DD10-18

NW

36

BG
DD17-10

I

BR
RH WINDOW UP

DD17-6

RH WINDOW DOWN

DD17-7

–

DD10-10

DD17-17

LH WINDOW DOWN

AC14
-9

AC14
-8

S

U

U

S
DD10-9

I

DD10-16

PB
DD10-11

I

DD16-2

DD11-7

PO

BK

DD16-6

DD10-15

DD16-1

DD10-7

OY

NW

38

I

DD3-11

DD11-4

BK

DRIVER DOOR LOCK
SWITCHES
NY

NY

48

NY
BT2-2

BK

BK
DDS7

DD1-2

01.1

DRIVER WINDOW LIFT

DD11-12

OU

KEY BARREL

TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

DD16-3

I

DD3-10

UNLOCK

DD3-12

FC4AR
(FC2AR)

MOVEMENT SENSOR

OB

O
LOCK

BK
DD1-2

OU

O

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

BK

DDS7

PW
DD10-12

WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES

DD16-4

DD16-5

I

DD17-20

FC4AR
(FC2AR)

SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE

ACS6

DD1-3

I

BK
DDS7

REMOTE
WINDOW
CLOSE

ACS5

DD10-13

BK

S +
BT40-8

S

O

DD1-2

S
BT1-11

U
DD1-8

S

+ S

DD10-19

BP

BK

S –
BT40-16

I

DD17-16

LH WINDOW UP

U
BT1-10

I

LOGIC

I

POWER

DD10-8

B

B
DD1-21

SW

DD10-17

FC14-63

NY

FC62-6

SR

FC4AR
(FC2AR)

FC14-10

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

FC62-1

LGR

RH2-13
FC14-89

PASSENGER SIDE
FUSE BOX

01.2

NY

NY
FCS82

NY

AC15-20 (LHD)
AC16-1 (RHD)

N

N

47

DP1-22

DP10-1

FC14-62
–

S

+

S

BO
34

DP1-2

DPS7

DP10-10

BK

DP10-13

DP10-12

PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK
DP1-2

DPS7

B

B
DP1-21

BK

BK

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

DP1-2

POWER

FC2AR
(FC4AR)

NOTE: Coupe vehicles only – Convertible Top
fascia harness wiring not used.

DP16-1

OB

O
I

MOVEMENT SENSOR

DP16-6

DP10-15

LOGIC

DP10-8

DPS7

OU

O
I

DP16-4

DP16-5

DP10-7

DP16-3

DP10-17

PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT

FC2AR
(FC4AR)

PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

RF1-13

RH12-15

WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES
BK

RH12-17

PW

I

BK

FC14-77

DP16-2

PO

O

DP17-8

BK

RH12-16

GP
OLG

WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL

FC2AR
(FC4AR)

FC14-98

DP1-3

I

DP17-7

RF1-6

GB

PB

I

BK

BK

FC14-36

S

DP10-11

BG

DP17-1

LOCAL WINDOW DOWN

BK

DP10-18

RF1-5

LGW

DP1-8

S
DP10-16

I

DP17-2

LOCAL WINDOW UP

U

U
DP10-9

NW

RF1-4

LGU

B+

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

XK8 Range 1998

U

S

–

U

DD10-9

S

S

U

FCS11

S

ACS6

DD1-3

S

FCS12

19.1

SCP

19.1

SCP

19.1

CAN

AC14-9

Y

WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL

B
66

G

19.1

NB

15

Y

B+

U

U

S

II

DP1-3

DP10-16

RG

WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL

I

PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

BK
FCS47

+

S

U

S

S

FC14-84

BTS37

S –
FC25-20

FC14-85

SW

S +

RH5-3

GB

2

RH33-2

LH QUARTER
LIGHT LIFT

67
VEHICLE
SPEED

54

B

NR

RH33-1

BT74

10

8

GR

6

7

GP

RH5-1

BT1BR

LH QUARTER DOWN
RELAY

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

FC14-63

GB

O
FC14-98

CONVERTIBLE TOP
SWITCH

GB

GB

RH2-11

BTS33

BT3-3

B
62

NU

4

BT76

5

GY

3

GY
BT3-7

LGR
RF4-2

LGR
RF1-4

I

BK

BK

LGU
RF4-1

RF4-3

LGU
RF1-5

BTS35

63

OLG
RF1-13

LGW
RF4-5

RF4-4

LGW
RF1-6

O
RH6-3

GB

2

RH34-2

RH QUARTER
LIGHT LIFT

I
FC14-62

56
OLG

1

RH QUARTER UP
RELAY

TOP LATCH CLOSED
SWITCH

FC3BR

NK

CONVERTIBLE
TOP
CONTROL

BK
RFS1

RF1-3

55

FC14-89

TOP CLOSED
SWITCH

U

GR
BT3-5

B

NK

9

FC25-19

I

FC62-6

O

GW

C –

FC14-10

FC62-10

DOWN

I

U

GW

3

LH QUARTER UP
RELAY

I

FC62-1

FC3BR

S

FC14-32

SR
BK

–

FC14-33

WN

16
UP

I

BT74

1

FC25-47

FC14-15

8

NK

C +

G

I

II

S

S

+

WO

5

DP1-8

DP10-9

4
5

FC25-24

FC14-80

S

NR

BT3-4

CAN

53

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

–

Fig. 15.2

Convertible Top

AC14-8

S

DD10-16

U

U
ACS5

DD1-8

S

+

Convertible Top

B

NU

8

GU

6

7

GP

GU

U
RH6-1

BTS34

I

BT1BL

FC14-36

TOP READY-TO-LATCH
SWITCH

RH34-1

BT76

10

BT3-8

B

NK

9

POWER

GP

O
LOGIC

FC14-77

RH QUARTER DOWN
RELAY

GP
RH2-15

GP

BT3-6

OLG
RH12-15

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

B
64

LGO
–

TOP RAISED
SWITCH

NK

52

U

S
BT40-16

B+
BT40-6

+

RHS2

B

LGY

RH29-1

LGY

LGY

RH29-2

BT3-1

S

S

I

U

B

B

3

B

2

UG

1

S
RH12-16

CONVERTIBLE TOP
PUMP

TOP UP RELAY

UG
BT40-3
BTS18

TOP DOWN
SWITCH

RH1S

BT16

5

RH12-15

S
BT1-11

O

BT41-3

U
BT1-10

BT40-8

B

4

BT15-2
RH29-3

B

NO

65

B

NO

4
5

BT17

W

W

3

BT15-1

CONVERTIBLE
TOP
CONTROL

NOTE: RHS2 – Coupe only.

B

BTS20

B
BT1AL

2

UO

1

B
BT2BL

TOP DOWN RELAY

UO

O
BT40-10

GW

O
BT40-4

BK

B
BT53-2

BT53-1

LATCH CONTROL VALVE

I
BT40-13

BTS21

BK

I

B

GR

O

BT40-14

BT40-9

BT54-2

BTS20

BT54-1

B

BK
BT1AR

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

BT1AL

MAIN CONTROL VALVE

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: Convertible Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Standard In-Car Entertainment: Convertible

PASSENGER DOOR
FULL RANGE

RADIO
ANTENNA
Y

19.1

CAN

C +

NP

45

B+

FC25-24

IC10-10

G

19.1

CAN

B
LGB

LGB

IC10-5

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

LGB
RH1-7

IC2-14

FC38
-2

LGB
BT1-20

BT19-6

OP OG

B

BT19-4

OP

OP

BT1AL

FCS67

IC1-12

OG
FCS68

10.2

RLG

RLG

RADIO TELEPHONE

16.4

PK

16.4

RADIO TELEPHONE

PR

16.4

RADIO TELEPHONE

16.4

UY

IC2-4

IC10-13

MODE

SW4-1
3.3 Κ Ω

SW2-2

IC1-18

IC10-9

PY

PY

PY

SC3-2

IC2-6

RH27-1

RH1-5

BY

BY
IC1-19

IC10-8

SW1-2

RH27-2

RH1-6

IC1-7

KP

KP

VOLUME +

SW4-2

BO

BO
SW2-6

SW1-6

SC3-12

BK

AC14-2

CD LINK LEAD

FCS27

IC1-15

IC7

K
DD1-11

UG

UG
AC14-12

UP

IC8

G
DD1-23

UP

UP
AC14-11

P
DD1-17

O

FC3BL

STEERING WHEEL

FCS28

IC1-14

FCS48

O
DD1-12

PK

PK
UG

BO

SWS1

AC14-1

IC1-10

IC10-7

CASSETTE

RADIO CONTROL
SWITCHES

PO

IC1-9

PK

20 Κ Ω

RH1-3

PO

PO
IC10-6

BO

IC8-1

IC7-1

UP

UG

IC7-2

FC39
-1

FC39
-2

W
IC8-2

R

CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic
ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not
connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

IC8-3

DD18
-1

DD18
-2

NOT USED

DD19
-1

DD19
-2

IC7-3

NOT USED

G
IC8-4

NOT USED

IC7-4

B
IC8-5

IC7-5

U
IC8-6

DRIVER DOOR
FULL RANGE

IC7-6

Y
IC8-7

IC7-7

B
IC8-8

IC7-8

CD AUTO-CHANGER

BRD

RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

RH25
-2

RH1-4

IC1-8
6.8 Κ Ω

DRIVER SIDE
REAR QUARTER
FULL RANGE

BS

BS

I
IC10-2

SEEK

VOLUME -

RH25
-1

KB

KB

KB

IC2-5

RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT

CASSETTE

RH26-2

RH1-12

PASSENGER SIDE
REAR QUARTER
FULL RANGE

IC10-12

LGY

BY

PY

BG

IC1-17

IC10-19

RH26-1

RH1-20

BG

BG
IC10-16

KW

IC1-16

IC10-20

UY

LGY
RT20-9

BW
RH1-2

KW

KW

IC2-3

RT20-7

KG
RH1-1

BW

PR

UY

LGY

O
DP1-12

IC1-4

IC10-15

IC2-2

RT20-1

RADIO TELEPHONE

AC14-3

KG

PK

PK

PR

K

IC10-14

IC2-1

RT20-2

G

PO*

PO*
RT20-3

DP18
-2

DP1-11

IC1-3
IC10-4

PO

RH24
-2

DP1-23

SO

SO

* NOTE: Color code changed to P VIN 024687 ➞.

16.4

OG

AC14-4

IC1-2

IC10-17
IC10-3

RADIO TELEPHONE

RH24
-1

P

SK

IC1-1

SO

DIMMER OVERRIDE

DP19
-2

DP1-17

AC14-14

SK

SK
IC10-18

RU

OP
AC14-13

OG
IC1-13

RU

DP18
-1

BTS20

ANTENNA
MOTOR

10.2

DP19
-1

NOT USED

IC10-1

O

DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING

NOT USED

BT19-3

I

IC1-11

FC38
-1

NG

58

UW

FC26-20

NOT USED

NO CODE

IC10-11

UW

VEHICLE O
SPEED

IC12

B+

I

FC25-47

IC13

WY

22

C –

Fig. 16.1

Standard In-Car Entertainment: Convertible

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

CE2

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: Convertible Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Standard In-Car Entertainment: Coupe

Fig. 16.2

Standard In-Car Entertainment: Coupe

* NOTE: Coupe Connector
code changed to RH30
VIN 024687 ➞.

RADIO
ANTENNA
CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

Y

C +

45

C –

22

NP

FC25-24

IC10-10

G

VEHICLE
SPEED

NO CODE

58

UW

FC26-20

IC12

B+

NG

IC1-11

NOT USED
BT19-3

I

B

IC10-1

LGB

O

LGB

IC10-5

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

LGB
RH1-7

IC2-14

LGB

BT19-6

B

FC38
-2

BT1AL

OP OG

FCS67

DIMMER OVERRIDE

10.2

RU

OG
FCS68

IC10-18

IC10-4

IC10-17

RLG

RLG

PO*

PO

16.4

RADIO TELEPHONE

PK

16.4

PK

PR

16.4

BW
RH1-2

KW

KW

UY

BG

IC1-17

IC2-4

RH1-12

LGY
IC2-5

KB

KB

IC10-13
IC1-18

SW4-1
3.3 Κ Ω

SW2-2

PY
SC3-2

SW1-2

PY
IC2-6

BO
SW4-2

AC14-2

BO

SWS1

BO

BO
SW2-6

FCS28

SW1-6

CD LINK LEAD
IC8

G
DD1-23

UP

UP
AC14-11

P
DD1-17

IC7

IC8-1

UP

UG

FC39
-1

FC39
-2

IC7-1

W
IC8-2

CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic
ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not
connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

FCS27

IC1-15

O

FC3BL

STEERING WHEEL

AC14-12

UP

BK
FCS48

SC3-12

K
DD1-11

UG

UG

IC1-14

CASSETTE

O
DD1-12

PK

PK
UG

VOLUME -

RADIO CONTROL
SWITCHES

AC14-1

IC1-10

IC10-7

20 Κ Ω

PO

IC1-9

PK

VOLUME +

RH1-3

PO

PO
IC10-6

6.8 Κ Ω

KP

IC1-8

IC10-9

SEEK

RH1-4

KP

KP

IC10-2

BS

IC1-7

IC10-8

I

RH27-2

RH1-6

BS

BS
PY

NOT USED

BY

IC1-19

CASSETTE

RH27-1

RH1-5

BY

RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT

MODE

NOT USED

RH26-2

IC10-12

LGY
RT20-9

PY

RH26-1

RH1-20

BG

IC10-16

UY

LGY

16.4

KG
RH1-1

IC1-16

IC2-3

RT20-7

RADIO TELEPHONE

O
DP1-12

BW

PR

PR

UY

16.4

AC14-3

IC1-4

IC10-15

IC2-2

RT20-1

RADIO TELEPHONE

K

PK

RT20-2

RADIO TELEPHONE

G

KG

IC10-19

*RH30 *RH30
-1
-2

DP18
-2

DP1-11

IC1-3

BW
IC10-14

IC2-1

RH24
-2

DP1-23

SO

SO

KG

PO*

RT20-3

OG

AC14-4

IC1-2

IC10-20

RADIO TELEPHONE

RH24
-1

P

SK

IC1-1

SO

* NOTE: Color code changed to P VIN 024687 ➞.

DP19
-2

DP1-17

AC14-14

SK

SK
IC10-3

OP
AC14-13

OG
IC1-13

RU

DP18
-1

OP

OP
IC1-12

10.2

DP19
-1

NOT USED

BT19-4

BT1-20

FC38
-1

BTS20

ANTENNA
MOTOR

DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING

PASSENGER SIDE
REAR QUARTER
FULL RANGE

IC10-11

UW

O

IC13

WY

I

FC25-47

PASSENGER DOOR
FULL RANGE

B+

IC7-2

DD18
-1

DD18
-2

NOT USED

*RH31 *RH31
-1
-2
DD19
-1

DD19
-2

RH25
-1

RH25
-2

R
IC8-3

NOT USED

IC7-3

G
IC8-4

IC7-4

B
IC8-5

IC7-5

DRIVER DOOR
FULL RANGE

U
IC8-6

IC7-6

Y
IC8-7

IC7-7

* NOTE: Coupe Connector
code changed to RH30
VIN 024687 ➞.

B
IC8-8

IC7-8

CD AUTO-CHANGER

BRD

RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

1
Fig. 01.5

CE2

I

Fig. 01.4
18
I

DRIVER SIDE
REAR QUARTER
FULL RANGE

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: Coupe Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Premium In-Car Entertainment

Fig. 16.3

Premium In-Car Entertainment

* NOTE: Coupe Connector
code changed to RH30
VIN 024687 ➞.

RADIO
ANTENNA
CAN

19.1
19.1

B+
IC10-10

C +

WY

22

FC25-24

CAN

NP

45

Y
G

I

C –

PASSENGER
DOOR
TWEETER

PASSENGER SIDE
SQUAWKER
(FASCIA)

IC12

IC13
B+

NO CODE

PASSENGER DOOR
MID-BASS

PASSENGER SIDE
REAR QUARTER
MID-RANGE

IC10-11

FC25-47

NG

58
UW

UW

O

VEHICLE
SPEED

FC26-20

BT19-3

B

I

IC1-11

IC10-1

LGB

O
IC10-5

LGB
IC2-14

LGB
RH1-7

LGB

BT19-6
BT19-4

BT1-20

10.2

DIMMER OVERRIDE

10.2

RU

RU

RLG

RLG

NG

B+

IC18-6

60

NG

B+

IC18-16

RADIO TELEPHONE

16.4

RADIO TELEPHONE

16.4

RADIO TELEPHONE

16.4

RADIO TELEPHONE

16.4

PO

PO*
RT20-3

PK
RT20-2

PR

IC2-2

PR

RT20-1

IC14-6

IC2-3

B

UY

RT20-7

IC14-1

IC2-4

Y

IC10-12

LGY

LGY
RT20-9

SW4-1
3.3 Κ Ω

MODE

SW1-2

SW2-2

SC3-2

IC2-6

IC18-7

IC18-17

IC1-17

RH26-1

RH1-12

RH26-2

RH26-2

RH27-1

RH27-1

RH27-2

RH27-2

IC10-2

IC1-18

CD LINK LEAD

VOLUME +

IC8

20 Κ Ω

RH1-5

BY

BY

BY

6.8 Κ Ω

KB

KB

KB
IC18-8

IC18-18

RH1-6

IC1-19

IC7

DRIVER SIDE
REAR SUB-WOOFER
(CONVERTIBLE)

O
IC8-1

CASSETTE

BO

RADIO CONTROL
SWITCHES

RH26-1

BG

BG

BG

BRD

I

SEEK

VOLUME -

RH1-20

IC1-16

I
IC17-1

IC14-5

CASSETTE

KW

KW

KW

I
IC17-6

R
PY

PASSENGER SIDE
REAR SUB-WOOFER
(CONVERTIBLE)

IC17-3

IC14-4

PY

BW
RH1-2

IC1-4

I

U

RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT

PY

KG
RH1-1

G

IC10-13
IC14-3

PY

O

IC17-7

IC14-2

IC2-5

K

BW

BW
IC18-3

SW4-2

BO

BO

SWS1

SW2-6

SW1-6

IC7-1

W

BK

BO
FCS48

SC3-12

IC8-2

IC18-2

IC8-3

FC3BL

IC8-6

IC1-10

IC18-15

IC8-7

IC18-5

IC8-8

FCS27

IC1-15

G
DD1-23

UP

UP
AC14-11

P
DD1-17

IC7-8

B
IC17-4

CD AUTO-CHANGER

BRD

B

CE2

B

UP

UG

B

FC39
-1

FC39
-2

IC4-6

IC17-11

RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT

UG

UG
AC14-12

UP

UP

IC7-7

B

FCS28

IC1-14

K
DD1-11

AC14-2

UG

UG

IC7-6

Y

PK

PK

PK
IC18-12

O
DD1-12

AC14-1

IC1-9

IC7-5

U

PO

PO

PO
IC18-4

IC8-5

RH1-3

IC1-8

IC7-4

B

KP

KP

KP
IC18-10

IC8-4

CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic
ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not
connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

RH1-4

IC1-7

IC7-3

G

REAR SUB-WOOFER
(COUPE)

BS

BS

BS

IC7-2

R

STEERING WHEEL

RH24
-2
RH30
-2

DP1-12

AC14-3

IC1-3

I
IC17-2

(CONV.) RH24
-1
* (COUPE) RH30
-1

DP1-11

KG

KG
IC18-11

DP18
-2

DP19
-2

G

SO

IC1-2

I
IC18-1

IC10-16

UY

LGY

O

IC10-15

PR

UY

IC18-13

DP18
-1

DP19
-1

DP1-23

SK

SO

SO

IC10-14

PK

B

P

OG

AC14-4

IC1-1

R

DP1-17

AC14-14

SK

IC18-14

IC2-1

PK

OG
FCS68

IC1-13

SK

PO*

OP
AC14-13

OG

OG

IC17-12

16.4

FCS67

IC1-12

IC17-5

IC10-4

* NOTE: Color code changed to P VIN 024687 ➞.

OP

OP

OP
59

FC38
-2

OP OG

IC10-3

RADIO TELEPHONE

FC38
-1

BT1AL

ANTENNA
MOTOR

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING

B
BTS20

DD18
-1

DD18
-2

R

B

DD19
-1

DD19
-2

(CONV.) RH25
-1
* (COUPE) RH31
-1

RH25
-2
RH31
-2

IC4-5

POWER AMPLIFIER
BT1CS

DRIVER SIDE
SQUAWKER
(FASCIA)

DRIVER
DOOR
TWEETER

DRIVER DOOR
MID-BASS

DRIVER SIDE
REAR QUARTER
MID-RANGE
* NOTE: Coupe Connector
code changed to RH31
VIN 024687 ➞.

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: Premium ICE Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Radio Telephone

TELEPHONE
ANTENNA

* NOTE: Color code changed to P VIN 024687 ➞.

NP

39

NP

NP

BT20-8

LG

I

PK

RT5-10

LG

LG

PR

RT5-11

UY

RT5-16

LGY

RT4-11

RT4-10

BRD

RT3-1

RT4-12

16.2

16.3

ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

16.1

16.2

16.3

ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

16.1

16.2

16.3

ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

LGY

16.1

16.2

16.3

ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

RT20-9

RT5-8

B

B

RT6-2

16.1

U

U

RT6-1

BRD

ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

RT20-7

RT5-15

W

16.3

RT20-1

UY

RT7

16.2

RT20-2

PR

B+
RT2-2

16.1

RT20-3

PK

B+

RT20-10

PO*

RT5-5

RT2-3

21

PO

B+
RT2-10

RTS2

NP

RT4-6

RT3-2

RT5-13

W

R
RT4-2

RT3-3

RT5-7

BRD
RT5-1

SR

Y
RT4-3

RT3-4

RT5-4

SO

O
RT4-4

RT3-5

RT5-3

SY

N
RT4-5

RT3-6

RT2-8

W

G
RT4-1

RT3-7

RT5-12

SK

W
RT4-9

RT3-10

RT5-14

G

P
RT4-7

BRD

RT3-8

RT2-6

B
BRD
S

RT5-6

O

RT4-8

RT3-9

RT2-1

HANDSET
Y
RF9-1

Y
RF1-17

RF9-2

Y
RT20-4

BRD

RT2-11

BRD
RF1-18

BRD
RT20-5

RT2-12

MICROPHONE

B
RT2-4

B
RTS3

RT2-9

B

TELEPHONE
TRANSCEIVER
RT20-6

RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT

B
FC2CS
(FC4CS)

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 16.4

Radio Telephone

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

XK8 Range 1998

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

Airbag System

R

19.1

Airbag System

D
FC29-6

WG

15

NOTE: This symbol represents a shorting
bar used to short terminals together when the
connector is separated.

B+

II

FC29-7

RW

13

O
FC30-7
FUSE
BLOW

O

KN

FC30-3

SO
SW10-3

SW11-3
CASSETTE

FUSE BLOW
SWITCH

DRIVER SIDE
AIRBAG

CAUTION: Do not substitute another
fuse value for the Airbag System 10A
Battery fuse.

RP

O

R

FC30-2

SW10-1

SW11-1
CASSETTE

RW

14

I
FC30-8

STEERING WHEEL
SAFING
SENSOR

O

RG

FC30-5

RG
FC74-1

RW

12

PASSENGER
SIDE AIRBAG

DEPLOYMENT POWER
ENERGY RESERVE

RW

KP

O

KP

FC30-4

FC40-1

RS

FC74-3

O
FC30-11

FC40-2

YW
FC40-4

BK
FC40-3

AIRBAG
INTERROGATION
CONNECTOR

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: AIRBAG FAILURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

FC29-12

YW

08.1

ON

I

YW

KU

I

FC29-5

FC30-10

O

FCS64

LF51-1

KU
LF51-2

LF2-5

OP

I
FC29-9

BK

ON
LF2-4

OP

RH
IMPACT
SENSOR

LF51-4

LF2-6

I
FC29-4

YU

I
FC29-11

BK

FCS45

I

KG

I
FC30-9

FC30-12

LF50-1

KG
LF50-2

LF2-2

OW

I

BK

YU
LF2-1

FC29-8

OW
LF50-4

LF2-3

FC1S

AIRBAG / SRS
CONTROL MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

LH
IMPACT
SENSOR

WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPLACE
THE AIRBAG SYSTEM 10A BATTERY FUSE
UNLESS THE AIRBAG SYSTEM HAS BEEN
DEACTIVATED.
WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MEASURE
THE RESISTANCE THROUGH THE AIRBAG
ASSEMBLY. DOING SO MAY TRIGGER
AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND POSSIBLY
RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY.

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

Fig. 17.1

XK8 Range 1998

Ancillaries

NB

15

YB

B+
FC14-80

HP1

#11 10A

LF14

B
GU

SW2-1

GU

SW1-1

LFS8

FC14-4

4

3

5

1

2

YW
#13 10A

CASSETTE

BK

BK

HP3

SW2-5

BK

4

BK

BK

SCS1

SW1-5

LF7-5

RH HORN

GS

HORN RELAY (#6)

HORN
SWITCHES

FC3BL

GS

O

STEERING WHEEL

YW

23

B

WU

B

I

LF16

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

FC14-70

FC42-2

B
LFS9

LF60-14

FC42-1

CIGAR LIGHTER

LF17

LF2BR

POWER

CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic
ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not
connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

LF15

LF1AL

LF6-6

HORN
CONTROL

FCS48

SC2-9

B

I

SC3-1

GU
HP2

YB

LF7-1

CASSETTE

GU

Fig. 18.1

Ancillaries

LH HORN
LOGIC

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

HORNS

CIGAR LIGHTER

NLG

27

BT25-1

PN
#11 10A

PN

BT12-1

BTS38

BT25-3

B
1

3

5

2

1

NR

17

RF10-2

RF11-1

RF10-1

RF11-2

BT25-2
#13

1

TRUNK
ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR

BT12-5

BT2BR

WN

13
I

BT11-6

ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY (#6)

TRUNK FUSE BOX

BK
NLG

28

BK

RFS1

FC51-1

PN

PN
BT58-1

PN
FC51-3

RH14-1

B

FASCIA
ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR

RF1-3

GARAGE DOOR OPENER

BK

FC51-2
FC2BL
(FC4BL)

FC3BR

ROOF CONSOLE

GARAGE DOOR OPENER

ACCESSORY CONNECTORS

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

5
E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

18
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

B
FCS49

FC4BR
(FC2BR)

XK8 Range 1998

+

C

–

C

Y
LF37-5

Y
LF40-3

G
LF37-15

C +

+

C

C –

–

C

EM7-83

Y

AJ26 N/A

Y

G

AJ26 N/A

G

EM7-82

C +

+

C

C –

–

C

Y

EM10-26

EM7-86

G
LF40-4

Networks; Serial Data Links

EM10-28

EM1-6

EM10-27

C +

+

C

C –

–

C

FC88-9

G

WU

6

FC25-24

II

C –

WN

I

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE

TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE: AJ26 N/A

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE

FC53-8

WO

4

GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE

II
+

FC53-1

Y

C

Y

C +
FC53-6

FC25-23
+

Y

C
LF37-5

–

Y

G

C
LF37-15

Y

AJ26 SC

–

G

G

G

C –
FC53-14

FC25-48

CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN)

AJ26 SC

EMS52

LF40-4

G

C

EMS53

LF40-3

B+
FC53-9

18

FC25-47

FC88-8

B+
FC53-16

C +

G

FC88-3

EM1-7

NY

24

Y

FC88-4

G

EM10-25

EM7-85

Y

Fig. 19.1

Networks; Serial Data Links

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE

+

Y

C

U

EM72-H
–

G

C

S –
FC25-20

S

S +
FC25-19

EM72-L

TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE: AJ26 SC

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

–

U

S
FC14-84

+

S

S

U

FC14-85

S –
FC53-10

S

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

–

U

S

U

BT40-16

U

BT1-10

S

+ S

U
SP1-3

S

BT1-11

U

FCS11

RH2-11

S

BT40-8

S

S

FCS12

RH2-12

S –

S

+

S

SP1-8

S +
SP5-9

PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

U

U

DP10-9

U

ACS5

U

U

S

S

ACS6

S

S

+

S

P

EM11-3

EM13-2

D
FC53-12

EM1-5

W

D

S –

S

W

D
FC53-13

EM1-20

S +
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE

SD5-9

SD1-8

PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

S

P

D

SD5-10

SD1-3

AC14-9

DP1-3

FCCP

VFP

U

AC14-8

DP1-8

S
DP10-16

–

NOTE: FCCP – Flash Communication Control Port;
VFP – Voltage, Flash Programming

SP5-10

SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE

–

S +
FC53-2

DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

U

SERIAL
OUTPUT

U

DD10-9

STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)

S

DD10-16

D
FC53-3

FC29-6

DD1-8

S

R

D

DD1-3

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

AIRBAG / SRS
CONTROL MODULE

K

D
FC53-15

O

D
FC53-7

K

K

D
BT69-28

O

O

BT2-20

BT69-10

O

FCS16

RH12-5

D

K

K

EM10-12

O

D

K

EM10-13

O

O

AC14-6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
II

5
E

D
AC4-21

SERIAL DATA LINK

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE

1

D

O

EM1-2

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39
E

55
E

1
Fig. 01.5

AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE

I

Fig. 01.4
18
I

FC3BL

AC4-10

AC14-5

FC53-5

BK

K

EM1-1

BK

FCS48

KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE

D

6

FC53-4

FC22-6

ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE

1

BK

NOTE: Serial Data Link:
K wire – serial input
O wire – serial output
O wire only – Bidirectional Serial Communication

FCS15

RH12-4

BT2-19

O

D

K

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: 018108
DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

DATA LINK
CONNECTOR

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
‘;i
Pin
Description
I FC14~15
IGNITION
SWITCHED
GROUND
SUPPLY
1 FCi432
IGNITION
SWlTCHED
GROUND
SUPPLY
0 FC14-97
RELAY
COILDR,“E

COMPONENTS
Active
GROUND
GROUND

Inactive
GROUND

Component
BATTERY

Location I Access
TRUNK,RlGHTHANDSlDE

BODYPROCESSOR
MCIDIJLE
FUSEBOX- DRl”ERSlDE

PASSENGER
SIDEFASCIA,AIRBAG
BRACKET
F*sCIA!DRlVER
SlDE

Color / Stripe
BROWN
BROWN
BRCJWN
BRcwm
BROWN
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector

Connector
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS

/ Color

Location I Access
PASSENGER
SlDEFUSEBOX
ENGlNE
MANAGEMENT
FUSEBOX
DRi”ERSIDEFUSEBOX
ENGINE
CclMPARTMENT
FUSEBOX
TRUNKFUSEBOX

CONNECTORS

Type / Color

Location / Access
TRUNK,ABOVE
RGHTHANDREARWHEEL
ARCH
TRANSMlSSlON
TUNNEL
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
FALSE
BULKHEAD.
RlGHTHANDSIDE
TRANSMlSSiON
TUNNEL
TRANSMiSSlON
TUNNEL
TRANSMISSIDN
TUNNEL
REAROFCENTER
CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY
ENGINE
CCJMPARTMENT,
FALSE
B”LKHEAD,
RIGHTHANDSIDE

GROUNDS
Location I Type
BATERYGROUND
STUD
EYELET
(PAIR,- RIGHTHANDLEG/TRUNK,RIGHTREAR
EYELET
WNGLEI/TRUNK,RIGHTREAR

Ground
ST68
BTZBR
BTlBS
CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE1

+

The following

symbols

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz
MS
MV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS.

COMPONENTS
Component
FUSEBOX- ILlRIVER
SlDE

Connector
/ Type / Color
FE/ IO~WAY
UT A. FUSEBOX
I NATURAL
KS, IO-WAY
u T A. FUSEBOX!
BLACK
FC90,EYELET
FC92,EYELET

Location / Access
FASClA,DRIVER
SlDE

FUSE BOX- PASSENGER SIDE

FC20 /lo-WAY
FC21 I l&WAY
FC90 ‘EYELET

FASClA, PFISSENGER SIDE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

“.T A. FUSEBOX,
WT A. FUSEBOX,

NATVRAL
BLACK

CONNECTORS

Connector
AC12
AC13
AC14
ACli
AC16
BE
BT58
DD1
DP1
IC2

Type I Color
zo-WAYMULTILOCK
070I WHITE
Z&WAYMULTlLOCK
070/YELLOW
14-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,GREY
?O-WAY
M”LTlLOCK
070,GREY
G~WAY
MULTILOCK
070‘YELLOW
ZO-WAY
MtJLTlLOCK
070:WHlTE
I-WAYECONOSEAL
111
tic, BLACK
23WAYAMP FORD,BLACK
X-WAYAMP- FORD,BLACK
14~WAY
MVLTlLOCK
070/WHITE

Location / Access
FASCIATOP
CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
RIGHTHANDSIDE
FASCIA
BOTTOM
CONNECTOR
MOUNTlNG
BRACKET,
RIGHTHANDSIDE
FASCIA
BOTTOM
CONNECTOR
MOUNTlNG
BRACKET!
RIGHTHANDSIDE
FASCIA
BOTTOM
CONNECTOR
MOLJNTlNG
BRACKET!
RIGHTHANDSlDE
LEFTHAND’KPOSTCONNECTOR
MOUNTlNG
BRACKET,‘NPOSTTRlM
TRUNK/ABOVERIGHTHANDREARWHEEL
ARCH
TRUNK/ABOVERIGHTHANDREARWHEEL
ARCH
DRIVER
SlDE‘N POSTMOUNTING
BRACKET/APOSTTRlM
PASSENGER
SIDE’NPOSTI’WPOSTTRlM

iF1

PO-WAY MULTILOCK

070,

GREY

LEFT HAND

RF,

18.WAY

070,

YELLOW

RlGHT

RH14

?-WAY

RH2

*o-WAY

SD1

B-WAY MULTILOCK

070:

SP1

*-WAY

070 iYELLOW

MULTILOCK
ECONOSEAL
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK

BELOW

CENTER
HAND

CONSOLE

GLOVE

‘K POST CONNECTOR
‘K POST CONNECTOR

BOX
MOUNTING
MOUNTING

/II HC, BLACK

REAR OF CENTER

CONSOLE

ASSEMBLY

070 /WHITE

REAR OF CENTER

CONSOLE

ASSEMBLY

YELLOW

BELOW

DRIVER SEAT

BELOW

PASSENGER

BRACKET!
BRACKET,‘K

‘fl

POST TRIM
POSTTRlM

SEAT

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector

I Type I Color

Location

/ Access

FUSE BOX-ENGINE

COMPARTMENi

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,

LEFT FRONT

FUSE BOX-ENGINE

MAIN*GEMENT

ENGINE COMPARTMENT,

CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

FUSE BOX-TRUNK

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
iC4

CONNECTORS

Type / Color
4-WAYM”LT,LOCK
070,WHITE

Location

/ Access

TRUNKiLEFTOFANTENNAASSEMBLY

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector/Type

/ Color

FUSE BOX-DRIVER

SlDE

FC5,lO-WAY
” T A. FUSEBOX,
RX,
10.WAY ” T A. FVSEBOX
FC90, EYELET
FC!3Z, EYELET

FUSE BOX - ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT

LF5,lO~WAY”TA
FUSEBOX’NATURAL
LF6: IO-WAY “.T A F”SEBOX,‘BLACK
LF7/10-WAY
” T A FUSEBOX!
GREEN
LFB! 10.WAY “.T.A
FUSEBOX,
BL”E
iF70, EYELET

Location

NATURAL
! BLACK

FASCIA,

ENGlNE

FUSE BOX - PASSENGER SIDE

BTIO
BTlt
BT12
BT13
*Tel,

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

SIDE

COMPARTMENT,

I_10.WAY
i ?&WAY
I_10.WAY
i IO-WAY
EYELET

L. T A.
U T A.
U T A.
U.T.A.

FUSEBOX,
FUSEBOX,
FUSEBOX
FUSEBOX

NATURAL
BLACK
I GREEN
! BLUE

TRUNK

i ELECTRICAL

Location

/ Access

FASCIA

BOTTOM

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT

BELOW

CENTER

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT

i LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

ENGINE
RIGHT

CONNECTOR
CONSOLE

MOUNTING

I ADJACENT
GLOVE

‘N POST CONNECTOR

COMPARTMENT,
HAND’K

BRACKET

POST CONNECTOR

BRACKET,

TO RIGHT HAND

RIGHT

HAND

SlDE

ENCLOSURE

BOX

MO”NTlNG

BRACKET,‘K

POSTTRlM

ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
MOUNTING

BRACKET,‘N

POSTTRIM

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

CARRIER

CONNECTORS

Type / Color

LEFT HAND

DATE

LEFT FRONT

FASCIA, PASSENGER SIDE

FUSE BOX-TRUNK

Connector

I Access

DRl”ER

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

COMPONENTS
Component
FUSE BOX-ENGINE

Connector
MANAGEMENT

EM19, IO-WAY
EM20,10-WAY
EM70, EYELET

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

I Type / Color
U.T.A.
“.T.A

FUSEBOX,
FUSEBOX,

Location

NATURAL
BLACK

ENGINE

/ Access

COMPARTMENT/CONTROL

Type / Color

LF3

1%WAY

ECONOSEAL

Lw.0

13WAY

PI,

57.WAY

B-WAY ECONOSEAL

Location
111LC, BLACK

/ Access

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT HAND

111LC, WHITE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

ENCLOSURE

ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

SUMITOMO,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKETON

TOP OFTRANSMlSSlON

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
OF ISSUE:

ENCLOSURE

CONNECTORS

Connector
EL1

DATE

MODULE

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

COMPONENTS
Component
,GNlTlON
INERTlA

SWITCH

Connector
(KEY-IN

SWlTCHj

FC4,8

SWITCH

FC46 /SWAY

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

Location

/ Type / Color

WAY MULTILOCK

070,

ECONOSEAL

STEERING

WHITE

ADJACENTTO

111LC i BLACK

/ Access
COLUMN
LEFT HAND

FASCIA

FVSE BOX

CONNECTORS

Connector
AC13

Type / Color
2O~WA:y MVLTiLOCK

070 / YELLOW

FASCIA

BOTTOM

BT1

ZO-WAY MVLTlLOCK

070,

TRUNK

ABOVE

LFSO

2O~WAY MVLTILOCK

070! WHITE

LEFT HAND

RH2

20.WAY

070,

REAR OF CENTER

MULTiLOCK

Location
WHlTE
WHITE

/ Access
CONNECTOR
RIGHT

HAND

MOUNTlNG
REAR WHEEL

‘A’ POST CONNECTOR
CONSOLE

MOUNTlNG

BRACKET,

RIGHT

HAND

SIDE

ARCH
BRACKET:‘A’POSTTR,M

ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS
Ground

Location

FC3BL

EYELET

/ Type

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

LEG i TRANSMISSION

TUNNEL.

LEFT HAND

SIDE

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
‘J
Pin
Description
I FC14~7
NEUTRAL SWITCH STATVS
D

FC14-39

SECURITY

COMPONENTS
Inactive
BTiP,R.D,4.3,21

Active
GROUND

ACKNOWLEDGE

(Ni

ENCODED

Component

Connector

BATTERY

BT66,
BT67,

COMMUNlCATlDNS

I

FC14-4,

STARTER

ENGAGE

GROUND

CRANKING)

BL

BODY PROCESSOR

0

FC14-73

STARTER

RELAY ACTIVATE

GROUND

,CRANKlNG,

EL

ENGINE

1

FC14~80

BATTERY

SUPPLY

B+

B+

D

FC14-92

ENCODED

Active

Inactive
GROUND

REOUEST
VOLTAGE

HlGH POWER PROTECTION

COMMUNlCATlONS

EM10-15
EM10-17

PARK ’ NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION
SECURlTYACKNOWLEDGE

B+ IP, Nl
ENCODED

/

EM,,-6

ENGINE

GROUND

COMMUNICATIONS
B+

,CRANKlNGi

SWITCH

NEUTRAL

MODULE

Pin

Description

FCZ2-9

GLASS

D

FCZ2-16

OK TO START

D

X22-17

SECURlTYACKNOWLEDGE

OK TO START

(ENCODED

IENCODED

Inactive

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT/CONTROL

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

FC89,

MULTILOCK
040, GREY
MULTlLOCK
010,GREY
MULTILOCK
040,GREY
MULTlLOCK
040, GREY
MULTlLOCK
47,WHlTE
MULTlLOCK47IWHITE

ST2,
ST3,
ST,0

MOTOR

SUPPRESSlON

AN3,

MODULE

SlDE FASCIA,

TRUNK,ADJACENTTO

MULTILOCK

J-WAY

MULTILOCK

STEERING

070 /WHITE

MVLTILOCK

P150, S-WAY SUMlTOMO

COMMUNICATION)

COMMUNICATION,
(ENCODED

STARTER

SIDE

EM10,28-WAY
EMI1 ,16-WAY
EM,2,22-WAY
EM13,34-WAY
EM,4,12-WAY
EM15,22-WAY

FC22 IZO-WAY

(GENERATOR)

HAND

FC,4,104-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY

FC4, E-WAY

SWITCH,

MODULE

SWlTCH

REGULATOR

Active

BREAKAGE,

(KEY-IN

KEYTRANSPONDER

/ Access

RlGHT

PASSENGER

BT60, EYELET
BTB, , EYELET
BT62, EYELET
BT63! EYELET

MODULE

~R.D.4.3.21
,GNlTlDN

CRANK

D

TRUNK.

GENERATOR

I
D

v

MODULE

COMMUNICATIONS

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
3
Pin
Description
D EM10-6
OKTO STARTENCODED

KEY TRANSPONDER

MODULE

CONTROL

Location

/ Type I Color

EYELET
EYELET

040,
070,
0902,

P-WAY ECDNOSEAL

RIGHT

ENCLOSURE

FRONT

DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX

GEAR SELECTOR

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

ENGINE

BLOCK

REARWARD

111LC, RED

MODULE

BATTERY

GREY

EYELET
EYELET
, EYELET

BRACKET

COLUMN

ADJACENTTO

GREEN

AlRBAG

ASSEMBLY
GENERATOR

OF RIGHT FRONT

HEADLAMP

COMMUNICATION)

RELAYS
Relay

Color / Stripe

Connector

STARTERRELAY

BROWN

EMX,

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

Location

I Color

/ Access

RH ENCLOSURE

BROWN

RELAYS

CONNECTORS

Connector

Type / Color

Location

BT80

EYELET

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

EM1

PO-WAY MULTILOCK

070,

WHITE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO

EM2

18-WAY

MULTiLOCK

070,

YELLOW

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO

RlGHT

HAND

ENCLOSVRE

EM3

14.WAY

MVLTILOCK

070,

GREY

ENGINE

COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

EM60

Z-WAY

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

BEHIND

PI,

57~WAY SUMITOMO,

ENGiNE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET

ST1

EYELET

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

FALSE

ECONOSEAL

111HC, BLACK
BLACK

I Access
FALSE

BULKHEAD,

RIGHT

HAND

RlGHTHAND

LEFT INNER

SIDE

ENCLOSURE

FENDER

HEAT SHIELD

ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON

BULKHEAD,

RIGHT

HAND

SIDE

GROUNDS
Ground

Location

BTSB

BATTERY

FCSBR

EYELET

CONTROL

MODULE

I Type

GROUND

STUD

(PAIR) - RIGHT

HAND

LEG /TRANSMISSION

PIN OUT INFORMATION

TUNNEL,

LEFT HAND

SIDE

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following

symbols

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

communications

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz
MS
MV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS.

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION
COMPONENTS

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
rCr Pin
Description
1 FC14-7
NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS
D

FC14-39

SECURITY

Active
GROUND

ACKNOWLEDGE

iN1

ENCODED

Inactive

Component

Connector

E+ IP. R. D. 4.3. 21

BATTERY

BT66, EYELET
BT67 i EYELET

COMMUNICATIONS

I

FC14-41

STARTER

ENGAGE

GROUND

iCRANKING

B+

BODY PROCESSOR

0

FC14-73

STARTER

RELAY ACTIVATE

GROUND

(CRANKING1

E+

DUAL

/

FC14~80

BATTERY

SUPPLY

B+

B+

ENGlidE

D

FC14-92

ENCODED

Active

Inactive

GENERATOR

RECIUEST
VOLTAGE

FClOO-4

NEUTRAL

0

FC100-5

PARKi

SWITCH

NEUTRAL

SWITCH

COMMON

GROUND

SUPPLY

OK TO START-

iNi

GROUND

CONFIRMATION

B+ (P. R. D. 4. 3. 21
GROUND

MODVLE

B- IP. Nl

HlGH POWER PROTECTION

SWITCH

(KEY-IN

KEYTRANSPONDER

Active

Inactive

B+ iP, Nl

GROUND

REGULATOR
STARTER

COMMUNlCATiONS

CONFIRMATION

ACKNOWLEDGE

ENCODED

CRANK

GROUND

MODULE

IR. D. 4. 3. Zi
,GN,TlON

ENCODED

PARK i NEUTRAL

ENGINE

CONTROL

GROUND

GROUND

STATUS

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
v
Pin
Description

SECURITY

MODULE

SWITCH

COMMUNlCATlONS

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
77 Pin
Description
FC100~2
TCM! DUAL LINEAR
0

LINEAR

GREY

MULTTILOCK

070,

12.WAY

PASSENGER
LEFT HAND

GREY

SIDE

SIDE FASC,A,AIRBAG

BRACKET

S\DE OF GEAR SELECTOR,

CENTER

COMPARTMENT,

CONTROL

AN, I EYELET
AN*, EYELET
ST, 1 , EYELET

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT!

RIGHT FRONT

BT60
BT61
BTGZ
8163

TRUNK,

ADJACENT

i EYELET
1 EYELET
1 EYELET
! EYELET

AN3,

MODULE

HAND

ENGlNE

MULTILOCK

WHITE

STEERING

040 I GREEN

ADJACENT

070,

MULTILOCK
SUMITOMO

0902,

BLACK

ST2, EYELET
ST3, EYELET
STlO , EYELET

MOTOR

I Access

RlGHT

EMlO, Z-WAY
MVLTlLOCK
040, GREY
EM,,,
,S-WAYM”LTlLOCK040,GREY
EM12 I Z-WAY
MULTILOCK
040, GREY
EM,3!34-WAY
M”LTlLOCK040,GREY
EM14 I 12.WAY MULTILOCK
47 i WHlTE
EMIS I 22.WAY MVLTILOCK
47, WHITE

P,50,3WAY

iGENERATOR

SUPPRESSION

AMP EEEC,

FC,OO!

FC22 i 20.WAY

IR.D.4.3.21

COMMUNICATIONS

TRUNK,

FC14 I,01-WAY

FC4,8~WAY

SWITCHI

MODULE

Location

I Type I Color

Z-WAY

ECONOSEAL

CONSOLE
ENCLOSURE

TO BATTERY

COLUMN
TO DRIVER

SIDE FUSE BOX

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT/GENERATOR

ENGlNE

BLOCK

REARWARD

111LC: RED

MODULE

OF RIGHT FRONT

HEADLAMP

Bi

iCRANKING)

RELAYS
KEY TRANSPONDER
v
D

Pin
FC22~9

MODULE

Relay

Description
GLASS

BREAKAGE

D

FCZZ-16

OK TO ST*RT

D

FCZZ-17

SECURITY

Inactive

Active
,OKTO

(ENCODED

ACKNOWLEDGE

STARTIENCODED

ST*.RTER

RELAY

Color / Stripe

Connector

BROWN

EM50,

Location

/ Color

/ Access

RH ENCLOSURE

BROWN

RELAYS

COMM”NlCATlON,

COMMUNICATION)
(ENCODED

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

COMMUNlCATlONi

CONNECTORS

Connector

Type / Color

Location

8180

EYELET

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

EM,

*O-WAY

070 i WHITE

~iuGmE

C~MP*RTMENT,ADJ*CENTTO

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

EM2

18~WAY MULTILOCK

070,

YELLOW

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

EM3

14.WAY

070,

GREY

ENGINE

C~MP*RTMENT/ADJ*CENTTO

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

EM60

Z-WAY

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BEHlND

PI1

57.WAY

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET

ST1

EYELET

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

FALSE BULKHEAD,

MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
ECONOSEAL

111HC , BLACK

SUMITOMO,

BLACK

I Access
FALSE

BULKHEAD,

ADJACENTTO

LEFT ,NNER

RlGHT

HAN0

FENDER

SlDE

HEAT SHIELD

ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
RIGHT HAND

SIDE

GROUNDS
Ground

Location

BTBB

BATTERY

EMlAL

EYELET

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

EMZAL

EYELET

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT.

LEFT HAND

CONTROL

The following

symbols

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

MODULE

/ Type

GROUND

ST”0

PIN OUT INFORMATION

HAND

ENCLOSURE
ENCLOSURE

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS.

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL

PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE

COMPONENTS

Description
IGNITION
SWiTCHED
POWER
SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED
POWER SVPPLY
OKTOSTART-ENCODED
COMM”NlCATlONS
BA”ERYPOWER
SUPPLY

Active
E+
B+

Inactive
0”
B+

B+

BRAKE SWITCH
SERIAL COMM”NlCATlONS
SERIAL COMM”NlCAT,ONS
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
PARK, NEUTRAL CONF,RMAT,ON
EMS CONTROLLED
RELAYACTlVATE
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
WTS I ECTS :TPS, MECHANICAL
GUARD POSlTlON
PEDAL POSITION COMMON
REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL
GUARD POSlTlON,
PEDAL POSlTlON!
TPS COMMON
REFERENCE VOLTAGE
GROUND
GROUND
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK

GROUND

B+
B+

ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGINE CRANK
FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR FEEDBACK
MECHANICAL
GUARD POSITION,
PEDAL POSlTlON,
TPS COMMON
REFERENCE VOLTAGE
ECT FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
lATS,ECTS,TPS/MECHANlCALG”ARDPOSlTlDN,
PEDAL POSITION COMMON
REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL
GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK
MECHANICAL
GUARD POSITiON / PEDAL POSITION
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK

/

symbols

CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

LF5.2, Z-WAY YAZAKI

EVAPP

LF58,

EVAPORATIVE

E+
E+
0 2 ” = HIGH PRESSURE

5v

5v
0.41 V @ 195.F (DECREASING
0.5 v = IDLE. 4.75 V = WOT
0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
GROUND

WITH TEMPERATURE)

GROUND

0.5 V = IDLE. 4.75 V = WOT
GROUND
0.5” = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
0 5 V = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT

iI -PS SHIELD

GROUND

GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 -20
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20
5” @ 1000 RPM = 556 HZ;
5 Hz @ IDLE
GROUND
5 V @ 1000 RPM = 566 Hz:
GROUND

‘B’ BANK
‘A’ BANK

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

Module

communications

on this data page is furnished

ENGlNE,

P115, Z-WAY

ECONOSEAL

111HC, BLACK

‘B’ BANK

EM64,

P14, Z-WAY

VALVE

-A

UPSTREAM

EM21,

HOZS: HEATED

OXYGEN

SENSOR

-B

UPSTREAM

EM23,

KS KNOCK

SENSOR

- B

MASS

025:

OXYGEN

SENSOR-A

OX:

OXYGEN

SENSOR

PARKING

AIR FLOW SENSOR
- B DOWNSTREAM

AND MECHANICAL

THRO”LE

MOTOR

THRO”LE

POSITION

GUARD

ECONOSEAL

COMPARTMENT,

REAR OF ENGINE

ENGiNE

COMPARTMENT,

CONTROL

TRUNK

OUARTER,

i FUELTANK

090 II, GREY

‘N BANK

REARWARD

MODULE

CONVERTER

CATALYTIC

CONVERTER

FLANGE

“EE,

UNDER

INTAKE

MANIFOLD

P127, Z-WAY

ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGlNE

“EE,

UNDER

INTAKE

MANIFOLD

P135,5-WAY

YAzAKlO902,

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

Z-WAY

BLACK

SUMITOMO

090 A TYPE,

‘X BANK

GREY

REARWARD

CATALYTIC

CONVERTER

CATALYTIC

CDNVERTER

OF AIR CLEANER

EM24,2-WAYSUMlTOMO09OATYPE,GREY

‘8’ BANK

FC19,

BELOW

PARKING

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE

ASSEMBLY

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT/

THROTTLE

ASSEMBLY

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

THROTLE

ASSEMBLY

LUCAR

RIGHT ANGLE
YAZAKI

0902,
CLIP,

BLACK
BLACK

SUMITOMO

TS090,

BLACK

BRAKE

LEVER

SUMITOMO

090 DC INHIBIT

1, BLUE

BEHlND

RIGHT HAND

WHEEL

ARCH LINER

EL3,2-WAY

SUMlTOMO

090 DC INHIBIT

1 , BROWN

BEHIND

RIGHT HAND

WHEEL

ARCH LINER

EL4,

YAZAKI

BEHIND

RIGHT HAND

WHEEL

ARCH LINER

-2

*-WAY

090,

GREY

VVI SOLENOID

VALVE:

VARIABLE

VALVE TIMING

SOLENOID

VALVE -A

P131, P-WAY AMP JUNIOR

POWER TIMER,

BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENTI’K

VVT SOLENOID

VALVE:

VARIABLE

VALVE TiMlNG

SOLENOID

VALVE -B

P132,lWAY

POWER TIMER,

BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

AMP JUNIOR

ENCLOSURE

OF ROAD WHEEL

EVAPORATIVE

CATALYTIC

ENCLOSURE
TOP HOSE

MODULE

ENGlNE

- 3

SWITCHING

ENGiNE

‘B’ BANK

VALVE

SWITCHING

VACUUM

REAR
CONTROL

090 II, GREY

VALVE

VACUUM

HEAD,

111LC, BLACK

ELZ, Z-WAY

VALVE

CYLINDER

COMPARTMENT,

SUMITOMO

- 1

SWlTCHlNG

OF ROAD WHEEL

ENGlNE

LH FRONT

BLACK

REARWARD

ECONOSEAL

&WAY

W/4-WAY

SENSOR

QUARTER!

REAR OF BED PLATE

Z-WAY

P142, I-WAY

SENSORS

J2,

,,I LC I BLACK

SUMITOMO

P133, P-WAY TWIN

“AC”“,,,

WHITE

E J2, GREY

ECONOSEAL

a-WAY

EM22,

DOWNSTREAM

BRAKE SWITCH

PEDAL POSITION

Z-WAY

PIEi

MAFS

070,

ECONOSEAL

BT5,3WAY

SENSOR

SENSOR

SENSOR-A

MULTlLOCK

EM,O,ZB-WAY
MULTlLOCK
040,GREY
EM,, ,16-WAY
MULTiLOCK
040, GREY
EM12 122.WAY
MULTiLOCK
040, GREY
EM,3,34-WAY
MULTILOCK040,GREY
EM,4:,2-WAYMULTILOCK47,WHlTE
EM15,22-WAY
MULTlLOCK47,WHlTE

OXYGEN

KS: KNOCK

*-WAY

090,

BANKCYLINDER
‘B’ BANK

CYLiNDER

HEAD,

FRONT

HEAD,

FRONT

Relay

GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+
B+
Bt
B+
KHz = KNOCK
KHz = KNOCK
2000 RPM = 1132 Hz

MOTOR

POWER

RELAY

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

Color / Stripe

Connector

BROWN

EMIGIBROWN

Location

I Color

CONTROL

ENCLOSURE

RELAYS

CONNECTORS

Connector
AC13

Type / Color

BT2

Location

I Access

070 iYELLOW

FASClA

BOTTOM

PO-WAY MULTILOCK

070,

TRUNK,

ABOVE

EL,

B-WAY ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT/RIGHT

EM1

X-WAY

MULTlLOCK

070 /WHITE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO

LF3

,3-WAY

ECONOSEAL

11, LC, WHITE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

111LC, BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

20.WAY

I Access
MODULE

M”LT,LOCK

WHITE

CONNECTOR
RIGHT

HAND

MO”NT,NG

BRACKET,

REAR WHEEL
HAND

RIGHT

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

1%WAY

ECONOSEAL

PI,

57.WAY

SUMlTOMO,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET

ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

PI2

13.WAY

ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET

ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

RH,

Z&WAY

MULTILOCK

BEHIND

GLOVE

GREY

SIDE

ENCLOSURE

LF40

070,

HAND

ARCH

BOX

GROUND
2000 RPM = ,132 Hz
GROUND

GROUNDS

GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

Ground

Location

EM,AL

EYELET

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

EMlAR

EYELET

,PA,R, - RiGHT

EMlBR

EYELET

(PAIR,

EM2AL

EYELET

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND

EMlAR

EYELET

(PAIR) - RIGHT HAND

LEG i ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

EM2BR

EYELET

(PAIR) - RIGHT

LEG,

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

CONTROL

MODULE

/ Type
LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RlGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

RIGHT HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

HAND

LEG,

ENGINE
ENGINE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

GROUND
GROUND
(VALVE

B+
E+
B+

OPEN)

GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
values for Control

111LC, BLACK

HEATED

~02%

THROTTLE

GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

CONTROL

PRESSURE

LH FRONT

ECONOSEAL

RELAYS

B+
GROUND
GROUND

EMISSION

FUEL TANK

BLACK

i 3.WAY

P,,,

(R.D.4.3.21

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
connected and fitted. “Active”

components

TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

GROUND

0.98” @ ,O*C, DECREASING
WITH TEMPERATURE
1 2” @ IDLE, INCREASING
WITH RPM INCREASE
0.1 - 0.9 V Q IDLE ISWING)
0.t - 0.9 ” 0 IDLE iSWlNGi
0.1 0.9 V C IDLE (SWING,
0.1 - 0.9” 6 iDLE (SWING,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground

5V

B+
GROUND (CRANKING1
4.9” = LOW PRESSURE,

THROT7LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROT7LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

The following

5”

GROUND
B+

GROUND
GROUND

ECM PROGRAMMING
CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ACT,“ATE
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #3 ACT,“ATE
VACUUM
SWITCHING VALVE #, ACTIVATE
VACUUM SWITCHING
VALVE #2 ACTIVATE
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE
‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
‘A’BANK
KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL
CMPS/ CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON
SHlELD
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL GROUND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

B+

I Access

Connector
I Type I Color
AC24!4-WAYM”LTlLOCK
070,WHITE

FTP SENSOR:

IATS FEEDBACK
MAFS FEEDBACK
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S
UPSTREAM ‘N BANK HOZS
DOWNSTREAM
‘B’ BANK 025
DOWNSTREAM
‘N BANK 0%
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
025, HOZS COMMON
SHlELD

UPSTREAM
‘B’ BANK HOZS HEATER
UPSTREAM
‘A’ BANK H02S HEATER
E”AP VALVE ACTlVATE
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOlD
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND

GROUND IAPPLIED)
E+ IP. Ni
GROUND
ENCODED CDMMUNlCATlONS
GROUND

Location

Component
BRAKE
SWlTCH
CC”.CANlSTER
CLOSE
VALVE
CKPS.
CRANKSHAFT
POSITiON
SENSOR
CMP%CAMSHAFT
POSITION
SENSOR
Em!ANDKM COOLING
FAN
EC-ISENGINE
COOLANTTEMPERAT”RE
SENSOR
ENGlNE
CONTROL
MODULE

MESSAGES.

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

to aid the user in understanding

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC.1
Frequency
circuit operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS.

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL

PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE

COMPONENTS

Description
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
IGVITION SWlTCHED POWER SUPPLY
OK To START- ENCODED COMM”NICAT10NS
BRAKE SWITCH - NOT USED
BA”ERY
POWER SUPPLY
BRAKE SWITCH
SERIAL COMM”NICAT,ONS
SERlALCOMM”NICAT,ONS
PARKING BRAKE SW,TCH
PARK ’ NEUTRAL CONFIRMAT,ON
EMS CONTROLLED
RELAY ACTIVATE
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
IATS ECTS, TPS ’ MECHA\UICAL
GUARD PosITIOI\:
PEDAL POSITION COMMON
REFEREYCE GRO”ND
MECLIANICAL
GUARD POSITION!
PEDAL POSlTlON
TPS COMMOV
REFERENCE VOLTAGE
GROUND
GROUND
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK

:

CKPS

CRANKSHAFT

CMPS’

CAMSHAFT

BGROUND

B+
B-

GROUND
GROUND
15 1500
15 1500
15 1500
15 - 1500
Bi
GROUND

GROUND
BGROUND

GROUND
GROUYD
Hi
HZ
Hz
HZ

TEMPERATURE

,CRANK,NGl

0.41 V Q 195F (DECREASING
0 5 V = IDLE; 4.75 ” = WOT
0.5 V = IDLE: 4 15 ii = WOT
GROUND

SENSOR-B

SENSOR-A

KS- KNOCK

SENSOR

MAE:

MASS

AND MECHANICAL

VALVE

- 1

VALVE

- 2

5”

VACUUM

SWlTCHlNG

VALVE

-3

“VT SoLENOlD

“AL”E.

“VT SOLENOlD

VALVE: VARIABLE

“ARABLE

B+
B+
BBI
2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK

MULTILOCK
M”LTILOCK040
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTiLOCK
MULTILOCK

040 / GREY
‘GREY
040 ’ GREY
040 1 GREY
47 I WHITE
47 ‘WHITE

HEAD,

REAR

COMPARTMENT!

CONTROL

ENGiNE

COMPARTMENT

REAR OF ENGINE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT;

CONTROL

J2 / BLACK

LH FRONT

OUARTER

I REARWARD

SUMITOMO

OX II: GREY

‘N BANK

CATALYTIC

CONVERTER

UPSTREAM

EM*3

i&WAY

CATALYTIC

CONVERTER

GUARD

090 II I GREY

‘B’ BANK
ENGINE

“EE,

UNDER

INTAKE

MANIFOLD

P127,2

111LC, BLACK

ENGINE

“EE,

UNDER

INTAKE

MANIFOLD

0902 ! BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT:

ANGLE

BELOW

PARKING

P135 1 s-WAY

YAZAK,

FC19 : LUCAR

RlGHT

WAY TWIN

0902 ’ BLACK
CLIP,

BLACK

REARWARD

BRAKE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

THROTTLE

ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY

TSO9O / BLACK

EL*,

Z~WAY SUMlTOMO

090 DC INHIBIT

1, BLUE

BEHlND

RlGHT

HAND

WHEEL

ARCH

LINER

EL3,

*-WAY

0911 DC INHIBIT

1, BROWN

BEHIND

RIGHT

HAND

WHEEL

ARCH

LINER

EL4,

P-WAY YAZAKI

BEHIND

RIGHT HAND

WHEEL

ARCH LINER

090,

GREY

TlMlNG

SOLENOID

VALVE - A

P131, P~WAY AMP JUNIOR

POWER TIMER

I BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

SOLENOID

VALVE

P132, Z~WAY AMP JUNIOR

POWER TIMER,

BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENTj’B’

B

ASSEMBLY

!THRO”LE

VALVE TIMING

“ALVE

OF AIR CLEANER

LEVER

SUMITOMO
SUMlTOMO

ENCLOSURE

OF ROAD WHEEL

111LC I BLACK

WAY ECONOSEAL

ENCLOSURE
TOP HOSE

MODULE

SUMITOMO

PI42 i B-WAY YAZAKI

SENSORS

MODULE

P126, P-WAY ECONOSEAL

P16: a-WAY

SWITCHING

E J2 : GREY

CYLlNDER

ENG,NE

2~WAY ECONOSEAL

PI%,*

SWITCHING

‘B’ BANK

BLACK
WHITE

I4~WA.y

BRAKE SWITCH
MOTOR

070,

PEDAL

: REAR OF BED PLATE

EM*,

AIR FLOW SENSOR

THROTTLE

ENGINE

L&B

VALVE

- B

VACUUM

GROUND
GROUND

‘A’ BANK

CYLlNDER

HEAD,

FRONT

BANK

CYLINDER

HEAD,

FRONT

RELAYS
Relay
MOTOR

POWER

RELAY

Color I Stripe

Connector

BROWN

EM16,

Location

I Color

CONTROL

BROWN

I Access
MODULE

ENCLOSURE

RELAYS

CONNECTORS
Location

/ Access

Connector

Type / Color

AC13

*O-WAY

MULTILOCK

OX,

YELLOW

FASCIA

BT2

*O-WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

WHITE

TRUNK/ABOVE

EL1

B-WAY ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT

EM,

Z&WA,’

MULTILOCK

070 , WHITE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT!ADJACENTTO

LF3

73.WAY

ECONOSEAL

111LC,WHITE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

111LC, BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENG,NE

COMPARTMENT!

BRACKET

ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET

ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

BEHIND

GLOVE

LF40

13~WAY ECONOSEAL

PI,

57~WAY SUMlTOMO

PI2

13.WAY

ECONOSEAL

RHI

*O-WAY

MULTILOCK

i BLACK
II/ LC, BLACK
OX,

GREY

BOTOM

CONNECTOR
RIGHT

HAND

MOUNTING

BRACKET/RIGHT

REAR WHEEL

I RiGHT

HAND

LEFT HAND

HAND

SIDE

ARCH

ENCLOSURE
RIGHT HAND

ENCLOSURE

ENCLOSURE
ENCLOSURE

BOX

GROUNDS

GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

Ground

Location

EMlAL

EYELET

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

EMlAR

EYELET

,PA,R) - RlGHT

EMiBR

EYELET

~PAIR) - RIGHT HAND

EM*AL

EYELET

,PA,R, -LEFT

EM**R

EYELET

(PAIR) - RIGHT HAND

LEG 1 ENGINE

COMPARTMENT.

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

EMZBR

EYELET

(PA,R, -RIGHT

LEG,

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

CONTROL

MODULE

/ Type
HAND
HAND
HAND

LEG,
LEG,

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT.

RIGHT HAND

ENCLOSURE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

LEG 1 ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

LEG,

ENGINE
ENGINE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

GROUND
GROUND
BL
B+

OPEN,

BGROUND
GROUND
GROUND

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

on this data page is furnished

OXYGEN

KS KNOCK

-A

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

Bd
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B-

communications

HOZS. HEATED

THROTTLE

a,
B+
BGROUND

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

SENSOR

111LC! BLACK

UPSTREAM

CONTROL

OXYGEN

VACUUM

GROUND

(VALVE

EMlSSlON

HEATED

SENSOR

GROUND

5”@lOoORPM=566Hz;2000RPM=1132H*
GROUND

Module

~02s

TOP OF BRAKE

111HC

ECONOSEAL

EMlO ‘28.WAY
EM,,
,&WAY
EM,*
Z-WAY
EM13
34.WAY
EM14
12.WAY
EM15 /**-WAY

POSITION

GROUND

values for Control

EVAPP- E”ApORATI”E

ECONOSEAL

I Access

070 /WHITE

2~WAY MULTILOCK

P14 : %WAY

SENSOR

MODULE

THRo”LE

GROUND

GROUND

‘B’ BANK
‘A’ BANK

CONTROL

EB+

WITH TEMPERATURE)

0 5 V = IDLE; 4.75” = WO,
GROUND
0.5 V = IDLE. 4 75 ” = WOT
0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT

GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

COOLANT

PEDAL POSITION

GROUND

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

ECTS

ENGINE

II 3.WAY

EMS4

FAN

Location

/ Type / Color
MULTlLOCK

P,,5 1 Z-WAY ECONOSEAL

SENSOR

EC,,, AND TCM COOLING

PARKING

5”

GROUND
GROUND

POSITION

P,,,

SENSOR

IR.D.4.3.2,

COMMUNlCATloNS

GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0 KHz = NO KNOCK,
0 KHz = NO KNOCK,

POSlTlON

B-

(APPLIED,

GROUND
GROUND

are used to represent

CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

B-

0.98 V @ 10°C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE
1 2 V @ IDLE, INCREASING
WITH RPM INCREASE
0 1~ 0 9 V @ IDLE iSWING,
0.1 -0.9V@
IDLE (SWING)

UPSTREAM
‘B’ BANK Hozs HEATER
UPSTREAM
‘A’ BANK HOZS HEATER
EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOlD
VARIABLE VALVE TlMlNG SOLENOlD
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

D
C
S

AC24 i4WAY

5v

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
THROTrLE
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

symbols

Connector

BRAKE SWITCH

BT IP, NI
GROUND
ENCODED
GROUND

ECM PROGRAMMING
NOT USED
VACUUM SWlTCHlNG
VALVE #3 ACTIVATE
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVE #I ACTlVATE
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVE #2 ACTIVATE
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE
‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
‘A’ BiWK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL
CMPS, CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON
SHlELD
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL GROUND

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground

Component

GROUND

IATS FEEDBACK
MAFS FEEDBACK
‘B’ BANK HO%
‘A’ BANK HOZS
NOT USED
NOT USED
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
HOE COMMON
SHIELD

The following

Inactive
0”

ENGlNE

ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGlNE CRANK
NOT USED
MECHANICAL
GUARD POSITION I PEDAL POSITION,
TPS COMMON
REFERENCE VOLTAGE
ECT FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
IATS 1 ECTS I TPS 1 MECHANICAL
GUARD POSITION,
PEDAL POSITION COMMON
REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL
GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK
MECHANICAL
GUARD POSITION 1 PEDAL POSlTlON i TPS SHIELD
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

Active
B+
Bi

MESSAGES.

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz
MS
MV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS.

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL
‘;r
0
I
1
I

Pin
EM,O-2
EM10-3
EM104
EMlO-

PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE

COMPONENTS

Description
A,CCMLOADINHIBIT
A!CCMELECTRICAL
LOADSIGNAL
ArCCM
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
REOUEST
BRAKE
SWITCH

Inactive
B+

Component
AIRCONDlTlDNlNG

COMPRESSOR

C-WAY
REFRIGERANT
SWITCH
HIGHPRESSURE
4~WAY
REFRlGERANT
SWlTCH
HIGHPRESSURE
IGNITION

MODULE

2 SWlTCHlNG

FEEOBACK

1

iM,Z-9

IGNITlOY

MODULE

2 SWITCHING

FEEDBACK

0

EM,Z-10

AIR CONDITIONING

COMPRESSOR

0

FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE

0

CRUISE CONTROL

ON STATUS

/ Access

COMPARTMENT:&‘C

A/C UNlTiRlGHTHAND

COMPRESSOR
SIDE

GROUND

BGROUND

EM12.5
iM,Z-6
EM12-8

ENGINE

GROUND

BRAKE CANCEL

I
I
I

Location

Connector
I Type /Color
P136,I-WAYS”MlTOM0090A-TYPE,BLACK

CLUTCH

RELAYACTIVATE

SWTCH

CRUISE

CONTROL

ON , OFF SWITCH

CRUISE

CONTROL

SWITCHES

ENGINE

CONTROL

MODULE

AC4,22-WAY

MULTILOCK

47 i GREY

ACZ4!4-WAY

MULTILOCK

070 !WHITE

TOP OF BRAKE

NATURAL

REARWARD

AND WHlTE

CENTER

OF STEERING

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT!CONTROL

TRVNK,

ELtCTRlCAL

FC63

(STEERING

,O~WAY AMP MOL!

SW3 I3-WAY

WHEEL,

EPC,

BLACK

PEDAL

OF GEAR SELECTOR
WHEEL
MODULE

ENCLOSURE

B+
B+
B-

GROUND
LED

GROUND

NOT USED
SERIES iLOW
PARALLEL

SPEED FAN *CTI”*TE

(HIGHI

B+

SPEED FAN ACT,“*TE

B+

IGYITION

COIL REL*YACT,“ATE

IGNITION

MODULE

1 SWliCHlNG

lGNlTiON

MODULE

2 SWTCHING

0

IGNITION

MODULE

2 SWITCHING

0

IGNITION

MODULE

1 SWlTCHlNG

IGNITION

COlL - ,A

pi,*,

090x,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

CAMSHAFT

0

IGNITION

MODULE

2 SWlTCWlNG

IGNlTlON

COiL-

1B

P122, Z-WAY YAZAKI

mm,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

CAMSHAFT

COVER

IGNITION

MODULE

1 SWlTCHlNG

lGNlT\ON

COlL

2A

P119 i Piv*y

090x

: BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

CAMSHAFT

CO”ER

IGNITION

MODULE

1 SWlTCHlNG

COMP*RTMENT,CAMSHAFTCO”EB

IGNITION

MODULE

1 SWlTCHlNG

0

B+

‘3B’ACTl”ATE

GROUND

B-

INJECTOR

‘2B’ACTl”ATE

GROUND

B7

INJECTOR

‘4K ACTIVATE

GROUND

B+

INJECTOR

‘,A

ACTIVATE

GROUND

B+

INJECTOR

‘48’ ACTIVATE

GROUND

B-

INJECTOR

‘3N ACTIVATE

GROUND

B+

INJECTOR

‘2K ACTIVATE

GROVND

B+

lNJECTOR

‘1B’ACTI”ATE

GROUND

B-

Al31

AIR CONDlTlONlNG

I

AC4-7

LOAD INHIBIT

KS9

COMPRESSOR

I

AC%17

REFRIGERANT&WAY

CLUTCH

YAZAK,

CARRIER

COVER

Pi23,

?~W/IY YAZAKI

BLACK

COIL-W.

Pm,

P-WAY YAZAKlO9OX,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

CAMSHAFT

COVER

P124, Z-WAY YALM

090x,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

CAMSHAFT

COVER

IGNlTlON

COIL-U

PI21 ,l~WAY

YAZAKI

090x,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENTiCAMSHAFT

lGNlT,ON

COILL4B

Pi25,2~WAY

YAZAKI

090X,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMP*RTMENT,CAMSHAFTCO”ER

COIL - 28

090X,

COVER

IGNlTlON

MODULE

1

EM27,12-WAY

lGNlT,ON

POWER MODULE:

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT/BULKHEAD,

RIGHT

IGNiTlON

MODULE

- 2

EM29,12-WAY

IGNITION

POWER MODULE!

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

RADIATOR

FAN CONTROL

RADlATOR

FAN - LH

RADIATOR

FAN - RH

RELAY

LB,

MODULE

PRESSURE

SWITCH

%WAY

TRW,

ADJACENT

BLACK

LF13,

Z-WAY

WI?,

2~WAY REINSHAGEN

LB,,

G-WAY ECONOSEAL

RElNSHAGEN

BULKHEAD,

TO LEFT HAND

SIDE

HORN

METR,

630,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

METRI

530,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT/FRONT

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

111LC, BLACK

HANDSIDE

FRONT
REARWARD

OF RADlATOR

RELAYS
Relay

Inactive
D”

Active
B+,ONi

STATUS
LOAD SlGNA,

ON REOUEST
PRESSURE

YAZAK,

NATURAL
BLACK
GREEN
BLUE

COlLLBB

AIR CONDlTlONlNG

B+

0”

0”

B-

B+

0”

Cl”,*-30BARi

B- (OUT OF ACTIVE

FUEL PUMP
IGNITION

0

FVSEBOX,
FUSEBOX,
FUSEBOX,
FVSEBOX,

IGNlTlON

REFRIGERANT4-WAY

MODULE

ELECTRICAL

*-WAY

“.T.A
u T4.
U T.A
U T A

ICNlTlON

SWlTC,,

RANGE1

COMPRESSOR

CLUTCH

RELAY

LX ENCLOSURE
TRUNK

BROWN

RELAY (#4)

BROWN

BUS

BROWN

EM’Z,

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
AC12

/ Color

/ Access

Connector

RELAY

COIL RELAY

Location

Color / Stripe
BROWN

BUS
EM5 i BROWN

FUEL INJECTION
0

BTlO: 10.WAY
Bill
I ,&WAY
BT12,10-WAY
BT13,10-WAY
BT64, EYELET

TRUNK

ENGINE

lGNlTlON

iNJECTOR

AIR CONDlTlONlNG
CONTROL
v
Pin
Description
I ACbl
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH

FUSE BOX

CONTROL

Location

AC13
BT2

*O-WAY

M”LT!LOCK

EM1

20.WAY

EM2

l&WAY

EM3
LF3

14~WAY MVLTiLOCK

MODULE

ENCLOSURE

RELAYS

/ Access

FASCIA

TOP CONNECTOR

FASCIA

BOTTOM

070 /WHITE

TRUNK,

ABOVE

MULTILOCK

070,

WHITE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,AOJACENTTO

RIGHT

MULTILOCK

070,YELLOW

ENGINE

COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO

RlGHTHAND

ENCLOSURE

070,

ENGINE

COMP*RTMENT,ADJACENTTO

RIGHTHAND

ENCLOSURE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

13~WA\y ECONOSEAL

II/ K,

GREY
WHITE

MOUNTING

CONNECTOR
RIGHT

BRACKET,

MOUNTING

HAND

RlGHT

BRACKET,

REAR WHEEL

HAND

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

13WAY

ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

57.WAY

SUMlTOMO,

BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

BRKKET

ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSiON

PI2
RH1

IS-WAY

ECONOSEAL

l/l LC, BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET

ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSiON

2O~WA.Y MULTiLOCK

070,

GREY

BEHIND

GLOVE

RH2

PO-WAY MULTILOCK

070,

WHITE

REAR OF CENTER

12.WAY

MULTlLOCK

070,

GREY

RIGHT

SW,

‘I?-WAY

MULTlLOCK

040 II BLACK

JST,

CENTER

WHlTE

ENCLOSURE

BOX

SC3

INSIDE

SIDE

ENCLOSURE

LF40

HAND

SIDE
HAND

ARCH

Pll

6-WAY

RELAYS

CONNECTORS

Type I Color
20.WAY
MULTILOCK
070,WHlTE
X-WAYMULTILOCK
OX, YELLOW

SW2

ENCLOSURE

FUSE BOX

CONTROL

BROWN

RELAYS

MODULE

CONSOLE

ASSEMBLY

SIDE OF STEERING

STEERING

COLUMN

OF STEERING

COLUMN

COWL

WHEEL

GROUNDS

The following

symbols

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Freauencv

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION

Ground
BTML

Location

/ Type

EYELET

IPA,Rl

-LEFT

EMlAR

EYELET

(PAIR, - RlGHT

HAND

LEG!

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT.

RIGHT

EMZAR

EYELET

IPA,R, - RlGHT

HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT.

LEFT HAND

HAND

LEG : TRUNK,

RIGHT REAR
HAND

ENCLOSURE
ENCLOSURE

FC3BL

EYELET

(PAIRI -LEFT

HAND

LEG,

TRANSMlSSlON

LF2.u

EYELET

(PA,%

- LEFT HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

FORWARD

OF LEFT HAND

HOOD

CATCH

LFlBL

EYELET

(PA,R)

LEFT HAND

LEG,

ENGiNE

COMPARTMENT,

FORWARD

OF LEFT HAND

HOOD

CATCH

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

TUNNEL.

LEFT HAND

SIDE

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS.

CONTROL

MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL

PIN OUT INFORMATION
COMPONENTS

MODULE

Description

Active

GNlTlON
SWTCHED
POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
OKTOSTART-ENCODED
COMMUNICATIONS
BRAKE SWITCH - NOT USED
BATTERY POWER SVPPLY
BRAKE SWITCH
SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
PARK I NEUTRAL COYF,RMAT,ON
EMS CONTROLLED
RELAY ACTIVATE
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
IATS / ECTS TPS I MECHANICAL
GUARD POSITION
PEDAL POSITION COMMON
REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANlCAL
GUARD POSlTlON
‘PEDAL POSlTlON
TPS COMMON
REFERENCE VOLTAGE
GROUND
GROUND
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NEWORK
CAN NETWORK

B+
B*

Inactive
0”
B-

BGROUND

BB-

Component

Connector

BRAKE SWITCH

AC24,

CKPS: CRANKSHAFT
cMPS

CAMSHAFT

I

Bi
GROUND
Bi

5”

5v

GROUND
GROUND

GRO”4D
GROUND

POSITION

ECTS

COOLANT

TEMPERATURE

ENGiNE

CONTROL

MODULE

symbols

CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

GROUNC

GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

*i
Bi
Bi
Bi

GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
5v Q 1000 RPM = 565 Hz; 2000 RPM = 1132 HZ
5 Hz @ IDLE
GROUND

GROUND

B+
E+
B+
GROUND
E+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

(VALVE

values for Control

Module

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

ECONOSEAL

111HC,

‘B’ BANK

BLACK

CYLINDER

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT/

REAR OF ENGINE

EMlO ‘28.WAY
MULTlLOCK
040, GREY
EM,, : IS-WAY’ MULTILOCK
040 iGREY
EM12
Z2-WAY MULTILOCK
040, GREY
EM13
34.WAY MULTILOCK
040: GREY
EM14
i2-WAYM”LTlLOCK47.‘WHITE
EM,5’ZZ-WAYMULT,LOCK47,WHlTE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT:

CONTROL

E J2 II GREY

LF58,

?-WAY

ECONOSEAL

JZ I BLACK

LH FRONT

EM21

4WAY

SUMlTOMO

090 II I GREY

‘& BANK

HO-S:

HEATED

OXYGEN

SENSOR

- B UPSTREAM

EMZ,

b-WAY

SUMITOMO

1~75 2. INTAKE

AIR TEMPERATURE

SENSOR

VALVE

2

REAR

COMPARTMENT/CONTROL

070 ‘WHITE

UPSTREAM

CONTROL

HEAD,

ENGINE

MULTILOCK

OUARTER!

REARWARD

CATALYTlC

CONVERTER

CATALYTIC

CONVERTER

‘B’ BANK

POWER TIMER/BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT!‘K

BANK

III LC I BLACK

ENGINE

VEE i UNDER

INTAKE

MANIFOLD

INTAKE

MANIFOLD

-A

P126,‘2-WAY

ECONOSEAL

KS. KNOCK

SENSOR

- B

P127 ; 2~WAY ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGlNE

“EE II UNDER

AIR FLOW SENSOR

P135, B-WAY YAZAKlO902

! BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT!

BELOW

PARKING

ENGWE

COMPARTMENT,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,THRO”LE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT
RiGHT

FC19 I LUCAR

BRAKE SWTCH
AND MECHANlCAL

GUARD

Pm

SENSORS

RIGHT ANGLE

/ i-WAY

Y*ZAKI

PI33 , P-WAY TWIN

THROTTLE

MOTOR

THRO”LE

POSlTlON

VACUUM

SWlTCHlNG

VALVE

“ACUUM

SWlTCHlNG

VACUUM

SWITCHING

PIE! a-WAY

SENSOR

0902 I BL&CK
CLIP,

BLACK

S”MlTOM0

TS090,

BLACK

Z-WAY SUMITOMO

090 DC INHIBIT

1, BLUE

BEHlND

EU,

2.WAY

090 DC INHlBlT

1, BROWN

EL4,

Z-WAY YAZAKI

- 1

EL2,

VALVE

2

VALVE

- 3

SUMITOMO
090,

GREY

REARWARD

BRAKE

INTERCOOLER!

REAR

OF AIR CLEANER

LEVER
THROTTLE

ASSENlBLY
ASSEMBLY

/THROTTLE

ASSEMBLY

HAND

WHEEL

BEHIND

RIGHT HAND

WHEEL

ARCH LINER

BEHIND

RlGHT

WHEEL

ARCH LINER

HAND

ENCLOSURE

OF ROAD WHEEL

090 II i GREY

SENSOR

ENCLOSURE
TOP HOSE

MODULE

PI41 , Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR

KS: KNOCK

MASS

MODULE

ARCH LINER

Relay
MOTOR

POWER

RELAY

Color / Stripe

Connector

BROWN

EM16,

Location

/Color

CONTROL

BROWN

/ Access
MODULE

ENCLOSURE

RELAYS

CONNECTORS
Location

Connector
AC13

Type / Color
2O~WbY MULTlLOCK

070,

BT2

20.W.AY

070 ,WHlTE

ELI

B-WAY ECONOSEAL

111iC,

EM?

20.WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

LF3

,3~WAY

LF40
PI,
PI2

ISWAY

ECONOSEAL

RH1

Z&WAY

MULTILOCK

M”LT\LOCK

YELLOW

/ Access

FASClA

BOTTOM

TRUNK,

ABOYE

CONNECTOR
RlGHT

HAND

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

REAR WHEEL

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

WHITE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO

ECONOSEAL

111LC,WHITE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

IS-WAY

ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

57.WAY

SUMITOMO,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET

ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON

/II LC! BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET

ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

BEHIND

GLOVE

070,

BLACK

GREY

RIGHT

HAND

RlGHT

HAND

SIDE

ARCH

ENCLOSURE
RIGHT HAND

ENCLOSURE

ENCLOSURE
ENCLOSURE

BOX

GROUNDS
Ground

Location

EMlAL

EYELET

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

EMIAR

EYELET

IPAIR)

EMlBR

EYELET

(PAlRi

EMZAL

EYELET

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND

EM?AR

EYELET

IPAIR) - RIGHT

HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

EMlBR

EYELET

(PAIR) - RiGHT

HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT.

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

CONTROL

MODULE

I Type
RIGHT

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RlGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

- RIGHT HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

LEG,

ENGINE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

COMPARTMENT.

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

OPEN1

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

PI15 /Z-WAY

PEDAL

REAR OF BED PLATE

-A

THRO”LE

2 38” @ 20°C. DECREASING
WlTH TEMPERATURE
0 98” Q 10°C. DECREASiNG
WITH TEMPERATURE
1 2” @ IDLE, INCREASING
WlTH RPM INCREASE
0.1 - 0 9 “@ IDLE ,SWiNGi
0 1 - 0.9” Q IDLE iSWING,

are used to represent

ENGINE,

RELAYS
05”=IDLE:475”=WOT
GROUND
0.5 V = IDLE: 4.75 ” = WOT
0.5 ” = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT

SHlELD

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
IGNlTlON
SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground

111LC / BLACK

SENSOR

PARKING

ECM PROGRAMMlNG
NOT USED
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVE iy3 ACTIVATE
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVE tfl ACTIVATE
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVE #2 ACT,“ATE
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE
‘E’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
‘A’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL
CMPS,CKPS,
KNOCKSENSORS
COMMON
SHIELD
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL GROUND

The following

ECONOSEAL

OXYGEN

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

UPSTREAM
‘B’ BANK HOZS HEATER
UPSTREAM
‘A’ BANK H02.S HEATER
EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

PI17 ! Z-WAY

HEATED

EMlSSlON

/ Access

TOP OF BRAKE

WHITE

HOE

EVAPP: EVAPORATIVE

5”

070,

P,4 / 2 WAY ECONOSEAL

SENSOR

fR,D.GZr

B+
B+

MULTlLOCK

EM64,2-WAY

FAN

MAE:

NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
IATS 2 FEEDBACK
IATS FEEDBACK
MAFS FEEDBACK
‘B’ BANK H02S
‘R BANK HOX
NOT USED
NOT USED
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
HWS COMMON
SHlELD

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

SENSOR

COOLING

PEDAL POSlTlON
ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGINE CRANK
NOT USED
MECHANICAL
GUARD POSITION,
PEDAL POSITION I
TPS COMMON
REFERENCE VOLTAGE
ECT FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
lATS, ECTS, TPS, MECHANlCAL
GUARD POSITION ,
PEDAL POSITION COMMON
REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL
GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK
MECHANlCAL
GUARD POSITION!
PEDAL POSITION ,TPS
PEDAL POSlTlON
FEEDBACK
PEDAL POSITiON FEEDBACK

SENSOR

ECM ANDTCM
ENGINE

GROUND iAPPLIED,
B+ ip. N,
GROUND
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
GROUND

POSITION

Location

/ Type / Color

a-WAY

MESSAGES.

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz
MS
MV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION
COMPONENTS
Inactive
B,

Active
GROUND
B+
B-

GROUND

B+
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH
CRUlSE CONTROL ON, OFF SWITCH
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES
(STEERING
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

GROUND

FUEL
FUEL
FUEL
FUEL
FUEL
FUEL
FUEL
FUEL
FUEL
FUSE

FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE
ON STATUS

LED

FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE
INTERCOOLER

PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE

SERIES ILOWI SPEED FAN ACTIVATE
PARALLEL

iHIGH)

WHEEL)

INJECTOR - ,A
iNJECTOR - ,B
INJECTOR-2A
INJECTOR - 2B
INJECTOR -3A
INJECTOR - 38
INJECTOR-4A
INJECTOR -48
PUMPS
BOX-TRVNK

COIL RELAY ACT,“ATE

IGNITION

MODULE

1 SWlTCHlNG

IGNITION

MODULE

2 SWITCHING

IGNITION

MODULE

2 SWlTCHlNG

IGNITION

MODULE

I SWITCHING

IGNITION

MODULE

2 SWiTCHlNG

GNlTlON

MODULE

1 SWlTCHlNG

lGNlTlON

MODULE

1 SWlTCHiNG

IGNITION

MODULE

1 SWITCHING

lGNlTlON
GNlTlON
IGNlTlON

INJECTOR

‘38’ ACTIVATE

GROUND

INJECTOR

‘2B’ACTI”ATE

GROUND

INJECTOR

‘4X ACT,“ATE

GROUND

INJECTOR

‘,A’ ACTIVATE

GROUND

INJECTOR

‘48’ ACTIVATE

GROUND

INJECTOR

‘3R ACT,“ATE

GROUND

INJECTOR

‘2X ACTIVATE

GROUND

INJECTOR

‘1B’ACTl”ATE

GROUND

COlLCOILCOIL-

,A
1s
ZA

MODULE

1

AC?-,

COMPRESSORCLVTCHSTATUS

0

AC-1

AIR CONDITIONING

I

Active
B+(ONI

ELECTRICAL

AC&7

LOAD ,NHlBlT

0

AC4~9

COMPRESSOR

/

AC4-17

REFRIGERANT4~XZWAY

INTAKE
INTAKE
INTAKE
INTAKE
INTAKE
INTAKE

MANIFOLD;
MANIFOLD,
MANIFOLD
MANlFOLD,
MANIFOLD,
MANIFOLD,

FUEL
FUEL
1 FUEL
FUEL
FVEL
FUEL

MODULE

ENCLOSURE

RAIL
RAIL
RAIL
RAIL
RAli
RAIL

INTAKE MANIFOLD,
FUEL RAIL
INTAKE MANIFOLD,
FUEL RAlL
TRUNK/TOP
OF FUELTANK
TRUNK i ELECTRICAL
CARRIER

ENGINE
ENGlNE
ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,
COMPARTMENT
COMPARTMENT,

CAMSHAFT
/ CAMSHAFT
CAMSHAFT

ENGINE COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/CAMSHAFT
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT!
BULKHEAD,
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD,
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,BELOWA,R
AWACENT
TO LEFT HAND HORN
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,
FRONT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,
FRONT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/REARWARD

COVER
COVER
COVER
COVER
COVER
COVER
COVER
COVER
RIGHT HAND SIDE
LEFT HAND SIDE
CLEANER

OF RADlATOR

RELAYS
Relay

AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL
V
Pin
Description

A/C COMPRESSOR
SIDE

TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
REARWARD
OF GEAR SELECTOR
CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT!
CONTROL

P123! Z-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK
P120, I-WAY YAZAKl 090x,
BLACK
Pi24 i 2WAY YAZAKl 090X , BLACK
PI21 , ?-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK
P125,2-WAY
YAZAKI 090X, BLACK
EM27,15-WAY
lGNlTlON
POWER MODULE,
BLACK
EM29! 1%WAY lGNlTlON
POWER MODULE,
BLACK
EM75,2-WAY
AUGAT 1.6, BLACK
LF9, S-WAY TRW, BLACK
LF13, Z-WA, REINSHAGEN
METRI 630: BLACK
LF12, P-WAY RElNSHAGEN
METR! 630, BLACK
LF5.7, S-WAY ECONOSEAL
111LC, BLACK

IGNiTlON
COIL - ZB
IGNITION COIL-3A
lGNlT,DN
COlL
38
IGNlTlON
COIL-W
!GNlTlON
COIL
48
IGNITION MODULE - 1
IGNlTlON
MODULE - 2
,NTERCOOLER
PUMP
RADlATOR
FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE
RADIATOR FAN
LH
RADIATOR FAN
RH
REFRIGERANT.&WAY
PRESSURE SWTCH

/ Access

ENGINE COMPARTMENT,
NC “NIT,
RIGHT HAND

090 A-TYPE, BLACK
47, GREY
47 I GREY
47 I GREY
471 GREY
070 / WHlTE
NATURAL
AND WHITE
040 I GREY
GREY
040, GREY
040: GREY
47 I WHITE
47, WHlTE
POWER TlMER I BLACK
PCWER TlMER,
BLACK
POWER TIMER i BLACK
POWER TlMER!
BLACK
POWER TlMER,
BLACK

IJ9 ! ?-WAY AMP J”NlOR
POWER TIMER, BLACK
136/Z-WAYAMPJUNlOR
POWERTIMER,BLACK
lJlO!Z.WAYAMPJ”NlOR
POWERTIMER,
BLACK
ST55 P-WAY
SUMlTOMO
DLOBil, NATURAL
BTlO: IO-WAY “.T A. FUSEBOX,
NATURAL
BTll , IO-WAY “.T.A
FUSEBOX,
BLACK
ST,*,
ID-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX,
GREEN
BT13, IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX,
BLUE
BT64, EYELET
PIIS, P-WAY YAZM
090X i BLACK
P122,1WAY
Y*zAKlo9cJx,
BLACK
P119, ?-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK

SPEED FAN ACTIVATE

IGNITION

Location

/ Type I Color

P136, ,WAY
SUMlTOMO
AC,, 26.WAY MULTILOCK
AC2, ,&WAY
MULTlLOCK
AC3 : 12.WAY MULTlLOCK
AC4,22-WAY
MULTILOCK
AC24 I4-WAY MULTILOCK
FC63 I_IO-WAY AMP MC%,
SW3, &WAY EPC, BLACK
EMlO IZ8~WAY MULTILOCK
EM,, :,G-WAYM”LTlLOCK040,
EM,2 i22~WAY MULTlLOCK
EM13!34-WAY
MULTliOCK
EM14,12-WAY
MULTILOCK
EM15 / Z-WAY
MULTiLOCK
IJ3, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR
lJ7 1/Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR
IJ4i Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR
IJ8 i Z-WAY AMP JUNlOR
IJ5 I Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR

COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
CONTROL MODULE

GROUND

GROUND

CRUISE CONTROL

Connector

Component
AIR CONDlTlONlNG
AIR CONDlTlONlNG

AIR CONDlTlONlNG
COMPRESSOR
FUEL INJECTION
RELAY
FUEL PVMP I RELAY W,
FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY
IGNITION COIL RELAY
INTERCOOLER
PUMP RELAY

Inactive
0”
0”

LOAD SIGNAL

CLUTCH

RELAY

Color / Stripe

Connector

BROWN
BROWN
BROWN
BROWN
BROWN

BUS
EMS,

BROWN

BUS
BT51,
EM26,

BROWN
BROWN

BROWN

EM31,

BROWN

/ Color

Location

/ Access

LH ENCLOSURE
RELAYS
CONTROL
MODULE ENCLOSURE
TRUNK FUSE BOX
TRUNK RELAYS
CONTROL
MODULE ENCLOSURE

RELAYS

RELAYS

LHD: CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
RHD: RH ENCLOSURE
RELAYS

RELAYS

B+
CLUTCH

ON REQUEST
PRESSURE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

0”
SWlTCH

B+ iOUT OF ACTIVE

RANGE)

CONNECTORS

Connector

Type / Color

AC12
AC13
.8T2
EM,
EM2
EM3
IJ1
iJ2
LF3
LF40
PI1
PI2
RH,
RH2

Z-WAY
ZO~WAY
IO-WAY
ZO~WAY
IO-WAY
14~WAY
1%WAY
1G~WAY
13.WAY
l%WAY
ST-WAY
IS~WAY
Z&WAY
20.WAY

SC3
SW1
SW2

12.WAY M”LT,LOCK
1%WAY MULTILOCK
B-WAY JST , WHlTE

MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTlLOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
AUGAT 1.6,
AUGAT 1 6,
ECONOSEAL
ECONOSEAL
SUMITOMO,
ECONOSEAL
MULTlLOCK
MULTILOCK

Location

/ Access

070,WHITE
070, YELLOW
070, WHITE
070, WHITE
070 /YELLOW
070, GREY
BLKK
BLACK
11,LCiWHlTE
111LC, BLACK
BLACK
111LC, BLACK
070, GREY
070 /WHITE

FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR
MOUNTlNG
BRACKET,
RIGHT HAND SIDE
FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
RIGHT HAND SiDE
TRUNK /ABOVE
RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,
ADJACENT
TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENTiADjACENTTO
RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO
RIGHTHAND
ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,
FORWARD OF INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/FORWARD
OF ,NTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,
BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMlSSlON
ENGiNE COMPARTMENT,
BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

070,
040,

RiGHT HAND SiDE OF STEERING COLUMN
INSIDE STEERING COLUMN
COWL
CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

GREY
BLACK

GROUNDS

The following

symbols

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

to aid the user in understanding

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
circuit operation.

KHz
MS
MV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

Ground

Location

BTZAL
EMlAR
EM2AR
FCBBL
LF?AL
LF2BL

EYELET (PAIR1 - LEFT HAND LEG!
EYELET IPAIR) - RlGHT HAND IEG,
EYELET (PAIRI
RlGHT HAND LEG,
EYELET iPAIR,
LEFT HAND LEG,
EYELET (PAIR1 - LEFT HAND LEG,
EYELET iPAiR - LEFT HAND LEG,

CONTROL

MODULE

I Type
TRUNK. RIGHT REAR
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,
ENGINE COMPARTMENT.
TRANSMlSSiON
TUNNEL,
ENGINE COMPARTMENT.
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,

PIN OUT INFORMATION

RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
LEFT HAND SIDE
FORWARD OF LEFT WAND HOOD CATCH
FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

SHOULD BE USED FOR
+

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS.

RELAYS.

CONTROL

MODULE

TRANSMISSION

PIN OUT INFORMATION

CONTROL

MODULE:

AJ26 N/A

COMPONENTS

Description
PRESSURE

Active

REGULATOR

C2

SPORT MODE SWITCH

STATUS

LEO

GROUND

,MAXlM”M

GROUND

= LED ON

PRESSURE1

Inactive

Component

Connector

B- ,NO PRESSURE1

D - 4 SWITCH

FC83,

Z-WA”

ST

GEAR SELECTOR

RX8

IO-WAY

ILLUMlNATlON

PRESSURE

REGULATOR

tS

GROUND

IMAXIMUM

PRESSURE,

B- iNO PRESSURE,

MODE SWITCH

PRESSURE

REGULATOR

il

GROUND

iMAXlM”M

PRESSURE,

B- iN0

TRANSMlSSlON

CONTROL

GROUND

TRANSMlSSiON

ELECTRICAL

TRANSMlSSlON

ROTARY

‘L2’ CONTACTS

B-

GROUND

‘L& CONTACTS

B-

GROUND

STRATEGY

GROUYD

SELECT

TURBINE

= SPORT

OUTPUT

SPEED SEWOR

OUTPUT

SPEED SENSOR

SHlELD

SENSOR

FLUID TEMPERATURE

SENSOR

TURBINE

SPEED SENSOR

BA”ERY

POWER SUPPLY

ROTARY

‘D~4:

N’A

SWITCH

AMP M0L

EM7

BOSCH

88~WAY

FRONT

BLACK

EM46

16.WAY

KOSTAL,

EM47

10.WAY

REINSHAGEN

ENGINE

BLACK
MPLSO,

BLACK

ASSEMBLY,

REAR

OF GEAR SELECTOR

REARWARD

I BLACK

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

GROUND

GROUND

Type I Color

GROUND

GROUND

AC12

2O~WAY MULTILOCK

070,

WHITE

FASCIATOP

EM1

Z&WAY

M”LTlLOCK

070

WHITE

ENGINE

COMP*RTMENT

ASSEMBLY

OF GEAR SELECTOR

COMPARTMENT,

CONTROL

TRANSMISSION,

LEFT H*ND

TRANSMISSION,

RIGHT

HAND

MODULE

ENCLOSURE

SlDE
SIDE

CONNECTORS

EM3

14.WAY

MULTILOCK

070 ‘GREY

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT:AOJACENTTO

Location

/ Access
CONKECTOR

MOVNTING
ADJACENTTO

BRACKET,‘RlGHT

HAYD

SlOE

RIGHT HAND

ENCLOSURE

RIGHT H*ND

ENCLOSURE

FEEDBACK

SH,ELO

GROUND

GROUNDS

B-

KICK DOWN

Ad26

FC35,10-WAY

/ Access

GEAR SELECTOR

070 /WHITE

Connector

YOT USED
FLUID TEMPERATURE

CONNECTOR,

MULTILOCK

B.

300 Hz @ IDLE 12 5 Vi

SPEED SEYSOR

A.,26 WA

070 i YELLOW

9 V = NORMAL

GROUND

4 SWlTCH

MODULE

GROUND

ROTARY SWITCH
D

(TRANSMISSION)

GROUND

ROTARY SWITCH

SPORT MODE SWiTCH

PRESSVRE,

MODULE

Location

I Type I Color
MULTlLOCK

SWITCHES

COMMON

GROUUD

GROUND

PRESSURE

REGULATOR&2

B- iN0

Ground

Location

SOLENOID

VALVE II

B-

EMIAL

EYELET

IPAIR,

SOLENOID

VALVE #3

B-

EMlAL

EYELET

iPAiR1 - LEFT HAND

SOLENOID

VALVE #2

B+

FCSBR

EYELET

(PAIR,

GROUND

PRESSURE,

/ Type
LEFT HAND
RIGHT

HAND

LEG ‘ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

LEG,

COMPARTMENT.

LEFT HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

TRANSMISSION

TUNNEL,

HAND

ENCLOSURE
ENCLOSVRE

LEFT HAND

SIDE

GROUND

ROTARY

SWITCH

‘L,’ CONTACTS

GROUND

ROTARY

SWITCH

I3

GROUND

TURBINE

SPEED SENSOR

0”TP”T

SPEED SENSOR

CONTACTS

SPORT MODE SWITCH

STRATEGY

PRESSURE

REGULATOR

SOLENOID

VALVES

PRESSURE

REGULATORS

SELECT

GROUND

f5

B- iN0

COMMON

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

= NORMAL
PRESSURE)

B-

SUPPLY

COMMON

CONTROL

B+

SUPPLY

IGNITION

SWITCHED

POWER SUPPLY

GROVND

IGNITION

SWITCHED

POWER SUPPLY

GROUND

CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK

GEAR SELECTOR
v

ILLUMINATION

MODULE

Pin
FC88-1

IGNITION

C

FC88-3

CAN NETWORK

c

FC88~4

CAN NETWORK

15-l5&3HiQ25”

I

FC88-6

GROUND

GROUND

C

FC88-8

CAN NETWORK

15-1500HZ@2.5”

C

FC88~9

CAN NETWORK

15-1500

Description
SWITCHEO

POWER SUPPLY

symbols

CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

GROUND

D
C
S

GROUND
Hr@2.5V

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground

Inactive

St
15-,sooHzQ25”

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

The following

Active

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

MESSAGES.

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION
MODULE
7
Pin
Description
I FC88-1
lGNlTlON
SWITCHED
POWER
SUPPLY
c FC88-3
CANNETWORK
c FC884
CANNETWORK
I FC88-6
GROUND
c FC88Z
CANNETWORK
c FC88~9
CANNETWORK
TRANSMISSION
-.
/ ’ Pin
c EM,* L
c EM,*-H
I EM72-12

CONTROL

MODULE:

0

EM72-13

SPEED SENSOR

EM72~14

‘1~2

0

EM,*-l5

‘3-C SOLENOID

4-5’

COMMON

SOLENOID

EM72 16

‘2~3’ SOLENOID

ACTIVATE

EM72~17

KC

ACTIVATE

0

EM72-33

SPEED SENSOR

EM72-34

FLUID TEMP

EM72~35

“3 SPEED SENSOR

SOLENOID

0

EM,*-36

MODULATION

VOLTAGE

0

EM72~37

SHIFT PRESSURE

0

EM,*-38

SOLENOID

SUPPLY

GROUND
COMMON

GROUND

REGULATOR

ACTIVATE

ACTIVATE
REGULATOR

COMMON

VOLTAGE

SUPPLY

42% PWM @ IDLE)

GROUND

t 39% PWM @ IDLE1

GROUND
GROUND

= R, D, 4.3

SWITCH

VOLTAGE

ENCODED

GEAR RECOGNlTlON

GROVND

= N, D. 4.2

LINEAR

SWITCH

VOLTAGE

ENCODED

GEAR RECOGNITION

GROUND

= N. 4.3.2

DUAL LINEAR

SWITCH

VOLTAGE

ENCODED

GEAR RECOGNiilON

GROUND

= P, D, 3.2

SUPPLIED

VOLTAGE

DUAL LINEAR

SWITCH

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

symbols

CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

TRANSMlSSlON

CONTROL

TRANSMlSSlON

ELECTRICAL

MODULE

CONNECTOR:

ACZS/?-WAYiECONOSEAL1IILCIBLACK

“NDER

ACCELERATOR

FC35,

REARWARD

MULTlLOCK

IO~WAY AMP MOL,
14.WAY
18.WAY

GBi ,13-WAY

A.,26 SC

/ Access
SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR,

OF GEAR SELECTOR

EMX!,
EM73:

AJ26 SC

LEFT HAND

GREY

070iWHlTE
BLACK

AMP JUNIOR
AMP JUNIOR
KOSTAL

POWER TIMER!
POWER TIMER!

ENGINE

BLACK
BLACK

CENTER

CONSOLE

ASSEMBLY

PEDAL

OF GEAR SELECTOR

COMPARTMENT/CONTROL

MODULE

ENCLOSURE

TRANSMlSSlON

1 5 I BLACK

GROUND

SUPPLY

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
comPonents connected and fitted. “Active”

/ Access

070! WHlTE

FASCIA

TOP CONNECTOR

EM1

20 WAY MULTlLOCK

070,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT:

EM2

?&WAY

MULTlLOCK

070 /YELLOW

ENGINE

EM3

Id-WAY

MVLTlLOCK

070,

ENGINE

GE

12~WAY AUGAT

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT!

1.5,

WHlTE
GREY

BLACK

MOUNTING

BRACKET

ADJACENTTO

i RlGHT

HAND

SIDE

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

COMP~RIMENT,ADJACENTTO

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

BRACKET

ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

GROUNDS
(PAIR,

LEFT HAND

LEG,

ENGfNE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

BB-

EMWL

EYELET

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

FCBBL

EYELET

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND

LEG /TRANSMISSION

LEFT HAND

SIDE

GROUND

FCBBR

EYELET

(PAIRI - RIGHi

CONTROL

MODULE

/ Type

HAND

LEG,

TUNNEL,

TRANSMISSION

PIN OUT INFORMATION

TUNNEL,

HA.ND ENCLOSURE

LEFT HAND

SIDE

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

BT = R. N. 4
GROUND
GROUND

MESSAGES.

Pin Out data:

communications

on this data page is furnished

Location

20 WAY MULTILOCK

Location

B- = P, R, 3

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

Module

CONNECTORS

Type / Color

BL = P

8”=R,D

GROUND

values for Control

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
AC12

B- = P. N, 2

BCOMMON

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground

URANSMiSSlON,

070,

FRONT

FC88,10-WAY

MODULE

SWITCH

MODE SWITCH

MULTILOCK

EYELET

B- c< WOTi

t= WOTj

GEAR RECOGNITION

D”AL

IGNlTlON

ILLUMINATION

Location

I Type / Color

72.WAY

EMlAL

0 v = SPORT, 0 ” = NORMAL
ENCODED

DUAL LINEAR

KM!

The following

GROUND,
B+

SWITCH
VOLTAGE

FC100:

Ground

5”=85HI~,0MPH,16KPHI;170Hr@20MPH~32XPHi
(‘2’ SELECTED
‘2’ ENGAGED)

REGULATOR

SWITCH

= LOCKED

1.75 v Q 90’ c = R, D, 4.3.2

SPORT MODE SWlTCH
DUAL LlNEAR

B+
B+
BB- = UNLOCKED
GROUND
S”=P.N

GROUND

FEEDBACK

VALVE i PRESSURE

KICKDOWN

Inactive

Active

FEEDBACK

PRESSURE

Connector
SWITCH

AJ26 SC

: FLUID TEMP. SENSOR

SENSOR

LINEAR

K,CKDOWN

ACTIVATE

D

DUAL

GROUND

ACTIVATE

0

Component

GROUND

GEAR SELECTOR

Description
CANNEWORK
CANNETWORK
n2SPEED
SENSOR
FEEDBACK

0

1

COMPONENTS
Inactive

B+
V
Hz

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

at the
those that can be expected
means a load is applied or a switch

control

circuit operation.
module

is ON; “Inactive”

connector

KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION
pins

with

all

circuit

means a load is not applied

SHOULD BE USED FOR

connections
made and all
or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION
COMPONENTS

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
;J
Pin
Description
FC14-15
IGNITION SWITCHED
I

FC14-32

IGNITION

0

FC14-48

GEARSHIFT

0

FC14~5,

KEY LOCK SOLENOID

I

FC14-58

NOT-IN-PARK

I

FC14~80

BAKERY

S

FC14-84

SCP NETWORK

S

FC14-85

SW NETWORK

I

FC14-104

LIGHTING,

Inactive

Active

SWITCHED

GROUND

SUPPLY

GROUND

GROUND

SUPPLY

GROUND

lNTERLOCK

SOLENOID

SUPPLY

POWER SUPPLY

BODY PROCESSOR

GROUND

B- ,GEARSHIFT

SUPPLY
,LOGlC,

GROUND

FREE)

BL (KEY CAPTIVE,

GROUND

GROUND

B+ (PARK)

iR.N.D.4.3.21

,GEARSHlFT

LOCKED)

ENGINE

CONTROL

GEARSELECTOR

2-1500HZ
BA”ERY

POWER SUPPLY

B+

B,

GEARSHIFT

Inactive
53,

Active

I

EM10-10

BRAKE SWITCH

GROUND

EM10~28

CAN NETWORK

1551500HZ

c

EM,O-27

CAN NETWORK

15-1500Hr

c

FC88-9

CAN NETWORK

MAJOR
D

ILLUMINATION

CAN NEWORK

S

Pin
FCE-19

S
c
c

PACK

Fc?S-20

SW NETWORK

2 - ,600

FCZ524

CAN NEWORK

15

1500 Hi

FCZS-47

CAN NETWORK

15

1500 Hz

MULTlLOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
M”LTlLOCK47

FC88,

IO-WAY

MULTILOCK

FIX?,

Z~WAY MVLTILOCK

SC, II 12.WAY

SWlTCHGEARi

MULTILOCK

FC25 ! 489fvAY
FC26 i Z&WAY

PACK

FC87 : 3.WAY

MICROSWTCH

040, GREY
040 i GREY
040, GREY
WI! GREY
/WHITE
: WHlTE

ENGINE

070 i WHlTE

FRONT

i CONTROL

OF GEAR SELECTOR

GEAR SELECTOR

070,

STEERING

WHITE

AIRBAG

BRACKET

PEDAL

COMPARTMENT

070 /WHITE

AMP PCB SGNAL:
AMP PCB SIGNAL
MVLTILOCK

TOP OF BRAKE

WHITE

MODULE

ENCLOSURE

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

COLUMN

FASCIA

BLXK
i BLACK

GEAR SELECTOR

070 ,’ WHITE

ASSEMBLY

CONNECTORS
Location

/ Access

Connector
AC13

Type / Color
20.WAY

MULTILOCK

070 /YELLOW

FASC,A

BOFFOM

EM,

20.WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

ENG,NE

COMPARTMENT/ADJACENT

WHITE

D
C
S

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

Ground

Location

FC2BR

EYELET

IPAIR) -RIGHT

HAND

LEG,

RIGHT

FC3BR

EYELET

(PAIR, - RlGHT

HAND

LEG,

TRANSMISSION

FC4BR

EYELET

IPAIR)

HAND

LEG,

LEFT HAND

CONTROL

Hz

CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

TO RIGHT HAND

RIGHT

HAND

SIDE

ENCLOSURE

/ Type

RIGHT

HAND

‘A’ POST
TUNNEL.

LEFT HAND

SIDE

‘A’ POST

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGEI

t-

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

are used to represent

CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

EM,0 : zsw*\y
EM,, / IS-WAY
EM12
Z-WAY
EM,3,34-WAY
EM14 / 12.WAY
EM15
22.WAY

/ Access
SIDE FASCIA,

Inactive

Active
2-1600H2

Input
output
Signal Ground

iCOLUMN

070,

Location
PASSENGER

GROUNDS

Description

symbols

NOT-IN-PARK

I Type I Color
AMP EEECIGREY

Inactive

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

I
0
SG

MODULE

SW NETWORK

The following

SOLENOID

MODVLE

SOLENOID

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

Description
CANNETWORK
CANNETWDRK

INSTRUMENT

lLL”MlNATlDN

,NTERLOCK

MA.JOR lNSTR”MENT

c

Pin
FC88-4
FC88-3
FC88~8

MODULE

(KEY RELEASED)

2 - ,600 HZ

MOTORS

704.WAY

AC24 ! 4~WAY MULTILOCK

B-

B+

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
7
Pin
Description

;;;i
c
c
c

FCld;

MODULE

BRAKE SWITCH

KEYLOCK

GEAR SELECTOR

Connector

Component

MESSAGES.

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

to aid the user in understanding

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
circuit

operation.

KHz
MS
MV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

ABS /TRACTION
CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
\I
Pin
Description
0 LF37-1
BRAKE
FLUIDRESERVOIR
LEVEL
SWITCH
REFERENCE
LKw2
BRAKE
SWlTCH
LF37-3
RHFRONT
WHEEL
SPEED
SENSOR
SG LF37-4
RHFRONT
WHEEL
SPEED
SENSOR
c LF37~5
CANNETWORK
SG LF37~6
RHREAR
WHEEL
SPEED
SENSOR
I LF37-7
RHREAR
WHEEL
SPEED
SENSOR
LF37-8
GROUND
LF379
EATERYPOWER
SUPPLY
LF37-10
NOTUSED
LF37-l,
NOT“SE0
/ LF37-13
BRAKE
FLUIDRESERVOIR
LEVEL
SWiTCH
STABILITY,

TRACTION

CONTROL

SWATCH

CONTROL

SWlTCH

COMPONENTS
Inactive
E+
B+

Connector

Component
AES /TRACTION
BRAKE FLUID

CONTROL

CONTROL

MODULE

RESERVOlR

BRAKE SWTCH

AMP

EM37 / Z-WAY

AMP JUNIOR

AC24,

MULTILOCK

I TRACTION

BLACK
POWER TIMER,

BLACK

E+

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

LEO

Location / Access
FASClABOTTOM CONNECTOR

Ei

TRUNK,

LH FRONT WHEEL

SPEED SENSOR

REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY,

LEFT HAND

REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY,

RIGHT

NOT USED
GROUND

POWER SUPPLY

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

ABOVE

REAR WHEEL

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO

ENGINE

COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTOAlR

GROUND

LEFT HAND

ES+

BEHIND

MESSAGES.

RIGHT HAND

MOUNTING
BRACKET,

SPEED SENSOR

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

FRONT

LEFT

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BRAKE

BOOSTER

ENCLOSURE

PEDAL

CONNECTORS

LH FRONT WHEEL

BATTERY

COMPARTMENT,

TOP OF BRAKE

070 I WHITE

/ Access

ENGINE

B-

B+
STATE

HYBRID,

GROUtiD

CAN NETWORK
STABILITY

I-WAY

Location

/ Type / Color

LF37 i E-WAY

LEFT HAND

‘K POST CONNECTOR

GLOVE

RIGHT

HANDSIOE

ARCH

HAND

SlDE
SIDE

ENCLOSURE
ENGINE

COMPARTMENT

FUSE BOX

CLEANER
MOUNTlNG

BRACKET,

‘4’ POST TRIM

BOX

GROUNDS
Ground
FClER
FC4BR
LFSAS
CONTROL

Location / Type
EYELET
PAIR,- RIGHTHANDLEG,RIGHTHAND‘K POST
EYELET
,PAlR,- RIGHT HANDLEG, LEFTHAND‘N POST
EYELET

MODULE

ISINGW,ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

PIN OUT INFORMATION

FORWARD

OF LEFT HAND

HOOD CATCH

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following

symbols

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

Module

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
connected and fitted. “Active”

COmPOnentS

values for Control

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS.

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
\I
Pin
Description
0
ACM
DEFROST
VENTSERVO
MOTOR
0

COMPONENTS
B+

AC,-7

CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR

0

ACM

LH FRESH i RECIRCULATION

VENT MOTOR

B+

0

ACE

RH FRESH,

RECIRCULATION

VENT MOTOR

B-

0

AC1~12

FOOTWELL

VENT SERVO MOTOR

0

AC,-13

COOL AIR BYPASS

0

AC,-19

DEFROST

0

ACb20

CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR

0

AC,-21

LH FRESH I RECIRCULATION

VENTSERVO

MOTOR

B-

0

AC,-22

RH FRESH ‘RECIRCULATION

VENT SERVO MOTOR

P,-

0

NY-25

FOOnvELL

0

AC1~26

COOL AIR BYPASS

L
B-

VENT SERVO MOTOR

BB-

SERVO MOTOR

B-

SERVO MOTOR

AC2-1

SOLAR SENSOR

AC2 2

CENTER VENT POTENTIOMETER

ACZ-3

RH FRESH:

AC-5

COOL AIR BYPASS

BA

FEEDBACK

0 75 ” - 4.75 “: INCREASiNG

RECIRCULATION

FEEDBACK
VENT POTENTIOMETER

VENT POTENTIOMETER

ACX

ENGINE

DEFROSTVENT

ACZ-11

LH FRESH,

AC*-13

FOOTWELLVENT

0

AC-2

CLOCK

D

AC3~3

SERIAL

I

AK-5

AMBIENT

I

AC36

HEATER

D

AC-7

SERfAL DATA INPUT

0

AC38

START

I

AK-11

IN CAR TEMPERATURE

I

AX-12

EVAPORATOR

AC4-1

IGNITION

AC4-2

ISOLATE

AC4-3

IGNITION

AC4-4

CONTROL

AC4-5

BATTERY

AC46

ENGINE

0

B+

VENT SERVO MOTOR

AC*-10

Inactive
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”

Active

FEEDBACK

FEEDBACK

COOLANTTEMPERATURE
REClRCULATlON

FEEDBACK

POTENTIOMETER

FEEDBACK

FEEDBACK

CONTROL

PANEL

TO CONTROL

PANEL

SENSOR

FEEDBACK

TEMPERATURE
MATRIX

TEMPERATURE

SENSOR

FROM CONTROL

FEEDBACK

CENTER

AIR INT*KE

- RH BLOWER

NC “NIT

AMBIENTTEMPERATURE
ASPIRATOR
SOLAR

8 HEATER

TEMPERATURE

SWITCHED

SENSOR

AlC “NIT!

MATRlXASSEMBLY

A/C “NIT

VENT ASSEMBLY

Relay
AIR CONDlTlONlNG

SWITCHED

BATTERY

c 1”

RIGHT

SIDE

HAND

HORN

LEFT HAND

SIDE
ADJACENT

TO DEFROST

“EN7

‘TOP

ISOLATE

RELAY

Color / Stripe

Connector

BLACK,

FC24,“IOLET

VIOLET

/ Color

Location
RH FASCIA

I Access
RELAYS

= CLOSED

>35”=OPEN

< 1 V = CLOSED

>35”=OPEN

< 1 V = CLOSED

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector

CONNECTORS
Location

Type / Color

/ Access
CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

RIGHT HAND

SiDE

FASCIA

BOTTOM

CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

RlGHT

HAND

SIDE

2.18 V Q 25’ C; DECREASING

WITH TEMPERATURE

FASCIA

BO”OM

CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

RIGHT HAND

SIDE

2 25 V @ WC:

WITH TEMPERATURE

FASCIA

BOTTOM

CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

RIGHT HAND

SIDE

DECREASlNG

‘K POST CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,‘A’POSTTRlM

0”

3 25 V Q 0” C, DECREASING

WlTH TEMPERATURE

3 25 “Q

WITH TEMPERATURE

O’C, DECREASING

GROUNDS

POWER SUPPLY

GROUND

PANEL BATERY

SIDE

HAND

WITH TEMPERATURE

= OPEN

POWER SUPPLY

RELAY CONTROLLED

LEFT HAND
IRIGHT

DRIVER SIDE FASCIA!

SENSOR

LEFT HAND

FEEDBACK

SIDE

DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER

PANEL

FEEDBACK

HAND

CONSOLE

ADJACENTTO

SENSOR

ASSEMBLY

EVAPORATOR

/ Access

N/c “NIT/RIGHT

GREY
GREY
GREY
GREY

RELAYS

LOAD

B+ (MOMENTARY!
SENSOR

47:
47,
47,
47,

A/C “NlT,

FASCIATOP
DATA OUTPUT

Location

/ Type / Color
MULTILOCK
MULTlLOCK
MULTlLOCK
MVLTlLOCK

- LH BLOWER

< 1 ” = CLOSED
DECREASING

AC,, 26.WAY
AC2, IS-WAY
AC3,12-WAY
AC4,22-WAY

A,R INTAKE

>35”.OPEN

POWER SUPPLY

POWER SUPPLY

0”

Ground

Location

0”

FC2BR

EYELET

(PAIR) -RIGHT

/ Type

B+

FCSCS

EYELET

(SINGLE,,

0”

FC4BR

EYELET

(PAIR) -RIGHT

HAND

LEG,

TRANSMISSION
HAND

LEG,

RIGHT HAND
TUNNEL.

‘A’ POST

LEFT HAND

LEFT HAND

SIDE

‘N POST

B+

SPEED SlGNAL

AC4-8

POTENTIOMETER

.x4-10

SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS

INPUT

0

AC4~12

CONTROL

POWER SUPPLY

/x4-13

GROUND

0

AW14

CONTROL

0

AC4~15

ISOLATE

RELAY ACTIVE

B+

AC4-16

VEHICLE

SPEED SIGNAL

22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KM/H,,

0

AC4-18

ASPIRATOR

0

At%19

POTENTlOMETER

AW20

GROUND

ACI-21

SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS

symbols

AIR CONDITIONING

35”=OPEN

> 3.5”

VENT POTENTIOMETER

AIR CONDITIONING

,35”=OPEN

2.5 V @ WC,

POTENTIOMETER

WITH SOLAR

Connector

Component

COMMON

PANEL BATTERY
PANEL GROUND

MOTOR

REFERENCE

SUPPLY

POWER SUPPLY

COMMON

REFERENCE

CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

GROUND

5”

CONTROL
+

B+

B-

0”

0”

0”

0”

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

0”
44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H,

@ B+

B-

0”

0”

0”

0”

0”

OUTPUT

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground

VOLTAGE

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

communications

to

aid

the

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

user

in understanding

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
circuit

operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected
at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied
or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS.

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
‘7
Pin
Description

COMPONENTS

AICCM

LOAD INHlBlT

AlCCM

ELECTRICAL

AiCCM

COMPRESSOR

CLUTCH

4-WAY REFRIGERANT

SWITCH

4-WAY

LOAD SIGNAL
BEClUES
HIGH PRESSURE

REFRIGERANTSWITCH

AIR CONDlTlONlNG

HIGH PRESSURE

COMPRESSOR

RELAY ACTI’$ATE

Active

Inactive

Component

GROUND

B7

AIR CONDITIONING

COMPRESSOR

B+

GROUND

AIR CONDITIONING

CONTROL

BA

GROVNO

GROUND

0 20 BAR ,290 PSli

GROUND

@ 12 BAR 1174 PSI,

GROUND

B-

0

EMIS-

SERIES ILOW) SPEED FAY ACTIVATE

0

GROUND

B-

EM13-16

PARALLEL

GROUND

B7

IHIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE

AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL
I
Pin
Description
COMPRESSOR

Active
STATUS

RELAY ACTIVE

LH ,‘RH WINDSHIELD
DOOR MIRROR
LH BLOWER
HEATER
HEATED

HEATER

HEATER

MOTOR

PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE
BACKLIGHT

RELAY ACTIVATE

ACZ-7

RHBLOWERSPEEDFEEDBACK

*CT*-8

RH BLOWER

SPEED CONTROL

090 HYBRlD

! GREEN

A/C “NIT,

SUMITOMO

090 HYBRID

i GREEN

ENGlNE

CONTROL

A/C “NIT,
RIGHT HAND
ENGINE COMPARTMENT

MlRROR

1

AC2-15

LH BLOWER

SPEED FEEDBACK

At216

LH BLOWER

SPEED CONTROL

DRIVE SIGNAL

0.83”

AC3-1

AIR CONDITIONING

I

ACS-7

LOAD INHIBIT

ELECTRICAL

AC4-9

COMPRESSOR

1

Awl,

REFRIGERANTCWAY

CLUTCH

ELECTRICAL

BACKLIGHT,

RIGHT

CARRIER

HAND

SIDE

RH17;L”CAIR

RIGHTANGLE
ECONOSEAL

111LC / BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BULKHEAD,

LEFT HAND

SIDE

ECONOSEAL

111LC, WHITE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BULKHEAD,

LEFT HAND

SIDE

DD8,

MULTlLOCK

040,

BLUE

DRIVER DOOR

MULTILOCK

040,

BLUE

PASSENGER

DRIVER
FAN CONTROL

= LOW SPEED

0.83”

RADlATOR

FAN - RH

0 ” = HIGH SPEED

REFRIGERANT4~WAY
WINDSHIELD

,l~WAY

DPB,

RADlATOR

= LOW SPEED

PRESSURE

HEATER
HEATER

LF9,

RELAY MODULE

SWITCH

,*-WAY
&WAY

TRW,

ADJACENT

BLACK

LF13,

Z-WAY

REINSHAGEN

LF12,

&WAY

REINSHAGEN

LF57,

&WAY

ECONOSEAL

DOOR
TO LEFT HAND

HORN

METRI

630,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

FRONT

METRI

630,

BLACK

ENGINE

111LC, BLACK

COMPARTMENT,

FRONT

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

REARWARD

COMPARTMENT,
COMPARTMENT,

- LH

EM49,

Z-WAY AMP SERIES

187C,

GREY

ENGINE

- RH

EM48,

Z-WAY AMP SERIES

18X,

GREY

ENGINE

OF RADIATOR

RELAYS

0”
BT ,O”T

TRUNK,

NATURAL
/ BLACK
GREEN
BLUE

LEFT FRONT

EM43,2-WAY

1.3”

SWlTCH

FUSEBOX,
FUSEBOX
FUSEBOX,
FUSEBOX!

COMPARTMENT!

ENCLOSURE

EM41 /Z-WAY

7 5”

ON REQUEST
PRESSURE

“.T A.
U.T.A.
U T.A
U TA.

ENGlNE

i NATURAL
BLACK
GREEN
BLUE

MODULE

BACKLIGHT

FAN - LH

B+

0

FUSEBOX
FUSEBOX!
FUSEBOX,
FUSEBOX,

SIDE
I CONTROL

PUMP

RADIATOR

0”

U.T.A.
U.T.A.
U.T.A.
UT A.

040, GREY
040 i GREY
0401 GREY
040: GREY
47 {WHITE
47 /WHITE

SIDE

HEATER

0 ” = HIGH SPEED

LOAD SlGNAL

MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK

COMPRESSOR
SIDE

HEATED

WlNDSHlELD
0

LF5,10-WAY
LF6, ,&WAY
LF7, IO-WAY
LFB / IO-WAY
LF70, EYELET

COMPARTMENT

BTlO , ?&WAY
BTll / IO~WAY
BT12, IO-WAY
BT13, ,O~WAY
BT64, EYELET

1.3 V = LOW SPEED

= HIGH SPEED

IS-WAY

EM?0
2%WAY
EM,, ! 16.WAY
EM12, Z-WAY
EM13
34.WAY
EM14,72-WAY
EM15 :22-WAY

MODULE

FUSE BOX-TRUNK

= HIGH SPEED

LEFT HAND

S”MlTOM0

B= LOW SPEED

RIGHT HAND

AC6,

0”
7.6”

DRIVE SiGNAL

A/C “NIT,

&X,15-WAY

MIRROR-PASSENGER

1

GREY
GREY
GREY
GREY

- RH

HEATERVALVE

0”
0”

RELAY ACTIVATE

0
0

RELAYS ACTIVATE

RELAYACTIVATE

471
47!
47;
47 :

- LH

B+

0”

MOTOR

MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK

/ Access

COMPARTMENT,A,C

MOTOR

B+

E+

RH BLOWER

AC, ,26-WAY
AU,
16.WAY
AC3,12~WAY
AC4 1 SWAY

ENGINE

BLACK

MOTOR

0”

HEATER VALVE ACTIVE

090 A-TYPE,

BLOWER

Inactive
0”
0”
B,
B+
B0”

Br iON,

MODULE

Location

I Type / Color

I~WAY SUMlTOMO

BLOWER

FUSE BOX - ENGlNE

MODULE

CLUTCH

Connector
PI%,

CLUTCH

OF ACTIVE

RANGE)

Relay
AIR CONDITIONING

COMPRESSOR

CLUTCH

RELAY

Color / Stripe

Connector

BROWN

BUS

Location

/ Color

/ Access

LH ENCLOSURE

RELAYS

BLOWER

MOTOR

RELAY-

LH

BLACK,

BLUE

ACZO,

BLUE

DRIVESHAFTTUNNEL

RELAYS

BLOWER

MOTOR

RELAY - RH

BLACK,

BLUE

*cm,

BLUE

DRiVESHAFT

RELAYS

FC28,

BLUE

DOOR MIRROR

HEATER

HEATED

BACKLIGHT

HEATER

PUMP

BLACK/BLUE

RELAY

RELAY

BROWN

1#21

LH FASCIA
TRUNK

BUS

ENGINE

TUNNEL
RELAYS

RELAYS
COMPARTMENT

BROWN

BUS

WlNOSHlELD

HEATER

RELAY-

LH

BROWN

EM44,

BROWN

RH ENCLOSURE

RELAYS

WiNDSHlELD

HEATER

RELAY

RH

BROWN

EM45,

BROWN

RH ENCLOSURE

RELAYS

RELAY (#1)

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector

CONNECTORS
Location

Type / Color

FASCIA

/ Access

TOP CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

RIGHT HAND

SIDE

PO-WAY MULTILOCK

070,

WHITE

?&WAY

070,

YELLOW

FASCIA

BOTTOM

CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

RIGHT

HAND

SIDE

BOTTOM

CONNECTOR

MO”NT,NG

BRACKET,

RlGHT

HAND

SIDE

ABOVE

RIGHT HAND

REAR WHEEL

ARCH

RIGHT

REAR WHEEL

ARCH

MULTILOCK

20.WA’,

MULTILOCK

070,

GREY

FASCIA

20.WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

WHITE

TRUNK,

d-WAY

ECONOSEAL

TRUNK/ABOVE

111HC, BLACK

HAND

23~WAY AMP - FORD,

BLACK

DRl”ER

23.WAY

AMP

BLACK

PASSENGER

Z&WAY

MULTILOCK

070 /WHITE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,ADJACENITO

RiGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

IB-WAY

MULTiLOCK

070,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

1%WAY

ECONOSEAL

13WAY

FUSE BOX RELAYS

FORD,

ECONOSEAL

X-WAY

MULTILOCK

57.WAY

SUMlTOMO,

X-WAY

M”LTILOCK

YELLOW

SlDE ‘N POST MO”NT,NG
SIDE ‘R POST,‘A’

BRACKET,

‘R POST TRlM

POSTTRIM

111LC / WHlTE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAN0

ENCLOSURE

111LC I BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

070,

LEFT HAND

WHITE

ENGINE

BLACK

‘A’ POST CONNECTOR

REAR OF CENTER

070 l WHlTE

MO”NTlNG

COMPARTMENT,BRACKETON
CONSOLE

BRACKET,‘A’

POSTTRIM

TOP OF TRANSMISSION

ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS

The following

symbols

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

communications

on this data Page is furnished

NoTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

to aid the user in understanding

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
circuit operation.

KHz
MS
MV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

Ground

Location

EMlAR

EYELET

iPAl!% - RlGHT

/ Type
HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT.

HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

EMlBL

EYELET

(PAIR) - RlGHT

EMIBS

EYELET

ISINGLE),

EMZAR

EYELET

(P,+,R)

EM2BL

EYELET

IPAIR) - LEFT HAND

EM?BS

EYELET

(SINGLE),

ENGlNE
RlGHT

COMPARTMENT,

HAND

ENGINE

LEG,
LEG,

RIGHT

ENGINE
ENGINE

HAND

COMPARTMENT,
COMPARTMENT,

COMPARTMENT.

LEFT HAND

FCZAL

EYELET

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

LEG,

RIGHT

FIXAL

(PAIRI - LEFT HAND
(PA,R)
LEFT HAND

LEG,
LEG,

LEFT HAND ‘X POST
ENGINE COMPARTMENT.

LF2AL

EYELET
EYELET

LFZAR

EYELET

(PAIR)

LF?BL

EYELET

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND

RH2S

EYELET

(SINGLE),

CONTROL

MODULE

RIGHT HAND

LEG,
LEG,

LEFT HAND

HAND

ENGINE
ENGlNE

RIGHT

HAND

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE
ENCLOSURE

ENCLOSURE
LEFT HAND
LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE
ENCLOSURE

ENCLOSURE

‘X POST

COMPARTMENT,
COMPARTMENT,

FORWARD
FORWARD
FORWARD

OF LEFT HAND
OF LEFT HAND
OF LEFT HAND

HOOD CATCH
HOOD
HOOD

CATCH
CATCH

REAR QUARTER

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not aoolied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON
CONNECTORS. HARNESSES. GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL
MAJOR

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

INSTRUMENT

COMPONENTS

PACK

Description
GROUND

Active
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND

SUPPLY
MINORINSTRUMENT
PACKWLITTERY
POWER
SUPPLY
ADAPTl”E
DAMPING
WARNlNG
TRIPCYCLE
‘NB’TRIPSELECT
‘ML,KM’SELECT
SWNErwORK
SW NETWORK
cm NEWORK
CANNETWORK
BATTERY
POWER
SUPPLY
GROUNO
lLL”MlNATlON
SUPPLY
MINOR lNSTRUMENT
PACK ILL”M,NAT,ON
SUPPLY
GROUND
REFERENCE
‘CLEAR’
SELECT
‘000’SELECT
CANNETWORK
CANNETWORK
IGNITION

SWITCHED

POWER

SPEED-ADAPTIVE

BAnERY

VOLTAGE

BATTERYVOLTAGE
OIL PRESSURE
BATTERY

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

B-

IMOMENTARY)

GROUND

IMOMENTARY)

GROUND

IMOMENTARY)

VOLTAGE

TR,P COMPUTER

FC79

20.WAY

PI40 ,‘1-WAY

,COLUMN

SC2

SWITCHGEAR)

POWER TIMER,

ENGlNE

BROWN

MULTILOCK

10.WAY

ECJZ,

RESERVOIR

FASCIA
ENGINE

BLACK

BLACK

FASCIA;

070 I YELLOW

STEERING

AMP MOL:
MULT,LOCK

I COOLANT

FASCIA

BLACK
BLACK

040 ,’ BLACK

ECONOSEAL

I Access

COMPARTMENT

TRUNK!FUELTANK

AMP PCB SIGNAL,
AMP PCS SIGNAL,

FCZ, / 10.WAY

PACK

BLOCK:

RlGHT

HAND

SIDE

DRIVER SIDE
COLUMN

CONNECTORS
Location

Type / Color

Connector

/ Access

WWAY

MULTfiOCK

070 /WHITE

TRUNK

20.WAY

MULTILOCK

070 /WHITE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT!ADJACENTTO

RlGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

16-WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT

R,GHT HAND

ENCLOSURE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT!

BEHIND

GLOVE

(MOMENTARY)

57~WAY SUMlTOMO,

GROUND

iMOMENTARY

20.WAY

15-1500

HZ

MULTILOCK

YELLOW

BLACK
070,

GREY

/ABOVE

RIGHT

HAND

REAR WHEEL

‘ADJACENTTO
BRACKET

ARCH

ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

BOX

15-1500Hr
C3”

B+

<3”=<3PSI

B+

MODULE

I Type
HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT.

RIGHT

EM2BR

EYELET

(PAIR, - RlGHT

HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

HAND

FC2BR

EYELET

IPAIR) - RlGHT

Q B+

FCBBL

EYELET

(PAIR)

22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KM,Hl:

44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KM/HI

@ B+

FC4BR

EYELET

IP*IR)

5”

,MlDPOlNTj

5”

IMIDPOINT~

5”

= 0 PSI; 3 3 ” = NORMAL

GAUGE

MOVEMENT

37

FUEL LEVEL GAUGE

FEEDBACK

FUEL LEVEL GAUGE

REFERENCE

CONTROL

IMIDPOINT,

5 ” (PULSE1

Bt = EMPTY

O”=FULL

GROUND

GROUND

5 v = 0 PSI, 3.3”
GROUND

= NORMAL

MODULE

LEFT HAND
- RIGHT

waD

LEG,
LEG,

RIGHT

HAND

TRANSMlSSlON

LEG I LEFT HAND

PIN OUT INFORMATION

HAND

ENCLOSURE
ENCLOSURE

‘N POST
TUNNEL,

LEFT HAND

SIDE

‘R POST

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

t-

iMlDt=OlNTi
B+

iON

OIL PRESSURE

GAUGE

MOVEMENT

3.7 - 6 ” (PULSE)

OIL PRESSURE

GAUGE

MOVEMENT

3.7 - 5 v ,PULSEi

Bt

>3v=>3w

VEHICLE

SPEED

22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KM/HI:

DIMMER

OVERRIDE

GROUND

CHARGE

WARNING

B+

WARNING

(PAIR) - RlGHT

@ B+

FEEDBACK

WARNING

EYELET

44 Hz @ 20 MPH 132 KM/HI

FEEDBACK

FEEDBACK

Location

EMlBR

44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KM/HI

POSlTlON

GROUND

Ground

22 HZ @ 10 MPH 116 KM/H,;

POSITION

FEEDBACK

GROUNDS

22 HZ Q 10 MPH ,16 KWH,;

BA”ERY”OLTAGE

LOW COOLANT

PACK

GROUND

37-5”iPULSEl

LOW OIL PRESSURE

4%WAY
24.WAY

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

GROUND

GAUGE

POSlTlON

FC25!
FC26:

SWITCH

Location

I Type I Color
RIGHT ANGLE
RIGHT ANGLE

PACK

SWITCH

TRlP CYCLE SWITCH

GAUGE

GAUGE

INSTRUMENT

GROUND

MOVEMENT

OIL PRESSURE

BT7 ! LUCAR
BTB / LUCAR

MlNOR lNSTRUMENT

CONTROL

POSlTlON

MAJOR

OIL PRESSURE

DAMPING

GAUGE

LEVEL SWITCH

B-

GROUND

GAUGE

44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KWH,

e Br

B+
GROUND
Bt

GROUND

PACK
Inactive
B+

I

Pin
FCE~E

MINOR

/

x79-9

OIL PRESSURE

GAUGE

MOVEMENT

37-5”iPULSEi

I

FC79-10

Oil PRESSURE

GAUGE

MOVEMENT

3 7 - 6 ” ,PULSEi

I

FC79-1,

CHARGE

I

FC79-12

BATTERY

Description

Active

INSTRUMENT

PACK ,LLUMlNAT,ON

SUPPLY

B+

WARNING

Bi

<3”

VOLTAGE

GAUGE

POSITION

FEEDBACK

5”

iMlDPOlNTi

FEEDBACK

5 v ,MIDPOINT,

1

FC79~13

EATERY

VOLTAGE

GAUGE

POSlTlDN

I

FCX-14

BATTERY

VOLTAGE

GAUGE

MOVEMENT

37-SVIPULSE,

I

FC79-15

BAmERY

VOLTAGE

GAUGE

MOVEMENT

3.7

I

FC79-16

GROUND

I

FC79-17

BATTERY

/

FC79-18

LOW OIL PRESSURE

I

FC79-19

OIL PRESSURE

GAUGE

POSiTION

FEEDBACK

5 v = 0 PSI; 3.3 v = NORMAL

IMIDPOINT

I

FC79~20

OIL PRESSURE

GAUGE

POSlTlON

FEEDBACK

5 v = 0 PS1: 3.3 v = NORMAL

iMlDPOlNTi

5”

(PULSE)

GROUND
B+
B-

GROUND
POWER SUPPLY

B+

WARNING

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

symbols

GROUND

B+
GROUND
GROUND

AIR BAG MIL

The following

EM55 j 2~WAY AMP JUNIOR

COOLANTTEMPERATURE

VEHICLE

MINOR INSTRUMENT

Connector

COOLANT

2 - ,600 Hz

VEHICLE
SPEED
-AJCCM
“EHiCLE
SPEED-PAS

v

Component

2 - 1600 HZ

BATTERY
CHARGE
WARNING
OILPRESSVRE
WARNING
ENGINE
SPEED
ENGINE

Inactive
GROUND

GROUND

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

,<3 PSI)

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

communications

MESSAGES.

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS.

CONTROL

MODULE

BODY PROCESSOR

PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE

COMPONENTS

Description
IGNITION

SWITCHEO

GROUND

SUPPLY

Active
GROUND

IGNITION

SWiTCHED

GROUND

SUPPLY

GROUND

IGNITION

SWITCHED

GROUND

SUPPLY

GROUND

BATTERY

POWER SUPPLY

SPEAKER

OUTPUT

*UDIO

OUTPUT

AUDIBLE

WARNING

SPE*KER

OUTPUT

BUD,0

OUTPUT

SCP NEWORK

2- ,600 Hz

SC? NETWORK

2 - ,600 Hi

B*nERY

67

POWER SUPPLY

symbols

CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

at the control
or

(COLUMN

SWITCHGE*Rl

SC,,

12.WAY

FC141704~WAY

MODULE

I Type I Color
MULTILOCK
AMP EEEC;

070,VMTE
GREY

Location
STEERING
PASSENGER

I Access
COLUMN,

RIGHT

SIDE FASCIA:

HAND
*IRBAG

SIDE
BRACKEl

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

MESSAGES.

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

those that can be expected
means a load is applied

SPEAKER

Pin Out data:

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

BODY PROCESSOR

CONTROL

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

are used to represent

WARNING

B*

B+

WARNING

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground

COmPOnentS

GROUND

Connector

Component
AVDIBLE

AUDIBLE

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

The following

(LOGIC)

Inactive

a switch

is ON;

circuit operation.
module
“Inactive”

connector
means

KHz
MS
MV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION
pins
a load

with
is not

all circuit
applied

SHOULD BE USED FOR
connections

or

a switch

is

made and all
OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS.

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR

MODULE

COMPONENTS

Description

MODULE

LH FRONT D1 BULB SUPPLY

B+ (PULSED)

GROUND

CENTER

SWlTCH

RH FRONT 0, BULB SUPPLY

B+ (PULSED)

GROUND

FRONT FOG LAMP - LH

LF32 /Z-WAY

REINSHAGEN

METRl530,

HEADLAMP

GROUND

Ei

FRONT FOG LAMP - RH

LF22,

REINSHAGEN

METRl

FRONT

LH

LFBi : 6~W*-Y ECONOSEAL

111LC ‘BLACK

LEFT HAND

RH

LFZ, , S-WAY ECONOSEAL

111LC I BLACK

RiGHT

COMPARTMENT

LF5!
LF6 I
LF7,
LFB!
LF701

MAIN

BEAM REOUEST

SWITCHED

GROUND

SUPPLY

GROUND
STATUS

LED

GROUND

LH SlDE D, REPWTER

SUPPLY

(ROW ONLY)

B+

RH SIDE Di REPEATER

SUPPLY

(ROW ONLY,

B+

HEADLAMP

EEGROUND

GROUND

FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE,

FLASH REQUEST

ILIGHTS

ON /LED ONi

iMOMENT*RYi

E-

FRONT FOG LAMP SWlTCH

GROUND

IMOMENTARY,

B-

IGNITION

GROUND

GROUND

SUPPLY

DIPPED BEAM REOUEST

GROUND

MAIN

GROUND

BEAM RELAY ACTlVATE

LH SIDE MARKER

B+ ,LIGHT

iNAS ONLY,

GROUND

WHEEL

ARCH LINER

ONi

GROUND

FRONT SIDE M*RKER

LH iNAS

B+

FRONT SIDE MARKER

- RH ,NAS

(MOMENTARY)

GROUND

ON)

LF, 1 i Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR

POWER TIMER,

BLACK

BEHlND

WHEEL

ARCH

ONLY1

LFlO

POWER TIMER

i BLACK

BEHIND

WHEEL

ARCH LINER

Z-WAY AMP JUNiOR

LINER

RELAYS

GROUND

E-

B+ IPULSED)

GROUND

BUS

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT

FUSEBOX

FRONT FOG RELAY 1821

BROWN

BUS

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT

FUSE BOX

MAlN

BROWN

BUS

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT

FUSE BOX

BEAM

RELAY (X3)

Inactive

CONNECTORS
Location

Type / Color

Connector

G~WAY ECONOSEAL

II/ LC, BLACK

ENGlNE

,600 HZ

20.WAY

070,

LEFT HAND

,600 Hi

13~WAY ECONOSEAL

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

I Color

/ Access

Connector

BROWN

RELAY i#51

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

PACK

Location

Color / Stripe

Relay
DIP BEAM

LH DI REOUEST

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

ONLY,

B+

ONI

2 - ,600 Hz

*-

LlNER

EiLIGHTS

SCP NETWORK

*-

COLUMN

FASCIA

BLACK
BLACK

BEHIND

1600 HZ

SW NETWORK

LEFT FRONT

SEHINDWHEELARCH

E- (LIGHTS

SCP NETWORK

ASSEMBLY

BLACK

*-

Fc*5-*0

PANEL

ASSEMBLY

BLACK

SCP NETWORK

s

PANEL

ARCH LINER

POWER TIMER,

E,

Active

ARCH LINER

POWER TIMER,

ET

Description

HEADLAMP

COMPARTMENT!

STEERING

070 /YELLOW

AMP PCB SIGNAL
AMP PCE SIGNAL,

WHEEL

HEADLAMP

HAND

ENGlNE

NATURAL
i BL*CK
II GREEN
BLUE

/WHEEL

AMP JUNIOR

E*

FC25-19

MULTILOCK

FC25 ;48-WAY
FC26 ‘24.WAY

BUMPER,

EL51 2~WAY AMP JUNIOR

POWER SUPPLY

S

SC2 1 ,D~WAY

SWITCHGEAR,

PACK

FUSEBOX!
FUSEBOX
FUSEBOX
FUSEBOX

BUMPER

FRONT

LFS 12.W*Y

BA”ERY

INSTRUMENT

U TA
U T A
U.T.A
U T A

FRONT

- RH iROW

BT

lNDlCATOR

10.WAY
10.WAY
IO-WAY
10.WAY
EYELET

BLACK

630 ‘BLACK

BRACKET

CONSOLE

- LH (ROW

POWER SUPPLY

STATUS

COLUMN

Z-WAY

CENTER

s,DE Di REPEATER

BATTERY

HAZARD

STALK

INSTRUMENT

FORD ICC: BLACK

SIDE FASCIAIAIRBFIG

SlDE DI REPEATER

GROUND

,ROW ONLY:

L,GHTlNG

FC55 I *O-WAY

I Access

PASSENGER

GROUND

GROUND

SUPPLY

UNIT

FUSE BOX-ENGINE

AMP EEEC,GREY

I37

DIP BEAM RELAY ACTI”*TE

RH SIDE DI REPEATER

FRONT LAMP

FC14,104~WAY

ON,

RH DI REQUEST

iLOG,C)

“NIT-

PACK

E-

B+ iLIGHT

SUPPLY

LAMP

MAJOR

LH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY
LAMP REOUEST

CONSOLE

GROUND

GROUND

HAZARD

Pin

Location

/ Color

BODY PROCESSOR

SIDE LAMP REOUEST

v

/Type

Component

GROUND

IGNlTlON

MAJOR

Connector

Inactive

RH FRONT SIDE LAMP BULB SUPPLY

Active
E+

MULTILOCK

GREY

ENGINE

111LC, BLACK

I Access

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT HAND

‘A’ POST CONNECTOR

COMPARTMENT,

ENCLOSURE

MOUNTING

LEFT HAND

BRACKET!

‘A’ POST TRIM

ENCLOSURE

MESSAGES.
GROUNDS
Ground

Location

EMIAR

EYELET

(PAIR) -RIGHT

EMlAR

EYELET

IPAIR)

FC?BR

EYELET

iPAIR, - RIGHT HAND

FCBBL

EYELET

IPAIR) - LEFT HAND

FCBBR

EYELET

(PAIR) - RIGHT HAND

LEG /TRANSMISSION

FC4BR

EYELET

IPAIR) - RIGHT HAND

LEG,

symbols

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

communications

HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

RIGHT HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

LEG,

RIGHT

LFIAL

EYELET

(PAIR1 -LEFT

LF2BR

EYELET

,PAlRi

CONTROL

The following

/ Type

MODULE

HAND

RIGHT HAND

HAND

LEG /TRANSMISSION

LEG,
LEG,

LEFT HAND
RIGHT

HAND

ENGINE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

HAND

ENCLOSURE
ENCLOSURE

‘A’ POST
TUNNEL,
TUNNEL,

LEFT HAND

SIDE

LEFT HAND

SIDE

‘A’ POST
HEADLAMP

COMPARTMENT,

FORWARD

OF LEFT HAND

HOOD CATCH

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
7
Pin
Description
FC14-12
REAR
FOGLAMPREOUEST
I FCi4-15
IGNITION SWlTCHEc
GROUND SUPPLY
I FC14-16
SIDELAMPREWEST
FC14-41
IGNITION
GROUND
SUPPLY
! FC14-42
DIPPED
BEAMREclUEST
0 FC14-44
REAR
FOGLAMPSTATUS
LED
0 FC14~50
LHREAR
0, LAMPSUPPLY
I FCICSI
RHDlREOUEST
0 FC14-76
RHREAR
DILAMPSUPPLY
1 FC?$-79
BA”ERYPOWER
SUPPLY
I ‘Cl4~BO
BATrERY
POWER
SUPPLY
(LOGIC)
s FC14-84
SCPNETWORK
S
FC1~-BS
SWNETWORK
FC14-58
Lt.DlREOUEST
0 FC14-95
TAILLAMPRELAY
ACT,“ATE
I FC14-104
LIGHTING!
MOTORS
BATTERY
POWER
SUPPLY
LAMP CONTROL

COMPONENTS

GROUND

GROUND

RH TAL
NUMBER

MARKER

LAMP SUPPLY

& SIDE MARKER

LAr”lP SUPPLY

GROUND

IGNITION
SECURITY

POWER SUPPLY

LlGHTlNG

s

BT40-16

/

8141.1

SECURITY

0
S

ON FEEDBACK

CONTROL

The following

STALK

MODULE
(COLUMN

iNSTR”MENT

Connector
/ Type / Color
FC14,,WWAYAMP
EEEC,GREY
AC24i &-WAY
MULTILOCX
010,WHlTE
FC55120.WAY
FORDIDC,BLACK
BTiO1,O~WAY
V.T.A.FVSEBOX,
NATURAL
BT,, 110.WAY
“.T.A FUSEBOX,
BLACK
BTi2,,o-WAY” T A. FUSEBOX,
GREEN
BT,3,,0-WAY“.TA. FUSEBOX,
BLVE
BTU 1EYELET
BLBi 2.W?AY
MULTILOCK
070i WHlTE
RHB,Z-WAYMULTiLOCK
070,WHITE

/ Access
SlDEFASCIAiNRBAG
BRACKET
TOPOFBRAKE
PEDAL
CENTER
CONSOLE
TR”NK!ELECTR,CAL
CARRIER

BT,B /X-WAY

TRUNK,

SCZ,

SWITCHGEARI

MULTILOCK

AMP PCB SIGNAL:
AMP PCB SlGNAL,

PLATE

LAMP-

LH

BLa;Z~WAYAMPJ”N,ORPOWERTlMERiBLACK

TRUNK

LID,

LINER

PLATE

LAMP-

RH

BLS,P-WAYAMPJUNIOR

TRUNK

LID,

LINER

B+

E+

SECURITY

Active
B+
B+
B+
Bs
B81
B+
B+
B+
BBL
B+

Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

CONTROL

POWERTIMER,BLACK

BT40,,S-WAY
FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
BT41 ,2B-WAY
FORD IDC 1 BLACK
RHX / COAXIAL CONNECTOR

MODULE

- LH iNAS

ONLY,

BT27,

P~WAY AMP JUNIOR

POWER TIMER

1 BLACK

TRUNK,

LEFT HAND

- RH ,NAS

ONLY,

BTX,

Z-WAY AMP JUNlOR

POWER TIMER,

BLACK

TRUNK,

RIGHT HAND

TNL

LAMP

TAIL LAMP

LH

BT3,

I’-WAY

AMP JUNIOR

TlMER,

BLACK

TRUNK,

LEFT HAND

- RH

BTX

I ,-WAY

AMP JUNIOR

TIMER

I BLACK

TRUNK,

RIGHT HAND

UNIT“NIT

Connector
BUS

TRUNK

FUSE BOX

STOP LAMP

,#5)

BROWN

BUS

TRUNK

FUSE BOX

RELAY it431

BROWN

BUS

TRUNK

FUSE BOX

RELAY

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

SIDE
SIDE
SIDE

CONNECTORS
Location

/ Access

Connector

Type / Color

AC13

X-WA,

BB,

S~WAY MULTILOCK

070 /YELLOW

TR”NK,ABO”E

RIGHT

HAND

REAR WHEEL

ARCH

BLI

a-WAY

070 /WHITE

TRUNK,

RIGHT HAND

REAR WHEEL

ARCH

BTI

20.WAY

M”LT,LOCK

070,

WHITE

TRUNK,ABO”E

RIGHT HAND

REAR WHEEL

ARCH

812

Z-WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

WHITE

TRUNKIABOVE

RIGHT HAND

REAR WHEEL

ARCH

RH2

ZO~WAY MULTILOCK

070,WHITE

REAR OF CENTER

CONSOLE

ASSEMBLY

RH12

18.WAY

070,YELLOW

REAR OF CENTER

CONSOLE

ASSEMBLY

MULTILOCK

070,

MULTILOCK

MULTILOCK

FASCIA

YELLOW

BOTTOM

CONNECTOR

ABOVE

MOUNTING

BRACKET/

RIGHT

HAND

SIDE

GROUNDS

EYELET

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND

LEG /TRANSMISSION

TUNNEL.

RIGHT

FCSBL

EYELET

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

LEG,

TUNNEL.

LEFT HAND

GROUND

GROUND

GROVNC

FCBBR

EYELET

(PAIR) - RIGHT

SCP NETWORK

2 - 1600Hz

RHIS

EYELET

(SINGLE),

Active
B+
B+

ON FEEDBACK

Ground

Location

BTlAR

EYELET

IPAIR) - RlGHT

/ Type
HAND

LEG,

BTZAR

EYELET

(PAIR) -RIGHT

HAND

LEG ,TR”NK,

BTBS

EYELET

(SINGLE,

ITRUNK,

ADJACENT

TO BA”ERY
RlGHT

REAR

LEFT REAR

HAND

TRANSMlSSlON

LEG,

RIGHT HAND

TRANSMISSION

TUNNEL,

HAND

SIDE
SIDE

LEFT HAND

SIDE

REAR QUARTER

B+

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

Module

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

SIDE

/ Access

Color / Stripe
BROWN

TAIL LAMP

I Color

Location

Relay
REAR FOG RELAY fttli

FCIBL

CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

CARRlER

RELAYS

GROUND

D
C
S

ELECTRICAL

REAR SIDE MARKER

2-1600HZ
GROUND

are used to represent

TRUNK,

REAR SIDE MARKER

GROUND

symbols

F*sCIA

BLACK
BLACK

NUMBER

AND LOCKING

CARRIER

COLUMN

NUMBER

Inactive
GROUND
B+
B+

Input
output
Signal Ground

ELECTRICAL

STEERlNG

070 II YELLOW

B+

ON,

MODULE

Description
REVERSE
LAMPSUPPLY
BArnENPOWER
SUPPLY
REAR
FOG LAMP
RELAY
ACTIVATE
SWNETWORK
GROUND

LIGHTING

TRUNK,UNDERSlDE
OFLID
TRUNK,REARWARD
OFSUBWOOFER
SPEAKER

AMP MOS /YELLOW

10.WAY

FC25,48-WAY
FC26,24-WAY

PACK

Location

PASSENGER

B+
,LlGHTS

Inactive

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

I
0
SG

MAJOR

PACK

AND LOCKING

1
I

I

LlGHTlNG

Description
SCPNETWORK
SCPNETWORK
CANNETWORK
CANNETWORK

Pin
BT‘V-5
BT40-6
8740-7
BT40-8
BT40~13
BT40-14

0

LAMP CONTROL

B+

GROUND

LAMP SUPPLY

SWlTCHED

INSTRUMENT

SECURITY

B-

GROUND

GROUND

7

BB2 - ,600 HZ

RH TAiL LAMP SUPPLY

s
c
c

HlGHMOUNTSTOPLAMPICON”.,
HlGHMOUNTSTOPLAMPICOUPE)

ON,

2 - ,500 HZ

LH TAiL LAMP SUPPLY

Pin
FC25-19
FC2520
FC25-24
FC25-47

GROUND

B-

B- iLIGHTS

LH STOP LAMP SUPPLY

S

GROUND

ON1

GROUND

RH STOP Lplrvlylp SUPPLY

r;l/

B-

iLED ONi

Bi iLIGHT

PLATE LAMP SVPPLY

SIDE MARKER

Component
BODYPROCESSOR
MODULE
BRAKE
SWlTCH
CENTER
CONSOLE
SWITCH
PACK
FUSEBOX-TRUNK

B-

GROUND

MODULE

LH TAIL&SIDE

MAJOR

B-

GROUND

Description
RHSTOPLAMPSUPPLY
LHSTOPLAMPSUPPLY

0

Inactive
B+

Active
GROUND
iMOMENTARYi

CONTROL

MESSAGES.

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER
TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS.

RELAYS,

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector

/ Type / Color

Location

/ Access

HEADLAMP

LEVELING

ACTUATOR

- LH

LF34,J~WAY

REINSHAGEN

i BLACK

HEADLAMP

ASSEMBLY!

REAR

HEADLAMP

LEVELING

ACTUATOR

- RH

LF24.‘3~WAY

REINSHAGEN

, BLACK

HEADLAMP

ASSEMBLY,

REAR

LEVELiNG

SWITCH

(CENTER

CONSOLE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
LF60

SWITCH

PACK,

FC55 ,ZO-WAY

CENTER

CONSOLE

SWITCH

PACK

CONNECTORS

Type I Color
Z-WAY

FORD ICC, BLACK

MULTILOCK

Location
070 /WHITE

LEFT HAND

/ Access
‘A’ POST CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET

,“A’

POST TRIM

GROUNDS
Ground

Location

FCZBR

EYELET

/ Type

LFlAL

EYELET (PAIR)

LFZBR

EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND

iPAIR, -RIGHT

HAND

LEFT HAND

LEG /TRANSMISSION
LEG,
LEG,

RIGHT

HAND

ENGINE

TUNNEL.

LEFT HAND

SIDE

HEADLAMP

COMPARTMENT.

FORWARD

OF LEFT HAND

HOOD CATCH

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
7
Pin
Description
I DDlO~l
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
S

DDIO-8

LOGIC GROUND

DDIO-9

SCP NEYWORK

COMPONENTS
Active
B+
GROUND
2- 1600wz
B+
2 1600Hz
GROUND

0

DD,O-14

DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE

S

DDIO-16

SCP NETWORK

I

0010-17

POWER GROUND

/

DDlM

DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL

UNLOCK

1

DC,,-12

DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL

LOCK REQUEST

I

DDl,-20

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH

PASSENGER
7
Pin
I DPIO-,

LAMP SUPPLY

DOOR CONTROL

REOUES,

Inactive

Component

B-

BODY PROCESSOR

GROUND

DIODE iBT29)

GROUUD

GROUhD

87

(DOOR OPEN)

B-

Inactive
B-

/

DP,O-8

LOGlC GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

S

CPlO 9

SW NETWORK

*-

POWER SUPPLY

1600 HZ

0

DPlO-14

PASSENGER

s

DPlO-16

SCP NETWORK

2 - 1600 Hz

I

CP10~17

POWER GROUND

GROUND

1

DPil20

PASSENGER

GROUND

LAMP SUPPLY

B- iLIGHT

DOOR SWITCH

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
7
Pin
Description
lGNlTlON

SWITCHED

lGNlTlON

GROUND

GROUND

ON)

GROUND
B-

(DOOR OPEN,

Inactive

GROUND

SUPPLY

GROUND

LAMP SUPPLY
GROUND

SUPPLY

SUPPLY

Bi

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

KEY IN IGNlTlON

GROUND

LAMP FADE 2 OUTPUT

B+ FADES

BATTERY

POWER SUPPLY

ILOGIC)

2

SCP NETWORK
LIGHTING/MOTORS

BATTERY

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

LAMP POWER SUPPLY

Bi

POWER SUPPLY

B-i

The following

symbols

CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

ADJACENT

DC,0 I) 22~WAY
CD, 1,22-WAY

FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2.8 TIMER,

BLUE
BLACK

DRl”ER

CPlO: *Z-WAY
DP,, IDWAY

FORD 2.8 TIMER!
FORD 2 8 TIMER,

BLUE
BLACK

PASSENGER

DOOR,

DOOR CASiNG

DOOR,

DOOR CASING

III LC, BLACK

DRl”ER

DOOR,

DOOR CASING

/II LC i BLACK

DRIVER DOOR,

DOOR CASING

DOOR SWITCH

CP3 i 13.WAY

ECONOSEAL

\\I LC I BLACK

PASSENGER

DD3,

- DRIVER

-PASSENGER

IS-WAY

FOOTWELL

LAMP - LH

X31,

FOOTWELL

LAMP-

FC32!2-WAYAMPJUNIOR

RH

FC33,
FC34.

BOX LAMP

IGNiTlON

SWITCH

PUDDLE

LAMP-

PUDDLE

LAMP-

REAR lNTERlOR

P-WAY AMP JUNIOR

IKEY~IN
DRIVER

DDI4,

Z-WAY

070,

AMP JVNIOR

RH3 :2-WAY

ONLY1

RFiO,

POWER TIMER

MULTILOCK

070,

FOODVELL

BOX

STEERING

WHITE

COLUMN

DRIVER DOOR

I BLACK

PASSENGER

POWERT,MER!BLACK

AMP JUNIOR

&WA,’

GLOVE

POWER TIMER

FOOTWELL

RIGHT HAND

STRAIGHT
STRAIGHT

DP14i2~WAYAMPJ”NlOR

DOOR

(COUPE

LUCAR
LUCAR

DOOR I DOOR CASlNG

LEFT HAND

i BLACK

POWERTlMERiBLACK

FCS, B-WAY MULTlLOCK

SWITCH,
DOOR

PASSENGER
LAMP

V&A,
I-WAY

POWER TlMER

DOOR

REAR CENTER

/WHITE

INTERIOR

GREY

OF HEAD LlNlNG

ROOF

TRUNK

LAIMP

BT56,2-WAYAMPJUNIOR

POWERT,MER,WHITE

TRUNK,

LEFT HAND

TRUNK

LAMP - RH

BT59,

POWER TIMER

TRUNK,

RIGHT

TRUNK

SWITCH

BT46 i ?-WAY

LH

Z-WAY

AMP JUNIOR
AUGAT

: WHITE

LAMP - LH

RF8,3-WAY

MULTILOCK

070 iYELLOW

SUN VISOR

VANITY

LAMP-

RF,,

MULTILOCK

070,

SUN VISOR

Connector

3-WAY

HAND

SIDE
SDE

TRUNK

1.6 i BLACK

“ANIl?

RH

BRACKET

TO BATFERY

YELLOW

CONNECTORS
Location

Type I Color
070,

TRUNK,

WHITE

I Access

ABOVE

RIGHT

HAND

20.WAY

MULTILOCK

23WAY

AMP - FORD,

BLACK

DRIVER

X-WAY

AMP - FORD,

BLACK

PASSENGER

SIDE ‘A’ POST,‘A’
‘fl

REAR WHEEL

SIDE ‘X POST MOUNTlNG

18~WAY MULTILOCK

070,

YELLOW

RIGHT

PO-WAY MULTlLOCK

070,

WHITE

REAR OF CENTER

HAND

POST TRIM

POSTTRIM

POST CONNECTOR
CONSOLE

ARCH

BRACKET,‘A’
MOUNTING

BRACKET,

‘K POST TRIM

ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS
GROUND
B+

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

are used to represent

TRUNK,,

SIDE FASCIA,AIRBAG

ECONOSEAL

Ground

Location

MESSAGES.

CONTROL

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground

DIODE

/ Access

PASSENGER

GREY

B+
1500 tir

2 - 1800 Hi

GLOVE BOX /VANITY

BT29,

AMP EEEC,

ECONOSEAL

TO D “)

B+

SCP NETWORK

104~WAY

DD3,lSWAY

B-

(KEY IN)

Location

/ Type / Color

FC14!

DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER

GROUND

INTERIOR

TRUNK,

PASSENGER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

I INTERIOR

IGNITION

- DRIVER

ROOF CONSOLE

Active

SWITCHED

FOOTWELL

MODULE
MODULE-

GLOVE

MODULE

DOOR PUDDLE

DOOR CONTROL
DOOR CONTROL

DOOR LOCK SWITCHES

B- fMOMENWRYI

BATTERY

SWITCH

GROUND
GROUND

Active

-TRUNK

GROUND

B+ IMOMENTARY)

Description

Connector
MODULE

I Type

EYELET

IPAIR, - RIGHT

EYELET

(PAIRI

EYELET

(PAIRI - RlGHT

EYELET

,PAlRi

HAND

LEFT HAND
HAND

- LEFT HAND

EYELET

(PAIR)

EYELET

IPAIR, - LEFT HAND

RIGHT HAND

EYELET

iPAIR

EYELET

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND

- RIGHT HAND

EYELET

,PAlR,

EYELET

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND

EYELET

(PAIR) - RIGHT HAND

EYELET

iSiNGLE,,

MODULE

- RlGHT

HAND

RIGHT

LEG /ADJACENT
LEG,

TO BATTERY

RIGHT HAND

LEG,
LEG,

RlGHT

LEG,

‘!4’ POST

RIGHT HAND
HAND

RIGHT HAND

LEG ,TRANSMlSSlON
LEFT HAND

LEG,
LEG,
LEG,

HAND

LEFT HAND
LEFT HAND
LEFT HAND

‘A’ POST
TUNNEL,

LEG /TRANSMISSION
LEG,

‘A.’ POST
‘K POST

TUNNEL,

LEFT HAND

SIDE

LEFT HAND

SIDE

‘A’ POST
‘A’ POST
‘A’ POST
‘A’ POST

REAR QUARTER

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

to aid the user in understanding

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
circuit operation.

KHz
MS
MV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS.

CONTROL
DIMMER
7

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

MODULE

Pin

COMPONENTS

Description

Active

MAJOR

INSTRUMENT

PACK ILLUMlNATlON

BULB SUPPLY

B+ (LIGHTS

ON)

Inactive
GROUND

MAJOR

INSTRUMENT

PACK ILLUMINATION

BULB SUPPLY

B+ iLIGHTS

ONi

GROUND

IGNITION

SWlTCHED

SIDE LAMPS

GROUND

SUPPLY

GROUND

ON REQUEST

POTENTIOMETER

FEEDBACK

DIMMER

POTENTIOMETER

REFERENCE

GENERAL

ILLUMlNATlON

BULB SUPPLY

B- iLIGHTS

GENERAL

ILLUMlNATlON

BULB SUPPLY

B- (LIGHTS

SUPPLY

BATTERY

POWER SUPPLY

BATTERY

VOLTAGE

POTENTIOMETER

CENTER
ClGAR

CONSOLE

SWITCH

PANEL
PACK

LIGHTER

REFERENCE

CONVERTIBLE

13V=DIM,4V=BR,GHT

GROUND

VOLTAGE

MULTlLOCK

FCSS i *&WAY

FORD IDC I BLACK

TOP SWITCH

CONTROL

ON,

FC62 / 1o-‘“v*Y

ONi

GROUND

DIMMER

CONTROL

ON,

GROUND

DIMMER

MODVLE

GROUND

GROUND

GEAR SELECTOR

ILLUMiNATlON

B-

B-

LIGHTING

(COLUMN

B-

k?A

MAJOR

INSTRUMENT

PACK

4v

0"

FC25 .‘48-WAY
Fczs: 24.WAY

MlNOR

INSTRUMENT

PACK

FCE

OFF WATCH

iCOLUMN

STALK

SWITCHGEAR)
MODULE

SWITCHGEAR)

ITRAVSMISSIONI

SWITCH

PACK

SWITCH

PACK - DRIVER

SWITCH

PACK-PASSENGER

VALET

AMP MOL:

BLACK

DRIVER

SWlTCH

070iWHlTE

FC88 / IO-WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

FRONT

‘2O~WAY

MULTlLOCK

070i

?&WAY

DP,,!

MVLTILOCK

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

M”LTlLOCK

NvlP

Rx,,

AMP MOL,
AMP MOL,

FUSE BOX

COLUMN

REARWARD
CENTER

OF GEAR SELECTOR

CONSOLE

DRIVER DOOR

BLACK

BLACK
040,

FASCIA

ASSEMBLY

FASCIA

WHITE

040:

AMP MU,

HAND

FASCIA

BLACK
070,

COWL

RIGHT

OF GEAR SELECTOR

STEERING

‘BLACK
‘BLACK

040 I BLACK

AMP Mm:

FCZ7,10-WAY
IO-WAY

YELLOW

AMP PCB SIGNAL
AMP PCB SIGNAL

BYWAY MVLTlLOCK

FC67,lO~WAY

WHITE

SELECTOR

OF GEAR SELECTOR
COLUMN

ADJACENTTO

DDS,

SWlTCH

0F Gm*

STEERING

DD17 I2O~WAY

AND FUEL FILL RELEASE

OF GEAR SELECTOR

Fomv.4RD

040 / BLACK

DOOR MEMORY

SWITCH

CONSOLE

FORWARD

MULTILOCK

DOOR

PACK

CENTER

FC23 II 12.WAY

FC35 ’ 10.WAY

DOOR

CONSOLE

SC17 SWAY

MULTlLOCK

/ Access

CENTER

REARWARD

IClO I ZO-WAY MULTILOCK

TRIP COMPUTER

Location

BLUE

FC63 : l0~WA.Y AMP MOL I NATURAL

SC2 ! lO~WAY

RADIO

TRUNK

040,

PC42 I Z~WAY AMP, BLACK
FC59 1 LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE

CRUISE

MODE SWITCH

I Type / Color

FC43 I 12.WAY

GROUND

GROUND

POWER SUPPLY

DIMMER

Connector
CONTROL

GROUND

DIMMER

GROUND

Component
AIR CONDITIONING

DRIVER DOOR
BLACK

PASSENGER

MOL i BLACK

DOOR

FASCIA

i DRIVER SIDE

NATURAL

FASCl.4,

DRIVER SIDE

BLACK

DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER

CONNECTORS

Connector
AC15

Type / Color
20.WAY

Location

DD1

23 WAY AMP

DP,

ZS-WAY

AMP - FORD,

ICI

*O-WAY

MVLTILOCK

070,

YELLOW

BELOW

SC3

12~WAY

MULTlLOCK

070,

GREY

RIGHT

MULTlLOCK

070,

GREY

FORD I BLACK
BLACK

/ Access

FASCIA

BOTTOM

DRIVER

SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTlNG

PASSENGER

SIDE’A’POSTI’A

CENTER
HAND

CONNECTOR

CONSOLE

MOUNTING

BRACKET!

BRACKET,‘A’

RIGHT HAND

SlDE

POST TRlM

POSTTRlM
GLOVE

SIDE OF STEERING

BOX
COLUMN

GROUNDS
Ground

Location

CE2

EYELET

iS,NGLEi

FCZAL

EYELET

iPAIR

-LEFT

HAND

LEG,

RiGHT

HAND

‘A’ POST

FC?BL

EYELET

iPAIR

- LEFT HAND

LEG,

RIGHT HAND

‘N POST

FCZBR

EYELET

(PAIR) - RIGHT HAND

FCOBL

EYELET

,PAlRi

FCSBR

EYELET

IPAIR) - RIGHT HAND

FC4AL

EYELET

iPAIR

HAND

LEG,

LEFT HAND

‘A’ POST

FC4BL

EYELET

(PAIRI - LEFT HAND

LEG,

LEFT HAND

‘K POST

FC4BR

EYELET

(PAIR

CONTROL

MODULE

/ Type
/ABOVE

RIGHT

LEFT HAND
-LEFT

- RIGHT HAND

HAND

LEG,
LEG,
LEG,

LEG,

SIDE OF TRANSMlSSlON

RIGHT HAND
TRANSMlSSlON

LEFT HAND

PIN OUT INFORMATION

‘A’ POST
TUNNEL,

TRANSMlSSlON

TUNNEL

TUNNEL.

LEFT HAND

SIDE

LEFT HAND

SlDE

‘K POST

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following

symbols

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

to aid the user in understanding

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
circuit operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; ” Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

POWER ASSISTED STEERING
>J Pin
Description
0

FC16~2

TRANSDUCER

I

FC16~4

VEHICLE

0

FC16-5

TRANSDUCER

FC16-6

IGNlTiON

FC16-8

GROUND

I

CONTROL

MODULE

COMPONENTS
2 V 0 IDLE DECREASING

SPEED
POSITIVE

SWITCHED

Inactive

Active

NEGATIVE

POWER SUPPLY

WITH VEHICLE

SPEED

POWER ASSlSTED

l3a @ 10 MPH iIS KWHI

= 20 HZ. 20 MPH 132 KWH,

9”

WITH VEHICLE

@ IDLE INCREASlNG

Connector

Component

= 40 HI

SPEED

B-

0”

0”

0”

STEERING

CONTROL

VARIABLE

STEERING

CONVERTER

- LHD

LL2,2~WAY

VARIABLE

STEERING

CONVERTER

- RHD

EM18 /I-WAY

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

Location

I Type I Color

FCIG,O-WAYRISTS

MODULE

RELAY,BLACKAND

AMP JUNIOR
AMP J”NlOR

FASCIA,

RED

POWER TiMER,
POWER TIMER,

BLACK
BLACK

I Access

AD.,ACENT

TO RH SIDE FUSE BOX

STEERING

RACK,

CONTROL

VALVE

STEERING

RACK!

CONTROL

VALVE

CONNECTORS

Connector
EMZ

Type / Color
II-WAYMULTILOCK
070iYELLOW

Location
ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTD

RIGHT HAND

LL1

Z~WAY ECONOSEAL

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT:ADJACENTTO

STARTER

111LC, BLACK

/ Access
ENCLOSURE

MOTOR

GROUNDS
Ground
FC28R

Location
EYELET

iPA\Ri - RIGHT

HAND

LEG,

RIGHT HAND

FC4BR

EYELET

iPAIR, - RIGHT

HAND

LEG,

LEFT HAND

CONTROL

The following

symbols

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

Module

B+
V
Hz

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

those that can be expected
means a load is applied
or

PIN OUT INFORMATION

‘N POST
‘K POST

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

Pin Out data:

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
connected and fitted. “Active”

COmPOnentS

values for Control

MODULE

/ Type

at the control
a switch

is ON;

circuit operation.
module
“Inactive”

connector
means

KHz
MS
MV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION
pins with
a load

is not

all circuit
applied

SHOULD BE USED FOR
connections
made and all
a switch
is OFF.

or

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

BODY PROCESSOR
v

PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE

COMPONENTS

Description

I

Pin
FCI4.11

Active

AUTO TlLT REOUEST

GROUND

1

FCi415

IGNITION

SWITCHED

I

FC14-25

COLUMN

MOTOR

GROUND

I

FC14-32

IGNiTlDN

SWITCHED

0

FC14.40

COLUMN

MOTOR

I

FC14.41

IGNITION

GROUND

0

FC14-52

COLUMN

RE*CH

I

FC14-58

NOT IN-PARK

I

FC14-66

COLUMN

I

GROUND

SUPPLY

GROUND

SUPPLY
REFERENCE

VOLT*GE

GROUND

COLUMN

GROUND

GROUND

DOOR CONTROL

FC14-67

KEY IN IGNITION

0

FC14-78

COLUMN

REACH MOTOR

I

FC14-80

BATTERY

POWER SUPPLY

B+
FEEDBACK

(R.N.W.32

0 5 ” fO”T,:
GROUND

SUPPLY

4”

ILOGIC)

5

FC14-84

SCP NETWORK

FC14-85

SW NETWORK

I

FC14-87

COLUMN

MOVEMENT

REQUEST

0

FC14-90

COLUMN

TILT MOTOR

POTENTIOMETER

0

FC14~91

COLUMN

REACH MOTOR

I

FC14-93

COLUMN

TILT MOTOR

POTENTIOMETER

COLUMN

TILT MOTOR

SUPPLY

GROUND

,GN,T,ON

B- (PARKI

NOT~IN-P*IRK

BGROUND
B-

,KEY IN,

B.

SWITCH

2 - ,600 Hz
*-

POTENTIOMETER

0

FC14-99

0

FC14-100

COLUMN

TILT MOTOR

SVPPLY

I

FC14-I02

COLUMN

MOVEMENT

MOTORS

BATTERY

GROUND

REFERENCE

GROUND

FEEDBACK

= 8.5 “, EXTEND

c 6.8”

GROUND

GROUND

GROVND

GROUND

“P=4”,DDWN=O.S”

POWER SUPPLY

(KEY-IN

RX,

MlCROSWlTCH
COLUMN

PACK-

B+

GROUND

B-

GROUND

MULTILOCK

I S-WAY

MULTlLOCK

DDS i 10.WAY

DOOR MEMORY

MDKi

I Access
COLUMN,

STEERING

BLACK

LEFT H*ND

SIDE FASCIA,
COLUMN,

AIRBAG

LEFT HAND

DRIVER

DOOR,

DOOR CASING

DRIVER

DOOR,

DOOR CASING

SIDE
BRACKET
SIDE

I BLACK

111LC, BLACK
070,

FC60: S-WAY MULTlLOCK
FC6, .‘SWAY
MULTlLOCK

MOTORS

DRIVER

ECONOSEAL

FC4! I-WAY

SWTCH,

STEERlNG

BLACK

PASSENGER

GROTE AND HARTM*N

DD3 ’ l3WAY

DRIVER

MDK:

GREY

DD,0;22~WAYFORD28T,MER,BLUE
DDll
22.WAY FORD 2 8 TlMER

DRIVER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

1500 HZ

UP = 10 1 V. DOWN = 12.1 V. RETRACT
REFERENCE

MODULE

H*RTMAN

AMP EEEC,

SC9 /g-WAY

SWlTCHGEARi

Location

/ Type I Color

WAY GROTE *ND

FC,4,,04-WAY

MODULE

SWITCH

STEERING

(IN,

B-

s

SC9,8

SWITCHGEAR)

JOY STICK (COLUMN

DOOR SWITCH

GROUND

SUPPLY
POTENTlOMETER

(COLUMN

BODY PROCESSOR

GROUND

GROUND

REACH MOTOR

TILT SWITCH

5v

SUPPLY
MOTOR

Connector

Component
AVTO

GROUND

SUPPLY

POTENTIOMETER

Inactive
B+

STEERING

WHITE

COLVMN

070 ‘WHITE

GEAR SELECTOR

070:
070:

STEERING

WHITE
YELLOW

DRIVER

AMP MOL ‘BLACK

ASSEMBLY

COLUMN

DOOR

CONNECTORS

Connector
AC14

Type I Color
II-WAY

MULTILOCK

DD1

23WAY

AMP

SC2

10.WAY

MULTILOCK

SC3

1Z~WAY MULTILOCK

Location
070 i GREY

FORD,

BLACK

I Access

F*SC,A

BO”OM

DR,“ER

SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING

OF,! YELLOW

ADJXENTTO

070,

RIGHT

GREY

HAND

CONNECTOR
STEERING

MOVNTING

COLUMN

SIDE OF STEERING

BRKKET,

BRACKET.RlGHT

HAND

SIDE

‘N POST TRIM

MOTOR
COLUMN

B,

GROUNDS
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
c7 Pin
Description
I DD,O-l
BdTTERY POWER SUPPLY

B+

Inactive
B+
GROUND

Active

Location
EYELET

IPAIR) - RIGHT

HAND

LEG,

RIGHT

HAND

‘A’ POST

FC?BR

EYELET

IP*IRl-

HAND

LEG,

RIGHT

HAND

‘4’ POST

FCBBL

EYELET

(PAlR, -LEFT

I

DDIO-8

LOGIC GROUND

GROUND

S

DDIO-9

SCP NETWORK

2-1600Hr

FCBBR

EYELET

(PAl.8,

s

DD,O-16

SCP NEWORK

2

FC4AR

EYELET

I

DDIO-I7

POWER GROUND

GROUND

FC4BR

EYELET

0

DD11~2

SEAT MEMORY

I

DDII-6

MEMORY

1

DD11~20

DRIVER DOOR SWTCH

GROUND

I

DDI,-21

MEMORY

1 RECALL

REQUEST

B+ IMOMENT*RYI

1

cm,,-22

MEMORY

2 RECALL

REQUEST

STATUS

symbols

GROUND

SET REQUEST

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

The following

LED

CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

GROUND
(LED ON)

B+

(DOOR OPEN1

B+
GROUND
GROUND

CONTROL

B+

B+ ~MOMENTARYI

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground

1600 Hz

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

to aid the user in understanding

those that can be expe&ed
means a load is applied

at
or

MODULE

RlGHT
RlGHT

HAND

LEG,

TRANSMISSION

TUNNEL,

H*ND

LEG /TRANSMISSION

IPAIR) -RIGHT

HAND

LEG,

LEFT HAND

‘A’ POST

(PAIR,

HAND

LEG,

LEFT HAND

‘4’ POST

RIGHT

PIN OUT INFORMATION

TUNNEL,

LEFT HAND

SIDE

LEFT HAND

SIDE

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

MESSAGES.

Pin Out data:

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

/ Type

Ground
FCPAR

the

a switch

control
is ON;

KHz
MS
MV

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
circuit
module
“Inactive”

operation.

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

connector

pins

means

a load

with
is not

all

circuit

applied

SHOULD BE USED FOR
connections

ma&

or a switch

is OFF.

and

all

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

BODY PROCESSOR
‘7
I
I
I
I
s
s

Pin
FC14-15
FC14-32
FC1441
FC14-58
FC14~80
FC14-84
FC,$-85

PIN OUT INFORMATION
COMPONENTS

MODULE

Description
IGNlTlON
SW,TCHED
GROUND
SUPPLY
IGNlTlON
WATCHED
GROUND
SUPPLY
IGNITION
GROUND
SUPPLY
NOT~IWPARK
BATTERY
POWER
SUPPLY
iLOGIC,
SCPNETWORK
SCPNETWORK

inactive

Active

BODY PROCESSOR

GROUND

POWER SUPPLY

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR

VERTICAL

1 HORIZONTAL

MOTOR

COMMON

SUPPLY

FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2.8 TIMER,

B+ (PARK,
B+

DOOR CONTROL

MODVLE

DPtO! 22.WAY
DP, 1,22-WAY

FORD 2.8 TIMER/BLUE
FORD 2.8 TIMER! BLACK

MOTORS

DDBr’ll~WAY

MULTlLOCK040,BL”E

DOOR MIRROR

MOTORS-PASSENGER

DPB! 1%WAY

MULTliOCK

DOOR SWITCH

-DRIVER

DD3:

ECONOSEAL

= DOWN

GROUND

GROUND

SW NETWORK

2

SCP NETWORK

2- 1600 HZ

POWER GROUND

GROUND

MOVEMENT
MOVEMEYT

MOTOR
MOTOR

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR

POTENTIOMETER

COMMON

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR

POTENTlOMETER

HORIZONTAL

REFERENCE

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR

POTENTIOMETER

VERTICAL

VOLTAGE

POSlTlON
POSlTlON

FEEDBACK

STAT”?,

LED

MOVEMENT

REOUEST

B-

,LED DN)

GROUND

Br = LEFT

GROUND

LH HORiZONTAL

MOVEMENT

REQUEST

B+ = LEFT

GROUND=

Bi = DOWN

GROUND

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH

GROUND

B+

MEMORY

1 RECALL

REQUEST

B+ iMOMENTARYi

GROUND

MEMORY

2 RECALL

REQUEST

B+ ~MOMENTARY~

GROUND

SW NETWORK

FC25~24

CAN NETWORK

c

FC25-47

CAN NETWORK

DOOR CONTROL
POWER SUPPLY

PASSENGER
DOOR MIRROR
VERTICAL,
HORlZONTAL
MOVEMENT

MOTORS

PASSENGER

DOOR MlRROR

HORlZONTAL

(DOOR OPEN)

PASSENGER

DOOR MIRROR

VERTICAL

Active
Br
B+= LEFT,DOWN

Inactive
B+

MOTOR

BC= RIGHT

GROUND

GROUND

Bi = UP

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

SCP NETWORK

2 - 1600 H3

SW NETWORK

2- 1600 Hi

POWER GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

PASSENGER
DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER
COMMON
REFERENCE VOLTAGE

B+

B+

MOVEMENT

MOTOR

DOOR MlRROR POTENTIOMETER
POSiTlON FEEDBACK VOLTAGE

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

symbols

CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

040,

FASClA

BLACK
I BLACK

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH

BLACK

FC87 /3-‘&N

MULTILOCK

070 /WHITE

GEAR SELECTOR

DD5 : IO-WAY

AMP MCIL!

BLACK

DRl”ER

PACK

ASSEMBLY

DOOR

CONNECTORS
Location

Type / Color
14.WAY

MULTILOCK

X-WAY

AMP

FORD,

23.WAY

AMP - FORD,

I Access

FASClA

BO”OM

BLACK

DR,“ER

SIDE ‘R POST MOUNTING

BLACK

PASSENGER

070,

GREY

CONNECTOR

SiDE ‘A’ POST,

MOUNTlNG

BRACKET:

BRACKET/‘*’

RIGHT

HAND

SIDE

POST TRIM

‘A’ POST TRlM

= DOWN,

LEFT

Ground

Location

FC2AR

EYELET (PAIRI - RIGHT

FCBAS

EYELET iSlNGLEi/

= RIGHT

FCBBR

EYELET

(PAIR) -RIGHT

HAND

LEG,

TRANSMISSION

RiGHT

FC4AR

EYELET

,PA,R, - RIGHT

HAND

LEG,

LEFT HAND

= UP

I Type
HAND

LEG,

TRANSMISSION

RIGHT
TUNNEL,

HAND

‘4’ POST

LEFT HAND

SIDE

TUNNEL,

LEFT HAND

SIDE

‘K POST

= UP

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

1 ” = LEFT. 8”

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

Module

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

= RIGHT,

UP

= RIGHT

1”=DOWN;B”=“P

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground

AMP PCB SIGNAL:
AMP PCB SIGNAL

DOOR

DRIVER DOOR i DOOR CASING

COMMON

MOVEMENT

LOGIC GROUND

PASSENGER
HORE’ONTAL

DOOR MEMORY

PASSENGER

MODULE

Description
BATTERY

DRl”ER

DOOR CASING

DRIVER DOOR
BLUE

111LC I BLACK

MULTILOCK

DOOR,

Active

PASSENGER
DOOR MiRROR POTENTIOMETER
VERTICAL POSlTiON FEEDBACK VOLTAGE

The following

GROUND

REOUEST

X25-20

DPIO-z

GROUND

MOVEMENT

c

PACKI

X-WAY

PASSENGER

BRACKET

DOOR CASING

GROUNDS

B+ = UP, RIGHT

RH HORIZONTAL

REQUEST

DD,,!

040,

DRIVER DOOR,

BLUE
BLACK

,“=LEFT;B”=RIGHT

Bi

MOVEMENT

PACK-

GROUND
B+

B+ = DOWN

SET REOUEST

DOOR SWITCH

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

I”=DOWN.B”=UP

SELECT

(DRIVER

13WAY

FC25,48~WAY
FC26 i 24~w*Y

PACK

MICROSWITCH

Connector

1600 Hz

B-

FEEDBACK

MAJOR INSTRUMENT
PACK
V
Pin
Description
s FC25-19
SCP NETWORK

0

SWTCH

LOGIC GROUND

s

DRIVER

/ Access
SIDE FASCIAIAIRBAG

UP
= LEFT

RH VERTICAL

Pin
DP,O-1

= RIGHT,

GROUND

SEAT MEMORY

PASSENGER

GROUND

GROUND

VERTICAL

LH VERTICAL

INSTRUMENT

NOT-IN-PARK

B-=UP

HOW0NTA.L

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR

MEMORY

PASSENGER

DOOR MIRROR

PARROR JOYSTlCK

BA = RlGHT

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR

MIRROR

V
1

DOWN,

PASSENGER

GREY

DDlO, 22.WAY
DD, 1,22-WAY

Inactive
BT

B+ = LEFT:

AMP EEEC,

MODULE-DRIVER

MODULE
Active
BT

Location

I Type I Color

FC,4,104-WAY

DOOR CONTROL

GROUND

GROUND
~R.N.D.4.3.21
B2 - 1500HZ
2 - 1600wz

Description
BATTERY

MODULE

GROUND

MAJOR

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL

Connector

Component

GROUND

MESSAGES.

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC]
Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz
MS
MV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
7
Pin
Description
IGNlTlON

SWITCHED

COMPONENTS
Inactive

Active
GROUND

SUPPLY

BODY PROCESSOR

SIDE LAMP REOUEST

GROUND

DOOR CONTROL

DIPPED BEAM REQUEST

GROUND

BLUE

DRIVER

BLUE

PASSENGER

REAR VIEW MIRROR

RF*,

6.WAY

070 /YELLOW

W,NDSHlELD,

STALK

SC2

IO-WAY

SCP NETWORK

2 - 1600 HZ

LIGHTING

M,RROR

B-

I

DD10~8

LOGIC GROUND

GROUND

S

DD1*~9

SCP NETWORK

*-1600Hi

S

DDlO-16

SCP NETWORK

I

DDll

DOOR MIRROR

Inactive
B,
GROUND

Active

*POWER FOLD BACK REOUEST

PASSENGER
(COLUMN

INSTRUMENT

SWITCHGEAR,

JOY STICK ,DRl”ER

DOOR SWITCH

MODULE

SEAT CONTROL

MODULE-PASSENGER

AND LOCKING

MULTlLOCK

CONTROL

DOOR SWlTCH

BELOW

SEAT CUSHION

SP3:
SP5,

BELOW

SEAT CUSHION

TRUNK

i ELECTRICAL

16.WAY
IO-WAY

MULTILOCK

040 i BLACK

FORD 2.8 TIMER
FORD 2.8 TIMER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Inactive
BA

Active
GROUND

/ BLACK
I BLACK

Location

AC13

Z-WAY

MULTlLOCK

070,

YELLOW

FAX,,%

BOTTOM

CONNECTOR

MD”NTlNG

BRACKET

AC14

14.WAY

MULTlLOCK

070,

GREY

FASCIA

BOTTOM

CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET!

LEFT HAND

MOUNTlNG

GROUND

GROUND

AC16

&WAY

B,

BT

BTl

20.WAY

MULTILOCK

DD1

23~WAY

AMP - FORD,

BLACK

DRIVER

DP1

23.WAY

AMP

BLACK

PASSENGER

SlDE ‘N POST,‘A’

RF,

,&WAY

MVLTlLOCK

070 /YELLOW

RIGHT

‘A’ POST CONNECTOR

RH12

l&WAY

MULTILOCK

070 /YELLOW

REAR OF CENTER

CONSOLE

ASSEMBLY

MULTlLOCK

0701 WHITE

REAR OF CENTER

CONSOLE

ASSEMBLY

I

SD5-5

BA”ERY

S

SD59

SCP NETWORK

2 - ,600 Hz

S

Sk-10

SCP NETWORK

2

,500 Hi

Inactive

Active

S

FCZI-79

SW NETWORK

2 - ,600 HZ

s

FC25-20

SCP bIErwORK

2 - ,600 HZ

c

FC25-24

CAN NETWORK

15

C

FCZ5-47

CAN NETWORK

,5 - ,500 HZ

SEAT CONTROL

Inactive
BA

Active
FOLD OUTACTlVATE

070,

FORD,

GROUND

RH2

Z&WAY

SD1

B-WAY MULTlLOCK

SP1

BYWAY MULTlLOCK070,YELLOW

O?O,YELLOW

GROUND
BA

Ground

Location

BTIAR

EYELET

(PAIRI -RIGHT

HAND

LEG,

ADJACENT

FC2AR

EYELET

(PAIR) - RlGHT

HAND

LEG,

RIGHT HAND

FC381

EYELET

iPA,R, - LEFT HAND

FCSBR

EYELET

(PAIR, - RIGHT

HAND

LEG,

TRANSMISSION

FC‘IAR

EYELET

(PAIR) - RlGHT

HAND

LEG,

LEFT HAND

FCSL

EYELET

(PAIR,

FE’S

EYELET

iSlNGLEi/

I

SP52

POWER GROUND

GROUND

SPS-5

BATTERY

B+

s

SP59

SCP NETWORK

*-1600H2

FCGL

EYELET

IPAIR) - LEFT HAND

S

SE-10

SCP NETWORK

2 - ,600 tlr

FCBS

EYELET

(SINGLEI,

SECURITY
V
Pin

AND LOCKING

CONTROL

MODULE

CONTROL

Description

Active

Inactive

REVERSE

LAMP SUPPLY

B,

GROUND

BATTERY

POWER SUPPLY

B+

Bt

SCP NETWORK

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

SCP NETWORK

2 - ,600 HZ

symbols

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

Module

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
connected and fitted. “Active”

CDmPOnBntS

HAND

REAR WHEEL

HAND

BELOW

DRIVER SEAT

BELOW

PASSENGER

SlDE

HAND

SIDE

BRACKET,

‘A’ POST TRIM

ARCH

BRACKET,

‘X POST TRIM

POSTTRIM
MOUNTING

BRACKET!‘A’POSTTRlM

SEAT

MODULE

LEFT HAND
RIGHT

TO BATTERY
‘A’ POST

LEG iTRANSMISSiON

LEG,

HAND

HAND

TUNNEL,

LEFT HAND

SIDE

LEFT HAND

SIDE

‘& POST
SEAT

SEAT

LEG,

LEFT HAND

RIGHT

TUNNEL.

LEFT HAND

SEAT

SEAT

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

2 - ,600 Hz

GROUND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

The following

RlGHT

SlDE ‘K POST MOUNTING

HAND

RIGHT

/ Type

I

POWER SUPPLY

TRUNK/ABOVE

WHITE

! RlGHT

GROUNDS

MODULE

Description
DOOR MIRROR

1500 Hz

MULTlLOCK070,YELLOW

‘K POST CONNECTOR

POWER GROUND

PASSENGER
v
Pin
0 SW4

CARRIER

/ Access

Type I Color

SDS2

MAJOR INSTRUMENT
PACK
v
Pin
Description

PACK

CONNECTORS

Connector

I

POWER SUPPLY

OF ROOF CONSOLE

FASCIA

I BLACK
BLACK

8740 I 16.WAY FORD 2 8 TlMER : BLACK
BT41 ! 26.WAY FORD IDC ! BLACK
RH20, COAXIAL CONNECTOR

MODULE

FORWARD
COLUMN

DR,“ER

20.WAY

BRACKET

DOOR

SD3
IG~WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER 1 BLACK
SD4 II 26~WAY FORD IDC t BLACK
SDS 1 IO~WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER! BLACK

DD,,

PACK)

DRlVER

STEERING

070 ‘YELLOW

/AIRBAG

DOOR CASlNG

GROUNC

B-

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
;i
Pin
Description
0 SD3~4
DOOR MIRROR FOLD BACK ACTIVATE

MULTILOCK

FC25 : 48~WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL
FC26, 24.WA,‘ AMP
PCB SIGNAL

PACK

SEAT CONTROL

SEC”Rl7-V

,500 HZ

DOOR

040!

,NTERlOR

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
J
Pin
Description
I DDIO-1
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

DOOR,

040!

- DRIVER

SlDE FASCIA

DRlVER

MVLTILOCK

2-,600Hi

ILOGIC)

FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLUE
FORD 2 8 TIMER/BLACK
MULTlLOCK

SCP NETWORK

POWER SUPPLY

22.WAY
22~WAY
1%WAY

DOOR MIRROR

BATTERY

DDlO,
DD,,

DRi”ER

/ Access

PASSENGER

EEECiGREY

oP8:

DOOR MIRROR

POWER SUPPLY

MODULE

Location

I Type I Color

FC,4il04-WAYAMP

MODULE

DD8 II ll-WAY

B+
B-

BATTERY

MAJOR

15

Connector

Component

GROUND

MESSAGES.

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

to aid the user in understanding

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
circuit operation.

KHz
MS
MV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
7
Pin
Description
0 BT69-1
MAJOR
INSTRUMENT
PACK
ADAPTl”E
DAMPiNG
MI1
0 BT69-3
ACCELEROMETER
COMMON
GROUND
SUPPLY
D 3T69-10
SERIAL
COMMUNlcATlONS
I BT69~11
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
0

BTS9-13

0

8769-14

0

mm1

I

BTW23

GRCJUND

I

BTW20

FRONT LATERAL

BT69-21

FRONT VERTICAL

LH REAR DAMPER

BA1TERY

RH FRONT DAMPER
5

RH REAR DAMPER

BT69-22

REAR VERTICAL

I

3-m-24

VEHICLE

0

BT.53~25

ACCELEROMETER

I

BT69-26

BRAKE SWlTCH

3x9-27

BATTERY

BA”ERY
BA”ERY

COMPONENTS
GROUND

Inactive
B+

ACCELEROMETER-FRONT

GROUND

GROUND

ACCELEROMETER-REAR

Active

POWER SUPPLY
POWER SUPPLY

ACCELEROMETER
ACCELEROMETER

Connector

ACCELEROMETER-FRONT

POWER SUPPLY

ACCELEROMETER

Component

FEEDBACK
FEEDBACK

VERTICAL
VERTICAL

TRUNK,

BELOW

CENTER

CONSOLE,

ICE HEAD

Bi
.BT
BT

DAMPER

SOLENOID

- LH FRONT

TOP OF LEFT HAND

FRONT

DAMPER

SOLENOID-

LH REAR

TOP OF LEFT HAND

REAR DAMPER

GROUND

DAMPER

SOLENOlD

- RH FRONT

TOP OF RIGHT

HAND

FRONT

23%27”=HARD

DAMPER

SOLENOID

RH REAR

TOP OF RIGHT

HAND

REAR DAMPER

CONTROL

TRUNKiADJACENTTO

MODULE

TOP OF BRAKE

BRAKE SWITCH

2.3

UNIT

ELECTRlCALCARRlER

PEDAL
DAMPER
DAMPER

2.7 ” = HARD

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

CONNECTORS

SUPPLY

Connector

Location

Type / Color

POWER SUPPLY

FASCIA

/ Access

BOTTOM

CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

RIGHT

HAND

SlDE

D

BT69 28

SERIAL COMM”NlCATlONS

0

8T69-30

LH FRONT DAMPER

0

BTW31

LH FRONT DAMPER

0

BTW32

LH REAR DAMPER

GROUND

TRUNK,

BELOW

0

BT69-33

RH FRONT DAMPER

GROUND

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO

0

BTW34

RH REAR DAMPER

GROUND

LEFT HAND

‘N POST CONNECTOR

MOVNTING

BRACKET,

‘A’ POST TRIM

LEFT HAND

‘A’ POST CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

‘A’ POSTTRlM

BAmERY

BEHIND

ADAPTIVE

DAMPING

ECM

FUEL TANK

2.3 - 2.7 ” = HARD

FEEDBACK

VOLTAGE

/ Access

ENGINECOMPARTMENT,AD~ACE~~TO

GROUND

SPEED SIGNAL
COMMON

Location

/ Type I Color

LA\TERAL

POWER SUPPLY

TRUNK/ABOVE

RIGHT

HAND

REAR WHEEL

ARCH

B+

TRUNK,

RIGHT

HAND

REAR WHEEL

ARCH

GROUND

TR”NK,SELOWFUELTANK

BEHIND

ABOVE

GLOVE

REAR OF CENTER

FUEL TANK
RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

BOX
CONSOLE

ASSEMBLY

REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY,

LEFT HAND

REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY,

RIGHT

HAND

SIDE
SIDE

GROUNDS
Location

Ground
BT23L
CONTROL

The following

symbols

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

Module

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
connected and fitted. “Active”

components

values for Control

EYELET

MODULE

IPAIR)

/ Type
LEFT HAND

LEG /TRUNK,

PIN OUT INFORMATION

RIGHT REAR

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
7
Pin
Description
I FC14~15
IGNITION WATCHED
GROUND SUPPLY
0 FC14-17
MD RH iRHD LHI SEAT HEATER STATE LED
1

FC14-32

IGNITION

I

FC14-35

LHD RH ,RHD LH, SEAT HEATER

I

FC14-41

IGNITION

0

FC14-69

LHDLHSEATHEATERSWTUSLEDIRHD=RHI

I

FC14-80

BA”ERY

s

FC14~84

SCP NETWORK

FC14-85

SCP YETWORK

FC14-86

LHD LH (RHO RH, SEAT HEATER

s

SWITCHED
GROUND

COMPONENTS
GROUND
GROUND

GROUNDSUPPLY
REQUEST

SUPPLY

POWER SUPPLY

ILOGIC)

DD1w3

LOGK

B-

,LED ON,

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B-

GROUND

B-

B,

B-

2-1900Hz
B-

IMOMENTARY)

inactive
B*
GROUND

Active

s

DD,O-9

SCP NETWORK

DD,O-16

SCP NETVKJRK

1

DD10~17

POWER GROUND

0

DD11~2

SEAT MEMORY

I

DD,,-6

MEMORY

SET REQUEST

B-

1

DDll-21

MEMORY

1 RECALL

REQUEST

B+ ,MOMENTARY

I

0011~22

kmmw

2 RECALL REQUEST

Pin

Description

MAJOR

,NSTRUMENT

STATUS

LED

GROUND

,LED ONi

BELOW

SEAT CUSHION

BELOW

SEAT CUSHION

SD19

3~WAY MULTILOCK

SEAT CVSHION

FC55!

20.WAY

SEAT HEATER

,HEATERl
SWITCH

DRIVER
(CENTER

CONSOLE

SWITCH

PACK)

SD14’3-WAYM”LTlLOCK070.

SEAT MOTORS

SD7 ! G~WAY MULTILOCK
SDB, G~WAY MULTILOCK
SD9, B-WAY MULTILOCK

SQUAB

(HEATER)

- DRIVER

SWITCH

PACK-DRIVER

SWlTCH

PACK

DOOR MEMORY

DRIVER SEAT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

B,

Connector

MULTILOCK

GROUND

X-WAY

AMP - FORD,

B+ IMOMENTARY

GROUND

B-WAY

Active

Inactive

MULTILOCK

070,

BELOW

070 i YELLOW

B+

GROUND

Ground

Location

GRO”ND

FC2AR

EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT

HAND

LEG,

0

SF-3

DRIVER SEAT HEATER

B+

GROUND

FCSBR

EYELET

IPAIR) -RIGHT

HAND

LEG /TRANSMISSION

0

SLY-5

DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR

PUMP INFLATE

MOTOR

B+

GROUND

FC4AR

EYELET

IPAIR

HAND

LEG,

0

SDS6

DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR

PUMP DEFLATE

SOLENOID

B+

GROUND

FCSL

EYELET

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND

0

SK-7

DRIVER SEAT FORE /AFT

MOTOR

SUPPLY

Br

GROUND

FC5R

EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND

0

SDS8

DRIVER SEAT FORE /AFT

MOTOR

SUPPLY

B+

GROUND

FCBL

EYELET

IPAIR, -LEFT

1

SK-9

DRIVER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT

B+ iMOMENTARY

GROUND

FCGR

EYELET

IPAIR) -RIGHT

I

SD310

DRIVER SEATAFT

B- iMOMENTARY,

GROUND

I

SD3~13

DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR

REAR EDGE LOWER REOVEST

B+ (MOMENTARY,

GROUND

REAR EDGE RAISE REQUEST

B+ iMOMENTARY,

GROUND

B- iMOMENTARY

GROUND

INFLATE

REQUEST

I

5x3-14

DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR

I

503-15

DRIVER SEAT SQUAB

AFT RECLINE

I

SD316

DRIVER SEAT SQUAB

FORE RECLINE

0

ma-1

DRIVER SEAT SQUAB

POTENTIOMETER

0

SD42

DRiVER SEAT FORE/AFT

0

SD&5

DRIVER SEAT SQUAB

0

504~6

DillVER

,

SDI-lo

DRIVER SEAT RAISE,

LOWER POTENTlOMETER

1

SLwll

DRIVER SEATSQVAB

POT FEEDBACK

DEFLATE

REQUEST
REQUEST
REQUEST
REFERENCE

MOVEMENT

POT. REFERENCE

I

SD4-72

DRIVER SEAT FORE /AFT

SO4-14

DRIVER SEAT RAISE,

0

SD4-18

DRIVER SEAT FORE l AFT MOVEMENT

I

SD5-1

DRIVER OR PASSENGER
POWER GROUND

REFERENCE

GROUND

VOLTAGE

SEAT RAlSE i LOWER POTENTIOMETER

0

GROUND

POTENTlOMETER

REFERENCE

VOLTAGE

FEEDBACK

B+ (MOMENTARY)

GROUND

B+ iMOMENTARY

GROUND

BA iMOMENTARY,

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

B+

B+

B+

B-

FEEDBACK

LOWER POTENTlOMETER

10 V = FORWARD,

REFERENCE

POTENTlOMETER

GROUND

REFERENCE

VOLTAGE

SEAT IDENTlFlCATlON

GROUND

B+

B+

GROUND

SD5-3

DRIVER SEAT RAISE,

LOWER MOTOR

SUPPLY

B+

0

SE-4

DRl”ER

LOWER MOTOR

SUPPLY

B+

BATTERY

I

SDS5
SD5-8

DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED

B+ IFASTENED,

S

SD59

SCP NETWORK

2-

S

SD5-lo

SCP NETWORK

2 - ,600 HZ

POWER SUPPLY

Description

S

FCZ5-19

SCP NETWORK

s

FC25-20

SW NETWORK

C

FC25-24

CAN NETWORK

C

FC25-47

CAN NETWORK

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

BRACKET,‘A’

RIGHT

HAND

SIDE

POSTTRIM

DRIVER SEAT

CONTROL

MODULE

I Type

-RIGHT

HAND
HAND

LEG,
LEG,
LEG,
LEG,

RlGHT

HAND

LEFT HAND
RlGHT
RIGHT

PIN OUT INFORMATION

LEFT HAND

SIDE

SEAT

HAND

LEFT HAND

TUNNEL,
‘X POST

HAND

LEFT HAND

‘X POST

SEAT

SEAT
SEAT

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
B+
GROVND

BA
,500 Hz

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

Inactive

Active

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
symbols

CONNECTOR

PACK

Pin

The following

/ Access

BO”OM

iDRlVER,

GROUND

I

INSTRUMENT

DOOR

DRIVER SEAT

2 V = REAR

GROUND

SD52

MAJOR

DRi”ER
BLACK

SV=“P:4V=DOWN

POTENTIOMETER

(

v

040,

SEAT CUSHlON

10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN

0

SEAT RAISE!

MULTILOCK

PACK

GROUNDS

Bi

SEAT CUSHION

‘,G~wAY

SWITCH

SEAT SOUAB

070 I_GREY

DRIVER SIDE ‘K POST MOUNTING

FORWARD

DwER

SD,,

BLACK

REAR

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION

AMP MOL I BLACK

FASCIA

SUPPLY-

SIX-12

MULTILOCK

,&WAY

GREY

SVPPLY-

SD3-II

‘&WAY

Location

14.WAY

MOTOR

I

BELOW

070 WHlTE
070 / WHITE
070, YELLOW

DD5,

CONSOLE

SEAT BACK

CONNECTORS

MOTOR

/

CENTER
YELLOW

SD17

Type / Color

DRIVER SEAT SQUAB

REQUEST

070 ‘YELLOW

FORD IDC i BLACK

SEATLUMBARPUMP-DRl”ER
DRl”ER

040:

BRACKET

I BLACK
BLACK
BLACK

MVLTILOCK

I AIRBAG

DOOR CASING

SD3 i 16.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SCM: 2B~WAV FORD IDC i BLACK
SD5 / 10.WAY FORD 2.8 TlMER i BLACK

DRIVER SEATSQUAB

REQUEST

DRIVER DOOR,

FORD 2.8 TIMER i BLUE
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLACK

SD20 :P-WAY

MODULE-DRIVER

SD3~1

MOVEMENT

I Access
SIDE FASClA

SEAT CONTROL

SE-2

SUPPLY

PASSENGER

GHEY

SEAT BELT SWITCH

0

ELEMENTS

Location

I Type I Color
AMP EEEC,

FC25 ‘48~WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL
FCZB:24~WAYAMP
PCB SIGNAL,

PACK

GROUND

MODULE

104.WAY

DDlO! 22~WAY
DDI 1 : 22.WAY

MODULE-DRIVER

SEAT CUSHlON

GROUND

GROUND

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL

DOOR CONTROL

FC14:

MODVLE

2.1f,00Hr
REQUEST

s

77
0

Connector

Component
BODY PROCESSOR

GROUND

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
7
Pin
Description
DD,O-l
BA”ERY
POWER SUPPLY
1

Inactive

Active

D
C
S

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

MESSAGES.

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz
MS
MV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

BODY PROCESSOR
/

Pin

PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE

COMPONENTS

Description
IGNITION

Active

SWITCHED

GROUND

SUPPLY

GROUND

GROUND

SEAT CONTROL

MODULE

- DRlVER

GROUND

B-

LHDLHSEATHEATERSTATUSLEDIRHD=RHD=RH,

GROUND

B-

BATTERY

B+

B-

SEAT CUSHION

IHEATERI

DRIVER

SWITCHED

GROUND

POWER SUPPLY

GROUND

SUPPLY
REQUEST

(LOGIC,

SW NEWQRK

2-1600Hz

SCP XEWORK

2s1600H2

LHD LH !RHD RH, SEAT HEATER

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL

REOUEST

GROUND

iLED ON)

B-

IMOMENTARY,

Inactive

DRIVER SEAT SQUAB

MOTOR

SUPPLY-FORWARD

Active
EL

DRIVER SEAT SQUAB

MOTOR

SUPPLY-REAR

B-

GROUND

B+

GROUND

DRIVER SEAT HEATER

ELEMENTS

SUPPLY

GROUND

DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR

PUMP

INFLATE

MOTOR

B+

GROUND

DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR

PUMP

DEFLATE

SOLENOID

Bt

GROUND

DRIVER SEAT FORE /AFT

MOTOR

SUPPLY

B+

GROUND

503-B

DRIVER SEAT FORE, AFT MOTOR

SUPPLY

B7

GROUND

SD39

DRlVER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT

B+ iMOMENTAR”i

GROUND

St%10

DRIVER SEATAFT

B* iMOMENTARYi

GROUND

1

MOVEMENT

REQUEST
REQUEST

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION

REAR EDGE LOWER RECIUES,

B, (MOMENTARY,

GROUND

SD312

DRlVER SEAT CUSHION

REAR EDGE RAISE REQUEST

Bt (MOMENTARY,

GROUND

SD3-13

DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR

503-14
503.15

INFLATE

REQUEST

B+ (MOMENTARY)

GROUND

DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR

DEFLATE

REQUEST

B+ ,MOMENTARY

GROUND

DRIVER SEAT SQUAB

AFT RECLINE

B+ ,MOMENTARYi

GROUND

SD3-16

DRIVER SEATSQUAB

FORE RECLINE

B+ IMOMENTARY,

GROUND

REQUEST
REQUEST

SD5-1

DRIVER OR PASSENGER

SD5-2

POWER GROUND

SD5-3

DRIVER SEAT RAISE,

LOWER MOTOR

SD5-4

DRIVER SEAT RAISE!

LOWER MOTOR

St55

BA”ERY

SE-8

DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED

B+ (FASTENED)

SD5-9

SCP NETWORK

2-

SD5~10

SCP NETWORK

2 - 1600 HZ

SEAT IDENTIFICATION

symbols

GROUND

SUPPLY

B+

GROUND

SUPPLY

B+

GROUND

B+

B+

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

SEAT CUSHION

SD3,,9-WAY
FORD 2 8 TiMER,
SD4,26~WAYFORDIDC:BLACK
SD5,lO~WAY
FORD 2 8 TIMER,

BLACK

BELOW

SEAT CUSHlON

SD19 i Z-WAY

YELLOW

SWTCH

FC55,

PACK1

X-WAY

MULTILOCK

MULTILOCK

SEAT MOTORS

- DRIVER

SD7 II G~WAY MULTILOCK
SDB, BYWAY MULTILOCK
SD9 / S-WAY MULTILOCK

PACK

DRl”ER
DRlVER

SEAT

070,

SD,,,

S-WAY MULTILOCK

SD,,

,B-WAY

070,

SEAT CUSHION
CENTER

YELLOW

070 i WHlTE
070 ;WHITE
070 iYELLOW

CONSOLE

SWITCH

PACK

SEAT BACK
BELOW

SEAT CUSHlON

070 I GREY

SEAT SQUAB

MO.‘BLACK

DRIVER SEAT

MULTILOCK

BRACKET

BLACK

FORD IDC, BLACK

SO14 I S-WAY MULTILOCK

iHEATER)

040,

CONNECTORS

Connector

Type / Color

SD1

B-WAY MULTlLOCK

Location
070,

BELOW

YELLOW

/ Access

DRIVER SEAT

GROUNDS
Ground

Location

FCBBR

EYELET

IPAIR) - RIGHT

FCSI

EYELET

iPAlRi

FCSR

EYELET

(PAIR) -RIGHT

FCSL

EYELET

(PAlR) -LEFT

FCGR

EYELET (PAIRI

CONTROL

MODULE

/ Type
-LEFT

HAND
HAND
HAND
HAND

RIGHT HAND

LEG,
LEG,
LEG,
LEG,
LEG,

TRANSMlSSiQN
RIGHT
RIGHT

HAND
HAND

LEFT HAND
LEFT HAND

PIN OUT INFORMATION

TUNNEL,

LEFT HAND

SIDE

SEAT
SEAT

SEAT
SEAT

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

GROUND

1600 Hz

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

are used to represent

CONSOLE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

iDRIVER

GROUND

POWER SUPPLY

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

The following

GROUND

(CENTER

/ Access
SIDE FASCIA.!AIRBAG

BELOW

?-WAY

PUMP-DRIVER

SWTCH

Description

SWITCH

Location
PASSENGER

BLACK

SD20,

SEAT LUMBAR

SQUAB

MODULE

SD3-7

SK-1

SEAT HEATER

I Type / Color

FC14,104-WAYAMPEEECIGREY

MODULE

SEAT BELT SWITCH

LHD RH iRHD LH, SEAT HEATER

SK-1
SD32
503-3
SK-5
SD36

BODY PROCESSOR
B?

IGNITION

LED

Connector

Component

GROUND

LHD RH (RHD LHI SEAT HEATER STATE

Pin

Inactive

MESSAGES.

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

to aid the user in understanding

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
circuit operation.

KHz
MS
MV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

811

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

BODY PROCESSOR
77

PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE

COMPONENTS

Pin

Description

FC14~15

IGNITION

0

FCi4~17

LHD RH iRHD LHI SEAT HEATER

1

FC14-32

IGNITION

I

Active

SWITCHED
SWITCHED

GROUND

SUPPLY

GROUND

STATE LED

I

FCl4~35

LHD RH IRHD LHI SEAT HEATER

FC14-69

LHDLHSEATHEATERSTAT”SLEDIRHD=RH)

FCIS-90

BA1TERY

S

FC14-84

SCP NETWQRK

S

FC14-85

SCP NETWORK

I

FC14-86

LHD LH (RHD RHI SEAT HEATER

PASSENGER

POWER SUPPLY

iLOGIC)

PASSENGER

SEAT SQUAB

MOTOR

SUPPLY-

PASSENGER

SEAT SQUAB

MOTOR

SUPPLY-

SP3~3

PASSENGER

SEAT HEATER

SP3-5

PASSENGER

SEAT LUMBAR

PUMP INFLATE

MOTOR

SP3-6

PASSENGER

SEAT LUMBAR

PUMP DEFLATE

SOLENOID

SP3-7

PASSENGER

SEAT FORE /AFT

MOTOR

SUPPLY-

FORWARD

SP3-B

PASSENGER

SEAT FORE /AFT

MOTOR

SUPPLY-

REAR

SP3-9

PASSENGER

SEAT FORE MOVEMENT

SW10

PASSENGER

SEATAFT

SP3-11

PASSENGER

SEATCUSHION

SP3~12

PASSENGER

SEAT CUSHION

SP3-13

PASSENGER

SEAT LUMBAR

ELEMENTS

?O~WAY FORD IDC

GROUND

*-

GROUND

B+
81
B+

GROUND

B+

GROUND

B+

GROUND

B+ ,MOMENTARY,

GROUND

PASSENGER

PACK-PASSENGER

SEAT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

GROUND

Type I Color

GROUND

SPI

B-WAY

MULTILOCK

HAND

RIGHT

B+ IMOMENTARY)

GROUND

FCSS

EYELET

LEFT HAND

REQUEST

B- IMOMENTARY)

GROUND

B* IMOMENTARY)

GROUND

B+ IMOMENTARY

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

SUPPLY

SP5-a

PASSENGER

SEAT RAISE,

LOWER MOTOR

SUPPLY

SP55

BA”ERY

(DRIVER)

GROUND

BELOW

SEAT CUSHION

BELOW

SEAT CUSHION

CENTER

SEAT BACK

BYWAY MULTILOCK

~~-WAYMULT~LOCK~~~/BLACK

070!

GREY

BRACKET

SEAT CUSHION

070 II YELLOW
070 : WHlTE
070 ‘WHITE
070 .‘YELLOW

AIRBAG

BELOW

CONSOLE

SWITCH

PACK

SEAT CUSHION

SEAT SQUAB
PASSENGER

SEA,

/ Access

PASSENGER

SEAT

/ Type

EYELET (SINGLE,,

LOWER MOTOR

SIDE FASCIA/

GROUNDS

FCSS

SEAT IDENTIFICATION

YELLOW

/ Access

PASSENGER

BLACK

SPll

Location

GROUND

SEAT RAISE/

BLACK
1)BLACK

070,

SP17

BELOW

070 ‘YELLOW

Bi IMOMENTARYI

REQUEST

BLACK

Location

CONNECTORS

Connector

REQUEST
REQUEST

040,

SP7,6-WAY
MULTILOCK
SW, B-WAY MULTILOCK
SP9 ‘B-WAY MULTILOCK

REAR EDGE RAlSE REQUEST

POWER GROUND

CONTROL
iPASSENGER,

MODULE

ISINGLE),

LEG,

HAND

TRANSMlSSlON

TUNNEL,

LEFT HAND

SIDE

SEAT
SEAT

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

GROUND

NOT USED
NOT USED

POWER SUPPLY

D
C
S

(HEATER)

i 2~WAY MULTILOCK

SP14 I) BYWAY MULTILOCK

INFLATE

PASSENGER

to

PACK,

SWITCH

SEAT MOTORS-PASSENGER

B-

SP5-2

Used

CONSOLE

B-

(MOMENTARY1

FORWARD

SP5~3

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

(CENTER

PUMP-PASSENGER

Location

FORE RECLINE

DRIVER OR PASSENGER

SWITCH

EYELET (PA!!+) - RIGHT

SEAT SQUAB

connected

FC55,

SEAT LurdB.6

FCSBR

PASSENGER

NOTE: The values

SEAT HEATER

Ground

SP3-16

comPonents

B-

GROUND

DEFLATE

CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

B-

- PASSENGER

GROUND

AFT RECLINE

are

MULTILOCK

SPX

B+ iMOMENTARY,

SEAT LUMBAR

symbols

J-WAY

(NOT USED)

B+ iMOMENTARY

SEAT SQUAB

The following

SP19

REAR

REQUEST

PASSENGER

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground

,HEATERi

WlRlNG

REAR EDGE LOWER REQUEST

MOVEMENT

PASSENGER

SCP NETWORK

FORD 2.8 TIMER
FORD 2 8 TIMER

SEAT CUSHION

Inactive

REQUEST

SP3-15

NOT USED

SP3 ’ IS~WAY
SP5, 10.WAY

B-

Active
SUPPLY

SK-14

SCP NETWORK

MODULE-PASSENGER

B-

GROUND

SNITCH

SP3-2

SPi-10

SEAT CONTROL

GROUND

SQUAB

SP3-1

SP5-9

SEAT BELT SWITCH

MODULE

Description

SP5-8

B-

GROUND

Pin

I Type I Color

FC14,‘104~WAYAMPEEEC!GREY

GROUND

iLED ONi

2 - ,600 Hz
REQUEST

MODVLE

GROUND

GROUND

REQUEST

Connector

BODY PROCESSOR

Z-iBOOHz

SEAT CONTROL

SP5-1

Component

GROUND

SUPPLY

0

Inactive

B*

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

represent

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

listed are approximately
and fitted.
“Active”

Module

MESSAGES.

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

to aid the user in understanding

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
circuit operation.

KHz
MS
MV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
7
Pin
Description
I FC14~15
IGNITION SWITCHED
GROUND SUPPLY
0
FC14-17
LHDRHIRHDLHISEATHEATER
STATE
LED
t FC14-32
lGNlTlON
SWlTCHED
GROUND
SUPPLY
FC14-35
LHD RH iRHD LH, SEAT HEATER REQUEST

COMPONENTS
Inactive

Active
GROUND

*+

MODULE

SEAT BELT SWITCH

WIRING

GROUND

GROUND

SEATCONTROL

MODULE-PASSENGER

GROUND

B+
iHEATER,

GROUND

iLED ONi

FC14-69

LHDLHSEATHEATERSTATUSLEDIRHI

GROUND

B+

SEAT CUSHION

I

FC14-80

BAnERY

!h

B*

SEAT HEATER

S

FCl4~84

SCP YEWORK

FC,G-85

SCP NETWORK

FC14-86

LHD LH lRHD RH! SEAT HEATER

s

rkQG,Ci

7/

Pin

GROUND

(MOMENTARY,

SQUAB

SEAT CONTROL
Description
PASSENGER

SEAT SQUAB

MOTOR

SUPPLY-

FORWARD

PASSENGER

SEAT SQUAB

MOTOR

SUPPLY-

REAR

PASSENGER

SEAT HEATER

PASSENGER

SEAT LUMBAR

PUMP

PASSENGER

SEAT LUMBAR

PUMP DEFLATE

PASSENGER

SEAT FORE /AFT

MOTOR

SUPPLY-

FORWARD

PASSENGER

SEAT FORE /AFT

MOTOR

SUPPLY-

REAR

ELEMENTS

PASSENGER

SEAT FORE MOVEMENT

PASSENGER

SEATAFT

PASSENGER

SEAT LUMBAR

INFLATE

MOVEMENT
INFLATE

MOTOR
SQLENOlD

REQUEST
REQUEST
REQUEST

PASSENGER

SEAT LUMBAR

DEFLATE

SEAT SQUAB

AFT RECLINE

PASSENGER

SEATSQUAB

FORE RECLINE

Inactive

Active
b
BT
BBB+
B+
B+

SUPPLY

PASSENGER

PACK-

040,

BLACK

SP3,16-WAY
SP5,10-WAY

FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2.8 TIMER,

BLACK
BLACK

SP19 I 3WAY

MULTlLOCK

F&55,20-WAY

PACK1

070 i YELLOW

SPll

SEAT

070 ! WHlTE
070 i WHITE
070 /YELLOW

MULTILOCK

I,B-WAY

070,

MULTILOCK

GREY

040 i BLACK

I Access
SIDE FASCIA

BELOW

SEAT CUSHION

BELOW

SEAT CVSHION

IAIRBAG

BRACKET

SEAT CUSHION
CENTER

FORD IDC: BLACK

SP17 /B-WAY

PASSENGER
PASSENGER

BELOW

CONSOLE

SWITCH

PACK

SEAT CUSHION

SEAT SQUAB
PASSENGER

SEAT

REQUEST
REQUEST
REQUEST

Type / Color
BYWAY MULTILOCK

GROUND

B+ iMOMENTARYl

GROUND

Ground

Location

B- IMOMENTARY)

GROUND

FC3BR

EYELET

(PAIR) - RIGHT

B+ (MOMENTARY,

GROUND

FCSS

EYELET

ISINGLE),

RlGHT

B+ iMOMENTARY)

GROUND

FCGS

EYELET

,SlNGLEi,

LEFT HAND

B+ fMOMENTARY1

GROUND

B- iMOMENTARY

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

B+

B+

SF58

NOT USED

5

SP59

SCP NEDVORK

2

s

SP5~10

SW NETWORK

2- ,600 HZ

iDRl”ERi

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

SEAT

CONTROL

MODULE

/ Type
HAND

LEG,

HAND

TRANSMISSION

TUNNEL,

LEFT HAND

SIDE

SEAT
SEAT

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

iPASSENGER

,600 HZ

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

are used to represent

/ Access

PASSENGER

GROUNDS

GROUND

GROUND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

BELOW

GROUND

BATERY

POWER SUPPLY

Location
070;YELLOW

GROUND

POWER GROUND

SEAT IDENTlFlCATiON

CONNECTORS

Connector

SP5~5

D
C
S

(HEATER:

SP1

SPS-2

CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

SWITCH

MULTILOCK

SP? , B-WAY MULTTILOCK
SP8, S-WAY MULTILOCK
SP9, S-WAY MULTiLOCK

GROUND

I

symbols

CONSOLE

GROUND

I

following

iCENTER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

GROUND

DRIVER OR PASSENGER

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground

- PASSENGER

*-WAY

Location
PASSENGER

MODULE

SF51

The

SP20,

USED1

2s1600HZ
REQUEST

SWlTCH

PASSENGER

SWITCH

,NOT

SEAT MOTORS-PASSENGER

2- 1600 Hz

/ Type / Color

FC14,10I~WAYAMPEEEC,GREY

BODY PROCESSOR

0

POWER SUPPLY

Connector

Component

MESSAGES.

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT
OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
(7 Pin
Description
TRUNK

COMPONENTS

LATCH RELEASE

IGNITION

REQUEST

SWITCHED

GROUND

FUEL FLAP RELEASE

REQUEST

IGNITION

SWITCHED

IGNITION

GROUND

GROUND

SUPPLY

GROUND

!MOMENTARY,

GROUND
GROUND

SUPPLY

IMOMENTARY)

GROUND

GROVND

iMOMENTARY,

GROUND

iR.N.D.4.3.2~

KEY IN ,GNlTlON

GROUND

!KEY IN)

DOOR LOCK RELAY ACTIVATE

GROUND

IPULSE)

(LOGIC]

DOOR CONTROL

MODULE

DOOR CONTROL

MODULE

Pin

SW NETWORK

2-1600Hr

Description
POWER SUPPLY

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR

MOTOR

UNLOCK

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR

MOTOR

LOCK

-PASSENGER

OP3!

IS~WAY

ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

PASSENGER

DOOR I_DOOR CASING

DP3

Is-WAY

ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

PASSENGER

DOOR I_DOOR CASING

ECONOSEAL

111iC j BLACK

DRIVER

DRIVER DOOR i DOOR CASING

0011~4

DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL
EXTERIOR

1

DDll-12

DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL

I

DO?,-20

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH

PASSENGER
Pin

DOOR CONTROL

UNLOCK

WINDOW

REQUEST

DP,O-1

BA”ERY

DP10-5

PASSENGER

DOOR LOCKACTUATOR

MOTOR

UNLOCK

0

DPIO-6

PASSENGER

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR

MOTOR

LOCK

S

DPIO-9

POWER SUPPLY

LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

1500 Hz

DROP REQUEST

B+

DOOR SWITCH

SOLENO,

GROUND
POWER SUPPLY

SCP NETWORK
I

BT41-5

TRUNK

BT4,-7

PASSENGER

I

BT41-19

DRIVER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR

I

RHZO-1

KEY FOB ANTENNA

I

RH20-*

KEY FOB ANTENNA

SWITCH
LOCK STATUS

LOCK STATUS

SHIELD

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

SWITCH

values for Control

Module

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

GEAR SELECTOR

,O~WAY AMP MQL:

BT43!

Z-WAY

LABINAL

NATURAL

ELECTRICAL

FASCIA

i DRIVER SIDE

I BROWN

TRUNK,

1.6, BLACK

TRUNK

AMP MQL,

BLACK

ASSEMBLY

TRUNK,

DRIVER

LEFT “AND

CARRIER

SIDE

KNEE BOLSTER

RELAYS
Relay
RELAY

Color / Stripe

Connector

BLACK,

FCZ,

VIOLET

/ Color

Location

VIOLET

RH FASCIA

/ Access
RELAYS

CONNECTORS
Location
YELLOW

/ Access
CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

RIGHT

HAND

SIDE

AC.14

14.WAY

MULTILOCK

0111, GREY

FASCIA

BOTTOM

CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

RIGHT HAND

SIDE

AC15

Z&WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

GREY

FASCIA

BOTTOM

CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

BIGHT

SIDE

BT,

X-WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

WHlTE

TRUNK/ABOVE

RIGHTHAND

REAR WHEELARCH

BTZ

*@WAY

MULTILOCK

070,WHITE

TRUNK/ABOVE

RIGHT

REAR WHEEL

DD,

23WAY

AMP - FORD,

BLACK

DRIVER SIDE ‘fl

POST MOUNTlNG

DP,

Z-WAY

AMP - FORD,

BLACK

PASSENGER

IC4

4-WAY

RH2

Z-WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

MULTILOCK

WHITE

070,

FASCIA

BOTTOM

TRUNK,

WHITE

Inactive

Ground

Location

BTlAL

EYELET

iPAIR

LEFT HAND

GROUND

BTlAR

EYELET

iPAw

- RIGHT HAND

FC2AR

EYELET

iPAIR, - RIGHT

GROUND

GROUND

FC2BL

EYELET

iPAIR1 - LEFT HAND

GROUND

GROUND

FC2BR

EYELET

(PAIR) - RIGHT HAND

B+

B+

FC3BL

EYELET

iPAiR,

LEFT HAND

FC3BR

EYELET

iPAIR

- RIGHT HAND

FC4AR

EYELET

(PAIR, - RIGHT

HAND

SIDE ‘w POST,

LEFT OF ANTENNA

REAR OF CENTER

CONSOLE

HAND

ARCH

BRACKETI’A’

POSTTRlM

‘A’ POST TRIM
ASSEMBLY
AsSEMBLY

J Type

B+

FWBL

EYELET

iPAiR

GROUND

,LOCKEDI

B+

FC4BR

EYELET

IPAIR

GROUND

(LOCKED)

B-

RHBS

EYELET

ISINGLE)

CONTROL

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

COLUMN

TOP OF BACKLIGHT
070 i WHITE

FC41,

FC67,10-WAY

GROUND

GROUND

are used to represent

CONNECTOR
MULTILOCK

BT46 i Z-WAY AUGAT

Active
*+
B+
2s1600Hi

GROUND

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR

STEERING

TOP OF BACKLIGHT

B+

2-1600Hr

/

SWlTCH

SOLENOID

DOOR I DOOR CASING

FUEL FILL

GROUNDS

GROUND

symbols

(DOOR OPEN]

MODULE

SCP NETWORK

The following

GROUND

GROUND

FUEL FILLER FLAP SOLENOlD

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground

GROUND

J-WAY

DOOR CASING

DOOR i DOOR CASiNG

TRUNK,

070 /WHITE

DOOR!

DOOR I DOOR CASING

PASSENGER

NATURAL

ST40 / IS-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER,
BLACK
BT4i ! Z&WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
RH?O/ COAXIAL CONNECTOR

070,

GROUND

BATTERY

MODUL

20 WAY MULTILOCK

2 - 1500 HZ

RELEASE

CONTROL

AC13

POWER GROUND

TRUNK

AND LOCKING

Type / Color

SCP NETWORK

CONTROL

SECURITY

FC87!

Connector

DP10-16

SECURITY AND LOCKING
D
Pin
Description

RH7 : COWlAL

MICROSWITCH

Inactive
B+

DP10-17

WINDOW

iCOUPE

NOT-IN-PARK

LABINAL:
MULTILOCK

KEY FOB ANTENNA

DOOR LOCKING

GROUND

Z-WAY

HARD WIRED

B-

Active
*+
B+
B+

111LC I BLACK

FC4 ‘*-WAY

GROUND

*-

DOOR HANDLE

SWlTCH)

GROUND

IDOOR OPEN1

111LC j BLACK

ECONOSEAL

iCON”ERTlBLE,

B+ IMOMENTARY)

I

PASSENGER

(KEY-IN

VALET

GROUND

ECONOSEAL

OP3,13-WAY

KEY FOB ANTENNA

1600 Hz

S

EXTERIOR

SWITCH

BLUE
BLACK

DD3 I13WAY
ICZ4,

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

I

DPIO-8

PASSENGER

SWITCH

MODULE

Description

0
I

-DRIVER

TRUNK

*+

LOCK REQUEST

DD3,13-WAY

GROUND

B+ (MOMENTARY,

DROP REQUEST

- DRIVER

1600 HZ

GROUND

DDll-5

- PASSENGER

RELEASE

2

PASSENGER

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR

AND FUEL FILL RELEASE

POWER GROUND

FORD 2 8 TIMER:
FORD 2.8 TIMER:

BRACKET

DOOR CASlNG

DRIVER

TRUNK

SCP NETWORK

DOOR,

111LC : BLACK

TRUNK

*-

DRIVER

ECONOSEAL

GROUND

SCP NETWORK

I

Inactive
*+

FORD 2.8 TIMER I BLUE
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLACK

OD3 1)13.WAY

GROUND

GROUND

I

0

DDlo I 22~WAY
DD11 ! Z-WAY

FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID

LOGIC GROUND

DOOR HANDLE

- DRIVER

/ Access
SlDE FASCIA!AIRBAG

DPlO I 22.WAY
DP11 22.WAY

DOOR SWITCH

Active
B+
BT
B-

Location
PASSENGER

- PASSENGER

DOOR LOCK SWITCHES

MODULE

I Type / Color

104WAYAMPEEEC.‘GREY

DRIVER

DOOR SWlTCH

2 - 1600 HZ

BATTERY

FC14,

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR

lGNlTlON

7

MODULE

DOOR LOCK SWlTCH

B+

SCP NETWORK

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL

Connector

BODY PROCESSOR

GROUND

NOT-IN-PARK

POWER SUPPLY

Component

B+

GROUND

SUPPLY

VALET SWlTCH

EATERY

Inactive
B+

Active

MODULE

HAND

HAND

LEFT HAND
-RIGHT

HAND

LEG /ADJACENT

TO BATTERY

LEG 1 ADJACENT
LEG,
LEG,
LEG,

To BATTERY

RIGHT HAND
RIGHT

HAND

RIGHT

‘A’ POST
‘N POST

HAND

‘A’ POST

IEG /TRANSMISSION

TUNNEL,

LEG /TRANSMISSION
LEG,
LEG,
LEG,

LEFT HAND
LEFT HAND
LEFT HAND

1 ROOF. ADJACENTTO

TUNNEL.

LEFT HAND

SIDE

LEFT HAND

SIDE

‘N POST
‘& POST
‘A’ POST

BACKLIGHT

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

MESSAGES.

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

to aid the user in understanding

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
circuit operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
those that can be expected
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION
COMPONENTS
Inactive
B+
B+

Active

Location / Access
PASSENGER
SIDEFASCIA,AIRBAG
BRACKE?
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT:
LEFTFRONT

Component
BODYPROCESSOR
MODULE
FUSEBOX-ENGINE
COMPARTMENT

RELAYS
Color / Stripe
BLACK
BLACK

Relay
WiPER
RUNlISTOPRELAY
WlPER
FAST/SLOWRELAY
POWERWASH
RELAY
1#4,

BROWN

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
LF3
LFI
LF60

Connector / Color
LF48I BLACK
WE: BLACK
BUS

Location / Access
LHENCLOSURE
RELAYS
LHENCLOSURE
RELAYS
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FUSEBOX

CONNECTORS

Type I Color
3%WAYECONOSEAL
111
LC,WHITE
20.WAY
MULTlLOCK
070,GREY
IO-WAYMULTlLOCK
070,WHITE

Location / Access
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
LEFTHANDENCLOSVRE
LEFTHPLUD
X’ POSTCONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET
,‘K POSTTRIM
LEFTHAND‘N POSTCONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET
,‘K POSTTRIM

GROUNDS

CONTROL

The following

symbols

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION
COMPONENTS

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
7
Pin
Description
S
FClG4
SCPNETWORK
s FC14~85
SCPNHWORK
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL

Inactive

BODY PROCESSOR

MODULE

GROUND

SECURITY

LOGIC GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

2-1600HZ
PACK LH WlNDOW

DOWY REOUEST

GROUYD

LIFT SENSOR

FEEDBACK

2”=“P:12”=DOWN

DRIVER WINDOW

LIFT SENSOR

FEEDBACK

Z”=“P;1Z”=DOWN

DRIVER WINDOW

LIFT SENSOR

DRl”ER

LIFT MOTOR

WlNDOW

REFERENCE

VOLTAGE

UP SUPPLY

B-

B-

GROUND
GROUND

GROUND
UP REQUEST

GROUND

,MOMENTARYi

GROUND

DRl”ER

PACK RH WINDOW

UP REQUEST

GROUND

IMOMENTARY)

GROUND

UNLOCK

PACK RH WINDOW

DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL

REOVEST
DOWN

REOUEST

LOCK REOVEST

DDlO : Pl~WAY
DD, ,,2ZWAY

PASSENGER

DPlO, 22.WAY
DP, 1 2%WAY

DRIVER
PACK

AND LOCKING

CONTROL

MODULE

PASSENGER

w,NDOW

LIFT - DRIVER

DD16 ‘S-WAY

ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

DRIVER DOOR

VANDOW

LIFT-

DP,S

ECONOSEAL

III LC I BLACK

DRIVER DOOR

PASSENGER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

Location

Type / Color

Connector

PACK

DOOR SWITCH

PACK

/ Access

FASClA

BOTTOM

CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET

RIGHT HAND

SIDE

BO”OM

CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET!

RIGHT HAND

SIDE

GROUND

FASC,A

*+ ,MOMENTAW

GROUND

LEFT HAND’K

POSTCONNECTOR

B+ (MOMENTARYI

GROUND

TRUNK/ABOVE

RIGHT HAND

REAR WHEEL

ARCH

TRUNK/ABOVE

RIGHT HAND

REAR WHEEL

ARCH

Inactive

RlGHT

MOUNTING

S,DE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING

CONVERTlBLE

GROUND

EYELET

(PAIR) - RIGHT

HAND

LEG i RIGHT

FC4AR

EYELET

(PA,R,

HAND

LEG,

LIFT MOTOR

DOWN

SVPPLY

I

DP10-8

LOGIC GROUND

GROUND

S

DP,O-9

SCP NETWORK

Z-1BoOHr

I

DPlO~lO

PASSENGER

SWITCH

PACK RH WINDOW

DOW,,

,

DP,O-1,

PASSENGER

WlNDOW

LIFT MOVEMENT

SENSOR

I

DPlO-12

PASSENGER

WINDOW

LIFT MOVEMENT

SENSOR

FEEDBACK

0

DP10-13

PASSENGER

WINDOW

LiFT MOVEMENT

SENSOR

REFERENCE

WlNDOW

LIFT MOTOR

HAND

BRACKET:‘N

BRACKET!‘K

POSTTRIM

POST TRIM

SIDE ‘N POST,‘A’POSTTRlM
TOP SWiTCH
‘K POST CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

REAR OF CENTER

CONSOLE

ASSEMBLY

REAR OF CENTER

CONSOLE

ASSEMBLY

BRACKET

:‘R

POST TRIM

REOUEST

2”=“P;12”=DOWN

CONTROL

2”=“P,12”=DOWN
VOLTAGE

UP SUPPLY

/ Type
RlGHT

HAND

LEFT HAND

‘A’ POST
‘N POST

GROUND

B- iMOMENTARY,

FEEDBACK

Location

B+

B+

B+

GROUND

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

2 - ,600 HZ
SWITCH

AND LOCKING

PACK RH WlNDOW

CONTROL

VP REQUEST

GROUND

GROUND

B+ iMOMENTARYi

GROUND

Inactive

MODULE

Pin

Description

Active

S

BT40-8

SCP NETWORK

*-

s

BTU-16

SCP NETWORK

2 - 1500 HI

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

D
C
S

1600 HZ

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

are used to represent

CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

e-WAY

CARRIER

CONNECTORS

Ground
FC2AR

WINDOW

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground

ELECTRICAL

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH

GROUND

symbols

TRUNK,

BLACK

B+

The following

16.WAY FORD 2 BTIMER,
BLACK
26-W!,”
FORD IDC ‘BLACK
COAXIAL CONNECTOR
BLACK

PASSENGER

SECURITY

BT40
BT4,
RH20

FASCIA

BLACK
BLACK

040

DPIO~,

PASSENGER

aW,dAYAMP
PCB SIGNAL
24 WAY AMP PCS SlGNAL

040,

GROUNDS

POWER GROUND

FC2S
FCX

MULTILOCK

B+

DP10~18

DOOR CASING

MULTlLOCK

Inactive

DP10-I7

111LC ‘BLACK

?&WAY

BA

I

DOOR,

DRIVER DOOR 1 DOOR CASlNG

IS-WAY

*o-WAY

Active

,

PASSENGER

,’ BLUE
: BLACK

BRACKET

MODULE

POWER SUPPLY

PASSENGER

FORD 2 8 TIMER
FORD 2 8 TIMER
ECONOSEAL

AIRBAG

DOOR CASING

DP17

- DRIVER DOOR

Description

SCP NETWORK

DRIVER DOOR:

DD17

LIFT SWlTCHES

BATTERY

DP10~15

SIDE FASCIA,

VANDOW LIFT SWlTCHES
PASSENGER
DOOR
,PASSENGER
DOOR SWITCH PACK,

Pin
DP,O-1

DP10-16

I Access

PASSENGER

B+ IMOMENTARY)

Active
2- ,500HZ
2- 1600HZ

DOOR CONTROL

S

Location

GREY

FORD 2 8 TIMER I BLUE
FORD 2 8 TIMER,
BLACK

PASSENGER

SCP NETWORK

0

/ Color

DD3:

DR,“ER

MAJOR INSTRUMENT
PACK
v
Pin
Description
s FCE-19
SCP NETWORK

v

DRIVER

EEEC,

2- ,600 HZ
PACK LH WINDOW

DRIVER SWITCH

0

B-

DRIVER SWITCH
SWlTCH

INSTRUMENT

w,NDOW

h4OMEUTARYI

DRIVER WINDOW

DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL

I

MODULE-

Inactive
B+

POWER GROUND

0

DOOR CONTROL

Active
B*
B.

SCP NETWORK

PASSENGER

MODULE

Description
BeTTERY
POWER
SUPPLY
WINDOW
LIFTMOTOR
DOWNSUPPLY
DRIVER SWITCH

FCX-20

DOOR CONTROL

MAJOR

FC14 I104WAYAMP

MODULE

DOOR LOCK SWITCHES-

SCP NETWORK

S

Connector/Type

Component

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

MESSAGES.

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

Battery voltage
Voltage [DC)
Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS.

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
7 Pin
Description
CONVERTIBLE

COMPONENTS
Active

TOP RAISE REQUEST

GROUW

(MOMENTARY)

lGNlTlON

SWITCHED

GROUND

SUPPLY

IGNITION

SWITCHED

GROUND

SUPPLY

GROUND

IGNlTlON

SWITCHED

GROUND

SUPPLY

GROUND

Inactive

Component

B-

BODY PROCESSOR

GROUND

CONVERTlBLE

TOP CLOSED

GROUND

CONVERTIBLE

TOP DOWN

SWITCH

GROUND

CONVERTIBLE

TOP LATCH

CLOSED

TOP READY TO LATCH

GROUND

B-

CONVERTIBLE

TOP PUMP

CONVERTIBLE

TOP LATCH CLOSED

GROUND

,CLOSED,

B-

CONVERTIBLE

TOP RAISED

CONVERTIBLE

TOP LOWER REGUEST

GROUND

IMOMENTARY,

B-

CONVERTiBLE

TOP READY~TO-LATCH

GROUND

Bt

CONVERTIBLE

TOP SWITCH

B+

*7

DOOR CONTROL

MODULE

DOOR CONTROL

MODULE

BAnERY

GLASS

DOWN

POWER SUPPLY

RELAYS ACT,“ATE

iLOGiC\

SCP NEnniORK

*-

CONVERTIBLE

TOP CLOSED

REAR OUmTER

GLASS

UP RELAYS ACTIVATE

,600 Hz

GROUND

B-

GROUND

BL

LATCH
MAIN

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL
S

SCP NETWORK

S

DDlO~,S

SCP NETWORK

MAJOR
;J

Description

S

FC25-19

SW NETWORK

S

FCZS-20

SCP NETWORK

PASSENGER

DOOR CONTROL

Pin
DP10.9

SCP NETWORK

S

DP10-16

SCP NETWORK

c

x*5-24

CAN NETWORK

C

FCZ5~47

CAN NETWORK

SECURITY

AND LOCKING

77

SWlTCH

Active
*-1600Hr
2- ,600HZ

Inactive

Active
*- 1600HZ
2 ,600Hz

Inactive

BT15 I ?-WAY

AMP:

RH2Bi3~WAY

MULTILOCK

RF4,6-WAY

SWITCH

-DRIVER

070,

VALVE

TRUNK

NATURAL

HAND

OPERATING

II RlGHT

RIGHT HAND

070 !WH,TE

HAND

SIDE

OPERATING

FORWARD

DDIO / 22.WAY
DD1 I ! 22.WAY

DRIVER

,‘BL”E
I/ BLACK

PASSENGER

DOOR CASING

DOOR /DOOR

CASING

i BLACK

BT53 : P-WAY

D & RI BLUE

TRUNK/CONVERTIBLE

TOP PUMP

BT54 I2~WAY

D & R, ORANGE

TRUNK,

TOP PUMP

AMP PCB SIGNAL,
AMP PCB SIGNAL

CONVERTIBLE

FASCIA

BLACK
i BLACK

LIGHT

LIFT - LH

RH33,2-WAYECONOSEAL,IIHC,BLACK

REAR OUARTER

PANEL

OUARTER

LIGHT

LIFT - RH

RH34 !2-WAY

REAR QUARTER

PANEL

SECURITY

AND LOCKING

ECONOSEAL

111HC, BLACK

TRUNK/ELECTRICAL

BT40 I16-WAY
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLACK
BT41, Z-WAY
FORD IDC , BLACK
RHZO, COAXIAL CONNECTOR

MODULE

CYLINDER

OF GEAR SELECTOR

DOOR,

QUARTER

CONTROL

CYLINDER

TOP OF WINDSHIELD

070 /WHITE

FORD 2.8 TIMER
FORD 2.8 TIMER

BRACKET

TOP OF WINDSHIELD

FCSZ, ,O~WAY AMP MOL (I BLACK

FC25 148.WAY
FC26 ! 24.WAY

PACK

RIGHT

WHITE

070 1 WHiTE

MULTILOCK

AlRBAG

TOP OF WiNDSHiELD

WHITE

DP10,22-WAYFORD28TiMER/BLUE
DP11 II 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER

PASSENGER

VALVE

INSTRUMENT

MULTILOCK

SlDE FASClA!

CARRIER

PACK

Pin

v
s

MAJOR

MODULE

Description

INSTRUMENT

CONTROL
CONTROL

, SWAY

RF4 i B-WAY MULTILOCK

SWITCH

*-1600HZ

SCP SETWORK

Pin
DD,O-9

RHE

070,

/ Access

PASSENGER

AMP EEEC I GREY

RF4 I S-WAY MULTILOCK

SWITCH

Location

1 Type 1 Color

FCl4,104-WAY

CONVERTIBLE

REAR OUARTER

7

Connector
MODULE

MODULE
Inactive

MODULE

Pin

Description

0

BT40~3

TOP UP RELAY ACTIVATE

B+

GROUND

0

BT40-4

LATCH CONTROL

B2

GROUND

I

BT40-6

BATTERY

B+

BA

S

BT40-8

SCP NETWORK

0

BT40-9

MAIN

0

BT40-10

TOP DOWN

I

BT40-13

GROUND

I

BT40-14

s
1

Inactive

Active
VALVE

POWER SUPPLY

2-1600Hr
VALVE

B+

GROUND

RELAY ACTIVATE

B+

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

BT016

SCP NETWORK

2-

BT41-3

CONVERTIBLE

TOP DOWN SWlTCH

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

/ Color

1 Access

Connector

DOWN

RELAY

LH

BLACK

(VIOLET1

BT74,

VIOLET

TRUNK

RELAYS

QUARTER

DOWN

RELAY - RH

BLACK

,“iOLETl

BT76,

“lOLET

TRUNK

RELAYS

OUARTER

UP RELAY-

LH

BLACK

(“lOLET,

BT74,

VIOLET

TRUNK

RELAYS

OUARTER

UP RELAY-

RH

BLACK

(VIOLET1

BT76,

VIOLET

TRUNK

RELAYS

TOP UP RELAY

BLACK

BT16,

BLACK

TRUNK

RELAYS

TOP DOWN

BLACK

BT17,

BLACK

TRUNK

RELAYS

RELAY

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONTROL

Location

Color / Stripe

QUARTER

Relay

Description

CONTROL

RELAYS

CONNECTORS
Location

Connector

Type I Color

AC14

14.WAY

MULTiiOCK

070,

GREY

FASCIA

BT,

2OWb.Y

MULTLOCK

070,

WHlTE

TRUNK,

070,

YELLOW

TRUNKIABOVE

I Access

BO”OM

CONNECTOR

ABOVE

MOUNTING

HAND

REAR WHEEL

ARCH

RlGHT

HAND

REAR WHEEL

ARCH

BT3

1%WAY

MULTILOCK

DDI

23WAY

P.MP - FORD,

BLACK

DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTlNG

DPI

23-WAY

AMP - FORD,

BLACK

PASSENGER

SIDE ‘A’ POSTI’N

RIGHT

‘A’ POST CONNECTOR

RF,

11.WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

RH2

20-WAY

MULTKOCK

070 /WHITE

RHS

3-wAY

MuLmoc~ 070

RH6

S-WAY

MULTILOCK

RH12

11.WAY

MULTiLOCK

YELLOW

HAND

REAR OF CENTER

CONSOLE

/WHITE

BEHIND

LEFT HAND

070 /WHITE

BEHIND

RIGHT HAND

REAR OF CENTER

070 /YELLOW

BRACKET,

RlGHT

HAND

SIDE

‘A’ POST TRIM

POSTTRIM
MOUNTING

BRACKET/,X

POST TRiM

ASSEMBLY

QUARTER

TRlM

QUARTER

CONSOLE

BRACKET,

RIGHT

PANEL

TRlM

PANEL

ASSEMBLY

,600 HZ

B+

GROUND

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

MESSAGES.

GROUNDS
Ground

Location

BTIAL

EYELET

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

BTlAR

EYELET

(PAIR, - RIGHT HAND

BT, BL

EYELET (PAIR)

BTIBR

EYELET

,PAlRi

BTZBL

EYELET

IPAIR) - LEFT HAND

FCBBR

EYELET

(PAIR)

RHIS

EYELET (SINGLE),

CONTROL

MODULE

I Type

LEFT HAND
- RiGHT

HAND

RIGHT HAND
RIGHT

LEG,

ADJACENT

LEG,
LEG,
LEG,

TO BAnERY

ADJACENT

TO BATTERY

ADJACENTTO

BATTERY

ADJACENTTO

LEG /TRUNK,

BA,TERY

RIGHT REAR

LEG /TRANSMISSION

HAND

TUNNEL,

LEFT HAND

SlDE

REAR OUARTER

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following
I
0
SC

symbols

are used to represent

Input
output
Signal Ground

CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

to aid the user in understanding

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
circuit operation.

KHz
MS
MV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

MAJOR INSTRUMENT
PACK
v
Pin
Description
c FCE-24
CANNETWORK
c FC254.7
CANNETWORK
0

FC26-20

COMPONENTS
Inactive

Active
1% 1500HZ
15%1500H2

VEHICLE
SPEED

Location / Access
TRUNK,RIGHTHANDSIDE
TRUNKIIRIGHTHANOSIDE
DR,“ERDOORCASING
PASSENGER
DOORCASING
FASCIA

22HIQ 10MPH,16KM’H,,44HZQ 20MPH132KM/HI@Ei

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

MESSAGES.

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector

CONNECTORS

Type / Color

GROUNDS
Location / Type
EYELET
IPAIR,-LEFTHANDLEG,ADJACENT
TOBATTERY
EYELET
iSINGLE,,ABOVE
RlGHTHANDSlDEOFTRANSMlSSlON
TUNNEL
EYELET
(PAIR- LEFTHANDLEG,TRANSMiSSlON
TVNNEL.
LEFTHANDSIDE

Ground
ETlAL
CE2
FCJEL
CONTROL

The following

symbols

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

to

aid

the

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

user

MODULE

in understanding

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
circuit

operation.

KHz
MS
MV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected
at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

MAJOR INSTRUMENT
PACK
J
Pin
Description
c FC25-24
CANNETWORK
c FC25-$7
CANNETWORK
0

FC26~20

COMPONENTS
Inactive

Active
15-15OOHi
15- ,500Hz

VEHICLE
SPEED

22Hz@10MPH116KMiHJ; 44HZ@20MPH132KM:HI@ET

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

Location / Access
TRUNK!RIGHTHANDSIDE

Component
ANTENNA
MOTOR
CDAUTO~CHANGER

Connector
I Type I Color
ET,9, B-WAY
YAZAK,c s ” /WHITE
IC7, CD DATA

CONNECTOR

TRUNK

i RIGHT

FULL RANGE

SPEAKER

DD19 /?-WAY

GROTE AND HARTMAN

MDKi

BLACK

DRIVER

DOOR CASING

FULL RANGE

SPEAKER-

DP19 /*-WAY

GROTE AND HARTMAN

MDK,

BLACK

PASSENGER

MAJOR

,NSTRUMENT

RADIO

CASSETrE

- DRIVER DOOR
PASSENGER

DOOR

FC25, .a*-WAY
FC26 i 24.WAY

PACK

MESSAGES.
HEAD UNIT

RADIO NUENNA
RADIO CONTROL

SWITCHES

RADIO TELEPHONE

(STEERING

CONSOLE

IC12,

TRUNK!

RIGHT

RTZO:

CONNECTOR

FULL RANGE

SPEAKER

- DRIVER SIDE

REAR OUARTER

FULL RANGE

SPEAKER

PASSENGER

SiDE

DOOR CASlNG

CENTER

COAXIAL

CONNECTOR

IO-WAY

I SLACK

STEERING

AND WHITE

MULTILOCK

070,

SIDE

FASCIA

BLACK
I BLACK

1C8 / COAXlAL
CONNECTOR
ICI0 !2O~WAY MVLTlLOCK
070 ‘WHITE
IC13, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
IC14 i POWER AMPLIFIER
CONNECTOR
SW4:3-WAYEPC

WHEEL1

REAR OVARTER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

AMP PC6 SlGNAL,
AMP PCE SIGNAL

HAND

HAND

REAR OF CENTER

YELLOW

SIDE

WHEEL
CONSOLE

ASSEMBLb

RI431 /Z-WAY

GROTE AND HARTMAN

MDK,

BLACK

INTERIOR

REAR OUARTER

PANEL

RH30 i Z-WAY

GROTE AND HARTMAN

MDK:

BLACK

INTERIOR

REAR OUARTER

PANEL

CONNECTORS
Location

/ Access

Connector

Type I Color

AC14

14.WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

ET1

20.WAY

MULTlLOCK

070 /WHITE

DD,

23~WAY

AMP - FORD,

BLACK

DRIVER

DP1

23WAY

AMP - FORD,

BLACK

PASSENGER

ICI

PO-WAY MULTILOCK

070,

YELLOW

BELOW

CENTER

CONSOLE

GLOVE

BOX

IC2

14~WAY MULTlLOCK

070,

WHITE

BELOW

CENTER

CONSOLE

GLOVE

BOX

RHI

*o-WAY

MULTlLOCK

070,

GREY

BEHIND

GLOVE

SC3

1%WAY

M”LTlLDCK070,GREY

SW1

12~WA.y MULTILOCK

SW2

6-WAY

040,

FASCIA

GREY

BOTTOM

CONNECTOR

TRUNK/ABOVE

BLACK

MOUNTING

HAND

REAR WHEEL

SIDE ‘N POST MOUNTING
SIDE ‘A’ POST,

BRACKET:

RIGHT

HAND

SIDE

ARCH

BRACKETj’R

POSTTRiM

‘A’ POST TRIM

BOX

RIGHT

HAND

INSIDE

STEERING

CENTER

JST i WHITE

RIGHT

SIDE OF STEERING
COLUMN

OF STEERING

COLUMN

COWL

WHEEL

GROUNDS
Ground
FCSEL

EYELET

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND

CE2

EYELET

,S,NGLEI,

BTIAL

EYELET

IPAIR) - LEFT HAND

CONTROL

The following

symbols

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

Location

MODULE

/ Type
ABOVE

LEG,
RlGHT

TRANSMISSION
HAND

TUNNEL,

SIDE OF TRANSMISSION

LEG /ADJACENTTO

PIN OUT INFORMATION

LEFT HAND

SIDE

TUNNEL

BATTERY

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

MAJOR INSTRUMENT
PACK
v
Pin
Description
C
FC25~24
CAN NETWORK
C

FCZ5-47

0

FC7.6~20

COMPONENTS
Inactive

Active

CAN NETWORK

Component
ANTENNA
MOTOR

Connector

1551500HZ
1%

CD AVTD~CHANGER

IC7

,500 HZ

MAJOR
VEHICLE

SPEED

22 HZ @ ,O MPH 116 KMW.

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

44 Hz Q 20 MPH 132 KM/HI

INSTRUMENT

@ Bi

MESSAGES.

MID-BASS

SPEAKER

MID-BASS

SPEAKER

- DRl”ER

HEAD

UNIT

SWITCHES

RADIO TELEPHONE
REAR OUARTER
REAR WARTER
REAR QUARTER

(STEERING

Z-WAY

SPEAKER

MID~RANGE
MID-RANGE

SPEAKER
SPEAKER

MID-RANGE

SPEAKER

(CONVERTIBLE,
ICOUPE,

- DRi”ER

UJNVERTlBLE,
ICOUPE)

- PASSENGER

(CONVERTIBLEI

- DRIVER SIDE

REAR SUB-WOOFER

iCDN”ERTlBLEi

- PASSENGER

REAR SUB-WOOFER

iCO”PEi

(FASCIA1

- DRIVER SIDE

SWAWKER

iFASCIA

PASSENGER

TWEETER

- DRIVER

TWEETER

- PASSENGER

SIDE

PASSENGER

REAR SVB-WOOFER

SOUAWKER

- DRIVER SIDE
SIDE

SlDE

SIDE

DOOR

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

SIDE

MDK’

PASSENGER

BLACK

DOOR

CENTER

CONSOLE

ICtZ,

TRUNK,

RIGHT HAND

MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK

COAXIAL

070 ‘WHITE
070 ‘WHITE

CONNECTOR
EPC,

BLACK

MULTlLOCK

RH31 ,‘Z~WAY

GRDTE

RH24:

MULTlLDCK

3.WAY

RH30 I Z-WAY

STEERING

AND WHITE

O-WAY MULTILOCK

RHZS K-WAY

GRDTE

070,

SIDE

WHEEL
CONSOLE

ASSEMBLY

REAR WARTER

PANEL

,NTERlOR

REAR QUARTER

PANEL

INTERIOR

REAR OUARTER

PANEL

MDK i BLACK

,NTER,OR

REAR OUARTER

P.wEL

MDK,

BLACK

,NTERlOR

REAR QVARTER

PANEL

REAR QUARTER

PANEL

MDKi

BLACK

GREY

AND HARTMAN

SIDE

lNTERlOR

GREY

AND HARTMAN

HAND

REAR OF CENTER

070 II YELLOW
070,

P-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN

RHZSIZ~WAY

GRDTE

AND HARTMAN

MDK,

BLACK

INTERIOR

RHZG,Z-WAY
RHZ7, Z-WAY

GROTE AND HARTMAN
GRDTE AND HARTMAN

MDK:
MDK,

BLACK
BLACK

PARCEL

SHELF

EC39 i P-WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

GREY

FASCIA,

DRIVER SIDE

FC38!

Z-WAY

MULTILOCK

070 II GREY

FASCIA,

PASSENGER

DD18,

Z-WAY

MULTlLOCK

040,

BLKK

DRIVER DOOR

MVLTILOCK

040,

BLACK

PASSENGER

DP18,2-WAY

DOOR

HAND

,ca: COAXIAL CONNECTOR
lCl0, 20.WAY MULTlLOCK
070 WHITE
ICI3 ‘COAXIAL
CONNECTOR
ICI4 z POWER AMPLIFIER
CONNECTOR

RH27,
SIDE

SIDE

RIGHT

RlGHT

RT20,1

CONNECTOR
MID-RANGE

HAND

TRUNKi

DRIVER DOOR

MDK ‘BLACK

AND HARTMAN

RIGHT

FASCIA

i BLACK
! BLACK

GROTE AND HARTMAN

I Access

TRUNK/

TRUNK,

SW4 ‘S~WAY

WHEEL)

,WHITE

AMP PCB SIGNAL
AMP PCB SlGNAL

DP19 12 WAY GRDTE

DOOR

RADIO ANTENNA
RADIO CONTROL

C S.”

CONNECTOR

ICI7 / 12~WAY
ICI8
1%WAY

CASSETTE

REAR QUARTER

CD DATA

DD19

DOOR

PASSENGER

POWER AMPLIFIER
RADIO

YAZAKI

FC25! 48.WAY
FC26 i24-WAY

PACK

Location

/ Type / Color

BT19 /B-WAY

SIDE

DOOR

CONNECTORS
Location

I Access

Connector

Type / Color

AC14

14.WAY

M”LT,LOCK

070,

GREY

FASCIA

BOTTOM

BT,

PO-WAY MULTILOCK

070,

WWTE

TRUNK,

ABOVE

DDI

23WAY

AMP - FORD,

BLACK

DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING

DP,

23-W!,”

AMP

BLACK

PASSENGER

FORD,

CONNECTOR
RlGHT

MOUNTlNG

HAND

REAR WHEEL
BRACKET,

IC1

20 WAY MULTILOCK

070,YELLOW

BELOW

CENTER

CONSOLE

GLOVE

BOX

14.WAY

070,

BELOW

CENTER

CONSOLE

GLOVE

BOX

IC4

4-WAY

WHITE

TRUNK

i LEFT OF ANTENNA

RHI

ZO-WAY MULTILOCK

070,

GREY

BEHlND

SC3

12.WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

GREY

RIGHT

SW,

12-WAY

MULTILOCK

040,

BLACK

INSIDE

SW2

B-WAY JST,

MULTILOCK

070,

WHITE

CENTER

WHiTE

GLOVE
HAND

RIGHT

HAND

SIDE

ARCH
‘X POSTTRIM

SIDE ‘N POST,‘A’POSTTTRlM

IC2

M”LT,LOCK

BRACKET,

ASSEMBLY

BOX

SIDE OF STEERING

STEERING

COLUMN

OF STEERING

COLUMN

COWL

WHEEL

GROUNDS
Ground

Location

BTl AL

EYELET

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND

BTlCS

EYELET

(SINGLE1

/ADJACENT

CE2

EYELET

iSINGLE,,

ABOVE

FCSBL

EYELET

IPAIR) - LEFT HAND

CONTROL

MODULE

I Type
LEG /ADJACENT

TO BATTERY

TO BATTERY
RIGHT

HAND

SIDE OF TRANSMISSION

LEG /TRANSMISSION

PIN OUT INFORMATION

TUNNEL.

TUNNEL
LEFT HAND

SlDE

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following

symbols

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

to aid the user in understanding

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
circuit operation.

KHz
MS
MV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS.

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector

HANDSET

RT4 /TELEPHONE,

MICROPHONE

RF9 /Z-WAY

PROPRIETARY

MVLTlLOCK

040,

CENTER

ANTENNA

RT7,

TELEPHONE

TRANSCEIVER

RT2 /TELEPHONE!
RE, TELEPHONE:

/ Access

CONSOLE

ROOF CONSOLE

BLUE

TRUNK

TELEPHONE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

Location

I Type I Color

COAXIAL

CENTER

PROPRIETARY
PROPRIETARY

II RIGHT HAND

SIDE

CONSOLE

CONNECTORS

Connector
RF,

Type I Color

RT3

TELEPHONE,

RT6

TELEPHONE

RTZO

IO-WAY

18~WAY MULTILOCK

Location
0X7! YELLOW

PROPRIETARY
/PROPRIETARY

MULTILOCK

070,

YELLOW

RIGHT

HAND

/ Access
‘A’ POST CONNECTOR

CENTER

CONSOLE

CENTER

CONSOLE

REAR OF CENTER

CONSOLE

MOUNTING

BRACKET

“A’

POSTTRIM

ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS
Location

I Type

Ground
FCZCS

EYELET

(SINGLEI,

RIGHT HAND

FC4CS

EYELET

ISINGLE,,

LEFT HAND

‘A’ POST
‘K POST

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

AIRBAG I SRS CONTROL
‘;7
I

MODULE

COMPONENTS

Pin
FC29.4

Description
GROUND

0

FC29.5

MAJOR

D

FC29.6

SERIAL COMMUNiCATlDN

I

FCZ9.7

IGNITION

I

FCZ9-8

LH IMPACTSENSOR

I

FC29-9

RH IMPACTSENSOR

GROUND

GROUND

,NO FAULT,

I

FC29-71

LH IMPACT

SENSOR

STATUS

GROUND

ISHORTED,

B*

I

FCZ9~12

RH IMPACT

SENSOR

STATUS

GROUND

(SHORTED)

Bi

INSTRUMENT

PACK AIRBAG

SWITCHED

MIL

POWER SUPPLY
GROUND

Active

Inactive

Component

GROUND

GROUND

ARBAG

-DRIVER

GROUND

B-

AiRBAG

-PASSENGER

AIRBAG

INTERROGATlON

GROUND

BA

SUPPLY

STATUS

SUPPLY

DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG

POWER SUPPLY

BA (SHORTED

DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG

GROUND

GROUND

iSHORTED

IMPACT

GROUND

iSHORTED

lMPACTSENSORi

SUPPLY

SIDE AlRBAG

GROUND

PASSENGER

SIDE AIRBAG

POWER SUPPLY

FUSED SUPPLY
DEPLOYMENT

SUPPLY

B- ,SHORTED

INTERRUPT
BATERY

COMMON

AIRBAG

COMMON

AIRBAG

CODE RETRIEVAL

GROUND

POWER SUPPLY

GROUND
GROUND
PULSED

SK

SAFING

SAFlNG

(FAULT

OPEN CIRCUIT

SENSOR,

OPEN CIRCUIT

SENSOR,

OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN CIRCUIT

SENSOR

BT iN0

PRESENT,

SUPPLY
OUTPUT

FAULT,

GROUND

WORTED

IMPACT

SENSOR)

OPEN CIRCUIT

GROUND

iSHORTED

IMPACT

SENSORI

OPEN CIRCUIT

GROUND

IPVLSED,

B+
GROUND

GROUND

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

values for Control

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

Module

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”

FC40 !bWAY

CONNECTOR

FC29 : 12.WAY
FC30,12-WAY

MODULE

MULTILOCK

LEFT HAND
070 /WHITE

FORD CARD 1 BLACK
FORD CARD 1 GREY

I Access

OF STEERING

WHEEL

SIDE OF AIRBAG

RIGHT

HAND’A’POST:‘N

RIGHT

HAND

ASSEMBLY
POSTTRIM

‘A’ POST,‘K

POSTTRIM

IMPACT

SENSOR

- RH

LF51 I&WAY

FORD CARD,

NATURAL

FRONT

UPPER moss

MEMBER

I FowwARD

OF RADIATOR

iMPACT

SENSOR

LH

LF50 ‘d-WAY

FORD CARD.

NATUFtAL

FRONT

UPPER CROSS

MEMBER

I FORWARD

OF RADIATOR

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

CONNECTORS

Connector
LF2

Type I Color

Location

B-WAY FORD CARD I BLACK

LEFT HAND

SW?0

Z-WAY

INSlDE

EPC

BLACK

/ Access
‘!4 POST CONNECTOR

STEERING

COLUMN

MO”NTlNG

BRACKET

I ‘A’ POST TRlM

COWL

GROUNDS
Ground

Location

FClS

EYELET

CONTROL

symbols

CENTER

RX74 i S-WAY EPC i BLACK

SIDE

CONTROL

Location

I Type I Color
EPC , BLACK

B-

B,

SUPPLY

GROUND

The following

SW, 1, S-WAY

WHEEL)

0 v (NO FAULTj

STATUS

PASSENGER

NRBAG,

Connector
SIDE (STEERING

MODULE

/ Type

iSINGLE

lTRANSMlSSlON

TUNNEL,

PIN OUT INFORMATION

RIGHT

HAND

SIDE

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

to aid the user in understanding

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
circuit operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
7
Pin
Description
I FC14~4
BATTERY
POWER
SUPPLY
0 FC14-70
HORNRELAYACTIVATE
1 FC14.80
EATERY
POWER SUPPLY ,LDGICI

COMPONENTS
Inactive
B+
B*
B+

Active
B+
GROUND
iHORNSOUNDING,
B+

Connector

Component
BODY PROCESSOR

FC14,

MODULE

ACCESSORY

FUSE BOX - ENGINE

EEEC,

CONNECTOR

FC51 , Z-WAY AMP SERIES

COMPARTMENT

LB,
LF6,
iF7 I
LF8,
LF70,

FUSE BOX-TRUNK

GARAGE

IO-WAY
IO-WAY
10.WAY
IO-WAY
EYELET

BTiO, 10.WAY
ST1 t ,10-WAY
ST??, ?&WAY
BT13,10-WAY
BT64, EYELET

DOOR OPENER

HORN SWITCHES

PASSENGER

GREY

FORWARD

V T.A.
V T.A.
U.T.A.
U.T.A.

HP,,
HP2,
HP3,

WHEEL)

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

TRUNK,

ELECTRICAL

HAND

SIDE OF GLOVE

BOX

LEFT FRONT

CARRlER

GREY
CENTER

I-WAY BLADE
I-WAY BLADE
EYELET

HORN - RH

LF14, LUCAR
LF15,LUCAR

RIGHT ANGLE
RIGHT ANGLE

BT25,

RIGHT

ROOF CONSOLE
070,

RIGHT ANGLE
RIGHT ANGLE

CONNECTOR

FASCIA/ADJACENT-t0

NATURAL
BLACK
GREEN
BLUE

BRACKET

OF GEAR SELECTOR

BLACK

FUSEBOX,
FUSEBOX,
FUSEBOX,
FUSEBOX,

LFlG,LUCAR
LF17, LUCAR

ACCESSORY

/ Access
SIDE FASCIA,AIRBAG

NATURAL
BLACK
GREEN
BLUE

250,

FUSEBOX,
FUSEBOX,
FUSEBOX,
FUSEBOX,

RFll IHYBRIDIWHITE
RF70 , B-WAY MULTILOCK

iROOF CONSOLEi

iSTEERING

“.T.A
“.T A
U.T A.
U T A

HORN - LH

TRUNK

Location

/ Type / Color
AMP

FC42,2-WAY
AMP, BLACK
FC59, LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE

CIGAR LIGHTER
FASClA

IOCWAY

X-WAY AMP SERlES

250 PIN,

WHEEL

FRONT

BUMPER,

REAR

FRONT

BUMPER,

REAR

TRUNK,

BLACK

OF STEERING

ADiACENT

TO BATTERY

RELAYS
Relay
HORNRELAY
(#%?I
ACCESSORY

CONNECTOR

RELAY

i#61

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector

Connector

BROWN

BUS

ENGINE

BROWN

BUS

TRUNK

I Color

/ Access

COMPARTMENT

FUSE BOX

FUSE BOX

CONNECTORS
Location

Type / Color
I-WAY

Location

Color / Stripe

ECONOSEAL

111HC, BLACK

TRVNK

I Access

/ABOVE

RIGHT HAND

?O-WAY

MULTlLOCK

070 /WHITE

LEFT HAND’A’PDST

II-WAY

MULTILOCK

070 /YELLOW

RIGHT

2-WAY

ECONDSEAL

II/ HC, BLACK

REAR OF CENTER

HAND

MULTILOCK

070 /YELLOW

ADJACENTTO

12.WAY

MULTlLOCK

070,

GREY

RIGHT

HAND

I2-WAY

bl”LTlLOCK

040,

BLACK

INSIDE

STEERING

e-WAY

JST , WHlTE

CONSOLE

STEERING
CDLVMN

MOUNTING

BRACKET,%’
BRACKETI’A’

POSTTRiM
POSTTRlM

ASSEMBLY
COLVMN

SIDE OF STEERING

OF STEERWiG

ARCH

MOUNTlNG

‘K POST CONNECTOR

1%WAY

CENTER

REAR WHEEL

CONNECTOR

MOTOR
COLUMN

COWL

WHEEL

GROUNDS
Ground

Location

BTZBR

EYELET

,PAIR, - RIGHT

FCZBL

EYELET

IPAIR, - LEFT HAND

FC28R

EYELET

(PAIR) - RIGHT

FCBBL

EYELET

iPAIR

FC3BR

EYELET

IPAIR) - RIGHT

FUEL

EYELET

IPAIR) - LEFT HAND

FClBR

EYELET

(PAIR, -RIGHT

LFIAL

EYELET

IPAIR) - LEFT HAND

LFZBR

EYELET

(PAIR1 - RIGHT

CONTROL

MODULE

/ Type
HAND
HAND

- LEFT HAND
HAND
HAND
HAND

LEG,
LEG,
IEG,

TRUNK,

RlGHT

RIGHT HAND
RIGHT

HAND

LEG /TRANSMISSION

LEG,
LEG,
LEG,

LEFT HAND
LEFT HAND

PIN OUT INFORMATION

TUNNEL,

LEFT HAND

SiDE

LEFT HAND

SlDE

‘A’ POST

RIGHT HAND
ENGINE

‘A’ POST
TUNNEL.

LEG /TRANSMISSION
LEG,

REAR

‘4’ POST

‘K POST
HEADLAMP

COMPARTMENT,

FORWARD

OF LEFT HAND

HOOD

LATCH

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

+I

The following

symbols

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

Module

Pin Out data:

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
connected and fitted. “Active”

Components

values for Control

B+
V
Hz

to aid the user in understanding

those that can be expected
means a load is applied

at
or

the

a switch

control
is ON;

KHz
MS
MV

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
circuit operation.
module
“Inactive”

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

connector

pins

means

a load

with
is not

all

circuit

applied

SHOULD BE USED FOR
connections

or

a switch

made and all
is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

MESSAGES.

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector

ABS /TRACTION
ADAPTIVE

CONTROL

DAMPING

AIR CONDlTlONlNG

AIRBAG

CONTROL

CONTROL
CONTROL

I SRS CONTROL

BODY PROCESSOR

MODULE

MODVLE
MODULE

AMP HYBR,D!

BT69 : 35WAY

AMP,

AC1 , ZS-WAY
AC*, 16.WAY
AC3 ’ 12.WAY
AC4 ‘*z-WAY

MODULE

MODULE

DATA LINK CONNECTOR

Location

I Type I Color

LF37 : 2I~WAY

SLACK

ENGINE

TRUNK/ADJACENT

BLACK

MULTILOCK
MVLTlLOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTlLOCK

47
47
47
47

A,C UNIT,

1 GREY
i GREY
/ GREY
: GREY

FCZS / 12~WAY FORD CARD / BLACK
FC30 12.WAY FORD CARD ‘GREY

RIGHT

FC14

PASSENGER

1WWAY

AMP EEEC I GREY

FC53 ’ 1B-WAY

AMP OBD2 / BLACK

HAND

- DRIVER

DDlO / 22~WAY
DD11 : 22~WAY

FORD 2 ITIMER;
FORD 2.8 TlMER

BLUE
BLACK

DRIVER

- PASSEWGER

DPlO i 22.WAY
DPI 1 / 22.WAY

FORD 2 8 TIMER,
FORD 2 8 TIMER,

BLUE
BLACK

PASSENGER

GEAR SELECTOR

ILLUMlNATlON

KEYTRANSPONDER
MAJOR

PACK

SEAT CONTROL

MODULE

SEAT CONTROL

MODULE

SECURITY

MODULE

MODULE

lNSTRUMENT

-DRIVER

AND LOCKING

ENGINE

EMlO I ZB-WAY MVLTILOCK
040, GREY
EMll
!1B-WAYM”LTILOCKOnO,GREY
EM12, Z-WAY
M”LTlLOCK040iGREY
EM13:34-WAY
MULTILOCK
040, GREY
EM14!12-WAYM”LTlLOCK47:WH,TE
EM75! 22~WAY MULTlLOCK
47 , WHlTE
MULTlLOCK

070iWHlTE

FRONT

FC22;20-WAY

MULTlLOCK

040,

ADJACENTTO

FC25,48-WAY
FCZB I WWAY

AMP PC8 SIGNAL,
m4P PCB SlGNAL,

SIDE FASCIA

‘AIRBAG

DOOR CASING

CONTROL

OF GEAR SELECTOR

FASCIA

BLACK
BLACK

BELOW

SEAT CUSHION

BELOW

SEAT CUSHION

- PASSENGER

SP3i1.5WAY
SP5,10-WAY

FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2.8 TIMER,

BT40,16-WAYFORD
2 BT,MER,BLACK
BT41,26~WAY
FORD IDC, BLACK
RH20, COAXIAL CONNECTOR

TRUNK,

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT/CONTROL

CONTROL

MODULE

AJ’X

N/A

EM,,

CONTROL

MODULE:

AJX

SC

EM72,14-WAY
AMP JUNIOR
EM731 1%WAYAMPJUNIOR

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

%-WAY

BOSCH,

ENCLOSURE

ASSEMBLY

CONTROL

TRANSMISSION

MODULE

DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX

FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLACK
FORD IDC, BLACK
FORD 2.8 TlMER,
BLACK

TRANSMISSION

BRACKET

DOOR I DOOR CASING

SD3,16-WAY
SD4,26-WAY
SD5 / IO-WAY

MODULE

CARRIER

POSTTRlM

COMPARTMENT!

FCBB I ,&WAY

GREEN

‘A’ POST!‘K

DOOR,

MODULE

LEFT

SlDE

DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX

MODULE
MODULE

HAND

BELOW

DOOR CONTROL
CONTROL

I FRONT

TO ELECTRICAL

RIGHT

DOOR CONTROL

ENGINE

/ Access

COMPARTMENT

BLACK
BLACK

BLACK
POWER TlMER,
BLACK
POWERTIMER,BLACK

ELECTRICAL

CARRIER

CONTROL

MODULE

ENCLOSURE

MODULE

ENCLOSURE

CONNECTORS

Connector

Type / Color

AC14

14.WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

GREY

FASCIA

ST,

ZO-WAY MULTILOCK

070,

WHlTE

TRUNK/ABOVE

070,

WHITE

Location

/ Access

BOTTOM

CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

HAND

REAR WHEEL

HAND

REAR WHEEL

812

ZO~WAY MULTlLOCK

TRUNK/ABOVE

RlGHT

DD,

23.WAY

AMP - FORD,

BLACK

DRl”ER

POST MOVNTiNG

DPI

.X-WAY

AMP

BLACK

PASSENGER

EM,

SO-WAY MULTiLOCK

LF40

13.WAY

FORD,

ECONOSEAL

070,

WHITE

II/ LC, BLACK

SIDE ‘I’

BRACKET,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT/

LEFT HAND

RH2

PO-WAY MULTlLOCK

070,

WHITE

REAR OF CENTER

CONSOLE

ASSEMBLY

,B~WAY

070,

YELLOW

REAR OF CENTER

CONSOLE

ASSEMBLY

SD1

B-WAY

SP,

B-WAY MULTlLOCK

MULTILOCK

RlGHT

HAND

SlDE

ARCH
‘%’ POST TRlM

SIDE ‘A’ POST,‘A’POSTTRlM

RH12

MVLTlLOCK

BRACKET,

RIGHT

070 /YELLOW

BELOW

DRl”ER

070,YELLOW

BELOW

PASSENGER

RiGHTHAND

ENCLOSURE

ENCLOSURE

SEAT
SEAT

GROUNDS
Ground

Location

FCIBL

EYELET

CONTROL

The following

symbols

are used to represent

I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
REFERENCE ONLY.

D
C
S

Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

Module

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately
connected and fitted. “Active”

components

values for Control

MODULE

/ Type

IPAIR) -LEFT

HAND

LEG /TRANSMISSION

PIN OUT INFORMATION

TUNNEL.

LEFT HAND

SIDE

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz

Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz
MS
MV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

‘199R

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

XK8 Range 1998

Appendix

This Appendix contains a listing of CAN and SCP Network messages.

Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Appendix:
BPM
DIAG
DDCM
DSCM
INST
PDCM
PSCM
R
T
SLCM

Body Processor Module
Diagnostics
Driver Door Control Module
Driver Seat Control Module
Instrument Pack
Passenger Door Control Module
Passenger Seat Control Module
Receive
Transmit
Security and Locking Control Module

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

i

Appendix

XK8 Range 1998

CAN Messages by Node
NODE: Engine Control Module
Transmitted by ECM
Message

Useage

CAN traction acknowledge
CAN traction control estimated engine torque
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque
CAN throttle position
CAN pedal position
CAN torque reduction acknowledge
CAN engine speed
CAN brake pedal pressed
CAN cruise status
CAN park brake status
CAN OBD II clear fault codes
CAN engine coolant temperature
CAN engine OBD II MIL
CAN throttle malfunction red
CAN throttle malfunction amber
CAN ECM fault code MIL status
CAN ECM PECUS flag
CAN engine fault codes
CAN fuel used
CAN NWM token ECM
CAN diagnostic data out – ECM

Confirms torque reduction for traction control
Derived from map of engine characteristics
Derived from map of engine characteristics
Throttle valve position
Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand
Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management
Engine speed
Brake switch status
Cruise control system status
Indicates whether the parking brake is on
Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBD II DTCs
Engine coolant temperature in Celsius
MIL control for OBD II DTCs
Red throttle malfunction warnings
Amber throttle malfunction warnings
Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on
PECUS programmed status of ECM
EMS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes
Derived from injector pulse duration
Message for monitoring network status
From external diagnostics device only

ii

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998

Appendix

CAN Messages by Node
NODE: Engine Control Module
Received by ECM
Message

Usage

Source

CAN torque reduction throttle
CAN fast torque reduction ignition
CAN fast torque reduction cylinder
CAN torque reduction request
CAN transmission overload
CAN transmission input speed
CAN transmission output speed
CAN torque converter slip
CAN kickdown
CAN traction status
CAN vehicle reference speed
CAN ABS fault codes
CAN OBD II ABS clear acknowledge
CAN ABS fault code MIL status
CAN ABS malfunction
CAN side lamp status
CAN dipped beam status
CAN main beam status
CAN oil pressure low
CAN fuel level damped
CAN fuel level raw
CAN gear position actual
CAN torque converter status
CAN gear position selected
CAN gear selection fault
CAN transmission shift map
CAN transmission oil temperature
CAN transmission malfunction
CAN TCM fault code MIL status
CAN OBD II TCM clear acknowledge
CAN transmission fault codes
CAN left front wheel speed
CAN right front wheel speed
CAN left rear wheel speed
CAN right rear wheel speed
CAN NWM token – TCM
CAN NWM token – INST
CAN NWM token – ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – ECM

For traction control – throttle intervention
Fast stability control response – ignition retard
Fast stability control response – cylinder fuel cutoff
For shift energy management
Protects transmission against excessive torque
Transmission input shaft speed
Transmission output shaft speed
Percentage of torque converter slip
Kickdown status
Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning
Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size
ABS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes
Acknowledgment that OBD II ABS DTCs have been cleared
Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL on
Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems
Side lamp state for idle speed control
Dipped beam state for idle speed control
Main beam state for idle speed control
Indicates low engine oil pressure
Indicates ‘damped’ level of fuel in tank
Indicates ‘raw – undamped’ level of fuel in tank
Actual transmission gear state
Indicates torque converter lockup
Position of transmission rotary switch
Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected
Dynamic shift program currently selected
Transmission fluid temperature
Transmission malfunction warning
Indicates whether the TCM DTC should switch MIL on
Acknowledgment that OBD II DTCs have been cleared
TCM DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes
Front left wheel speed
Front right wheel speed
Rear left wheel speed
Rear right wheel speed
Message for monitoring network status
Message for monitoring network status
Message for monitoring network status
From external diagnostics device only

ABS
ABS
ABS
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
ABS
ABS
ABS
ABS
ABS
ABS
INST
INST
INST
INST
INST
INST
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
ABS
ABS
ABS
ABS
TCM
INST
ABS
DIAG

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

iii

Appendix

XK8 Range 1998

CAN Messages by Node
NODE: Transmission Control Module
Transmitted by TCM
Message

Usage

CAN torque reduction request
CAN transmission overload
CAN transmission input speed
CAN transmission output speed
CAN torque converter slip
CAN kickdown
CAN gear position actual
CAN torque converter status
CAN gear position selected
CAN gear selection fault
CAN transmission shift map
CAN transmission oil temperature
CAN transmission malfunction
CAN TCM PECUS flag
CAN TCM fault code MIL status
CAN OBD II TCM clear acknowledge
CAN transmission fault codes
CAN NWM token – TCM
CAN diagnostic data out – TCM

For shift energy management
Protects transmission against excessive torque
Transmission input shaft speed
Transmission output shaft speed
Percentage of torque converter slip
Kickdown status
Actual transmission gear state
Indicates torque converter lockup
Position of transmission rotary switch
Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected
Dynamic shift program currently selected
Transmission fluid temperature
Transmission malfunction warning
PECUS programmed status of TCM
Indicates whether the TCM DTC should switch MIL on
Acknowledgment that OBD II DTCs have been cleared
TCM DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes
Message for monitoring network status
To external diagnostics device only

Received by TCM
Message

Usage

Source

CAN traction status
CAN ABS malfunction
CAN ABS status
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque
CAN throttle position
CAN pedal position
CAN torque reduction acknowledge
CAN engine speed
CAN brake pedal pressed
CAN cruise status
CAN OBD II clear fault codes
CAN engine coolant temperature
CAN engine OBD II MIL
CAN throttle malfunction red
CAN throttle malfunction amber
CAN ECM fault code MIL status
CAN engine fault codes
CAN left front wheel speed
CAN right front wheel speed
CAN NWM token – ECM
CAN NWM token – INST
CAN NWM token – ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – TCM

Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning
Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems
Indicates whether ABS is operating
Derived from map of engine characteristics
Throttle valve position
Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand
Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management
Engine speed
Brake switch status
Cruise control system status
Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBD II DTCs
Engine coolant temperature in Celsius
MIL control for OBD II DTCs
Red throttle malfunction warnings
Amber throttle malfunction warnings
Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on
EMS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes
Front left wheel speed
Front right wheel speed
Message for monitoring network status
Message for monitoring network status
Message for monitoring network status
From external diagnostics device only

ABS
ABS
ABS
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ABS
ABS
ECM
INST
ABS
DIAG

iv

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998

Appendix

CAN Messages by Node
NODE: Instrument Pack
Transmitted by INST
Message

Usage

CAN side lamp status
CAN dipped beam status
CAN main beam status
CAN oil pressure low
CAN fuel level damped
CAN fuel level raw
CAN NWM token – INST
CAN diagnostic data out – INST

Side lamp state for idle speed control
Dipped beam state for idle speed control
Main beam state for idle speed control
Indicates low engine oil pressure
Indicates ‘damped’ level of fuel in tank
Indicates ‘raw – undamped’ level of fuel in tank
Message for monitoring network status
To external diagnostics device only

Received by INST
Message

Usage

Source

CAN traction status
CAN vehicle reference speed
CAN reference distance traveled
CAN ABS malfunction
CAN engine speed
CAN brake pedal pressed
CAN park brake status
CAN gear position selected
CAN gear selection fault
CAN transmission oil temperature
CAN transmission malfunction
CAN TCM PECUS flag
CAN engine coolant temperature
CAN engine OBD II MIL
CAN throttle malfunction red
CAN throttle malfunction amber
CAN ECM PECUS flag
CAN fuel used
CAN right rear wheel speed
CAN NWM token – ECM
CAN NWM token – TCM
CAN NWM token – ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – INST

Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning
Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size
Rolling count – based on a standard wheel size
Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems
Engine speed
Brake switch status
Indicates whether the parking brake is on
Position of transmission rotary switch
Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected
Transmission fluid temperature
Transmission malfunction warning
PECUS programmed status of TCM
Engine coolant temperature in Celsius
MIL control for OBD II DTCs
Red throttle malfunction warnings
Amber throttle malfunction warnings
PECUS programmed status of ECM
Derived from injector pulse duration
Rear right wheel speed
Message for monitoring network status
Message for monitoring network status
Message for monitoring network status
From external diagnostics device only

ABS
ABS
ABS
ABS
ECM
ECM
ECM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ABS
ECM
TCM
ABS
DIAG

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

v

Appendix

XK8 Range 1998

CAN Messages by Node
NODE: ABS / Traction Control Control Module
Transmitted by ABS/TC CM
Message

Usage

CAN torque reduction throttle
CAN fast torque reduction ignition
CAN fast torque reduction cylinder
CAN traction status
CAN vehicle reference speed
CAN reference distance traveled
CAN ABS fault codes
CAN OBD II ABS clear acknowledge
CAN ABS fault code MIL status
CAN ABS malfunction
CAN ABS status
CAN left front wheel speed
CAN right front wheel speed
CAN left rear wheel speed
CAN right rear wheel speed
CAN NWM token – ABS
CAN diagnostic data out – ABS

For traction control – throttle intervention
Fast stability control response – ignition retard
Fast stability control response – cylinder fuel cut off
Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning
Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size
Rolling count – based on a standard wheel size
ABS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes
Acknowledgment that OBD II ABS DTCs have been cleared
Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL on
Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems
Indicates whether ABS is operating
Front left wheel speed
Front right wheel speed
Rear left wheel speed
Rear right wheel speed
Message for monitoring network status
From external diagnostics device only

Received by ABS/TC CM
Message

Usage

Source

CAN traction acknowledge
CAN traction control estimated engine torque
CAN transmission input speed
CAN transmission output speed
CAN torque converter slip
CAN kickdown
CAN throttle position
CAN pedal position
CAN engine speed
CAN brake pedal pressed
CAN OBD II clear fault codes
CAN gear position actual
CAN torque converter status
CAN transmission shift map
CAN transmission malfunction
CAN transmission fault codes
CAN engine OBD II MIL
CAN throttle malfunction red
CAN throttle malfunction amber
CAN ECM fault code MIL status
CAN engine fault codes
CAN NWM token – ECM
CAN NWM token – TCM
CAN NWM token – INST
CAN diagnostic data in – ABS

Confirms torque reduction for traction control
Derived from map of engine characteristics
Transmission input shaft speed
Transmission output shaft speed
Percentage of torque converter slip
Kickdown status
Throttle valve position
Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand
Engine speed
Brake switch status
Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBD II DTCs
Actual transmission gear state
Indicates torque converter lockup
Dynamic shift program currently selected
Transmission malfunction warning
TCM DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes
MIL control for OBD II DTCs
Red throttle malfunction warnings
Amber throttle malfunction warnings
Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on
EMS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes
Message for monitoring network status
Message for monitoring network status
Message for monitoring network status
From external diagnostics device only

ECM
ECM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
TCM
INST
DIAG

vi

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998

Appendix

CAN Messages by Node
NODE: Gear Selector Module (listen only)
Received by Gear Selector Module
Message

Usage

Source

CAN gear position selected
CAN gear selection fault

Gear selector indicator illumination

TCM
TCM

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

vii

Appendix

XK8 Range 1998

CAN Message Matrix
Message
CAN torque reduction throttle
CAN fast torque reduction ignition
CAN fast torque reduction cylinder
CAN traction acknowledge
CAN traction control estimated engine torque
CAN torque reduction request
CAN transmission overload
CAN transmission input speed
CAN transmission out speed
CAN torque converter slip
CAN kickdown
CAN traction status
CAN vehicle reference speed
CAN reference distance traveled
CAN ABS fault codes
CAN OBD II ABS clear acknowledge
CAN ABS fault code MIL status
CAN ABS malfunction
CAN ABS status
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque
CAN throttle position
CAN pedal position
CAN torque reduction acknowledge
CAN engine speed
CAN brake pedal pressed
CAN cruise status
CAN park brake status
CAN OBD II clear fault codes
CAN side lamp status
CAN dipped beam status
CAN main beam status
CAN oil pressure low
CAN fuel level raw
CAN fuel level damped
CAN gear position actual
CAN torque converter status
CAN gear position selected
CAN gear selection fault
CAN transmission shift map
CAN transmission oil temperature
CAN transmission malfunction
CAN TCM PECUS flag
CAN TCM fault code MIL status
CAN OBD II TCM clear acknowledge
CAN transmission fault codes
CAN engine coolant temperature
CAN engine OBD II MIL
CAN throttle malfunction red
CAN throttle malfunction amber
CAN ECM fault code MIL status
CAN ECM PECUS flag
CAN engine fault codes
CAN fuel used
CAN left front wheel speed
CAN right front wheel speed
CAN left rear wheel speed
CAN right rear wheel speed

viii

ABS

TCM

ECM

INST

Gear
Selector

Diagnostics

T .................................. R .................................................................................
T .................................. R .................................................................................
T .................................. R .................................................................................
R ................................. T .................................................................................
R ................................. T .................................................................................
................ T ............... R .................................................................................
................ T ............... R .................................................................................
R .............. T ............... R .................................................................................
R .............. T ............... R .................................................................................
R .............. T ............... R .................................................................................
R .............. T ............... R .................................................................................
T ............... R ............... R ............... R ..............................................................
T .................................. R ............... R ..............................................................
T ..................................................... R ..............................................................
T .................................. R .................................................................................
T .................................. R .................................................................................
T .................................. R .................................................................................
T ............... R ............... R ............... R ..............................................................
T ............... R ....................................................................................................
................ R ............... T .................................................................................
R .............. R ............... T .................................................................................
R .............. R ............... T .................................................................................
................ R ............... T .................................................................................
R .............. R ............... T ............... R ..............................................................
R .............. R ............... T ............... R ..............................................................
................ R ............... T .................................................................................
................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
R .............. R ............... T .................................................................................
................................... R ............... T ..............................................................
................................... R ............... T ..............................................................
................................... R ............... T ..............................................................
................................... R ............... T ..............................................................
................................... R ............... T ..............................................................
................................... R ............... T ..............................................................
R .............. T ............... R .................................................................................
R .............. T ............... R .................................................................................
R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ...........................................
R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ...........................................
R .............. T ............... R .................................................................................
................ T ............... R ............... R ..............................................................
R .............. T ............... R ............... R ..............................................................
................ T .................................. R ..............................................................
................ T ............... R .................................................................................
................ T ............... R .................................................................................
R .............. T ............... R .................................................................................
................ R ............... T ............... R ..............................................................
R .............. R ............... T ............... R ..............................................................
R .............. R ............... T ............... R ..............................................................
R .............. R ............... T ............... R ..............................................................
R .............. R ............... T .................................................................................
................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
R .............. R ............... T .................................................................................
................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
T ............... R ............... R .................................................................................
T ............... R ............... R .................................................................................
T .................................. R .................................................................................
T .................................. R ............... R ..............................................................
DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998

Message

ABS

CAN NWM token – ECM
CAN NWM token – TCM
CAN NWM token – INST
CAN NWM token – ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – ECM
CAN diagnostic data in – TCM
CAN diagnostic data in – INST
CAN diagnostic data in – ABS
CAN diagnostic data out – ECM
CAN diagnostic data out – TCM
CAN diagnostic data out – INST
CAN diagnostic data out – ABS

DATE OF ISSUE:

Appendix

SEPTEMBER 1997

TCM

ECM

INST

Gear
Selector

Diagnostics

R .............. R ............... T ............... R ..............................................................
R .............. T ............... R ............... R ..............................................................
R .............. R ............... R ............... T ..............................................................
T ............... R ............... R ............... R ..............................................................
................................... R ............................................................. T ................
................ R ................................................................................ T ................
...................................................... R .......................................... T ................
R .................................................................................................. T ................
................................... T ............................................................. R ................
................ T ................................................................................ R ................
...................................................... T .......................................... R ................
T ................................................................................................... R ................

ix

Appendix

XK8 Range 1998

SCP Message Matrix
#

Message Name

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23–58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90

Vehicle speed
Brake pedal pressed
SLCM not programmed
BPM not programmed
DDCM not programmed
DSCM not programmed
PDCM not programmed
PSCM not programmed
Left hand drive vehicle
Valet mode OFF
Non-convertible vehicle
Right hand drive vehicle
Valet mode ON
Convertible vehicle
Request vehicle drive side
Request valet mode status
Request convertible status
Reverse gear selected
Not-in-park switch – inactive
Not-in-park switch – active
Request not-in-park switch status
Request not-in-park switch status
Diagnostic messages
Charging OK
Inertia switch inactive
Inertia switch active
Request inertia switch status
Request inertia switch status
Ignition status
Key not-in-ignition
Key in-ignition
Request ignition status
Request ignition status
Request ignition status
Request ignition status
Request ignition status
Request ignition status
Request key-in status
Request key-in status
Request key-in status
Request key-in status
Seat belt telltale OFF
Low washer fluid warning OFF
Convertible top latch warning OFF
Seat belt telltale ON
Low washer fluid warning ON
Convertible top latch warning ON
Request washer fluid status
Request convertible top latch status
Security audible indication
Remote panic
Security disarm
Glass break fault
Security armed
Key valid

x

INST

BPM

DDCM

PDCM

DSCM

PSCM

SLCM

T ............... R ............... R ........................................................................ R .....
T ............... R ....................................................................................................
R ............................................................................................................. T .....
R .............. T ....................................................................................................
R ................................. T .................................................................................
R ....................................................................... T ...........................................
R .................................................... T ..............................................................
R .......................................................................................... T ........................
................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R .....
................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R .....
................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
................ R ............... T .................................................................................
................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
................ T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ........................
................ T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ........................
................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
................ R ........................................................................ T ........................
........................................................................................................................
T ........................................................................ R ............... R ........................
................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R .....
................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R .....
................ R ............... T .................................................................................
................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R .....
................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R .....
................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
T ............... R ....................................................................................................
................ R ............... T .................................................................................
................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
................ R ........................................................................ T ........................
................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
................ R ............... T .................................................................................
................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
R ....................................................................... T ...........................................
R .............. T ....................................................................................................
R ............................................................................................................. T .....
R ....................................................................... T ...........................................
R .............. T ....................................................................................................
R ............................................................................................................. T .....
T ............... R ....................................................................................................
T .............................................................................................................. R .....
................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
................ T ........................................................................................... R .....

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998

#

Message Name

91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98–165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
(continued)

Glass break detected
Request security arm status
Request security arm status
Request security arm status
Seat belt chime OFF
Seat belt chime ON
Request seat belt chime status
Diagnostic messages
Recall memory 1
Recall memory 2
Save memory 1
Save memory 2
DDCM memory 1 recalled
DSCM memory 1 recalled
PDCM memory 1 recalled
DDCM memory 2 recalled
DSCM memory 2 recalled
PDCM memory 2 recalled
Park fold-back mirrors
Unfold fold-back mirrors
Stop driver mirror
Stop passenger mirror
Driver mirror up
Passenger mirror up
Driver mirror down
Passenger mirror down
Passenger mirror right
Passenger mirror left
Unlock driver door
Unlock passenger door
Remote unlock
Remote trunk release
Lock front doors
Lock front doors
Remote superlock
Superlock driver door
Superlock passenger door
Remote lock
Vehicle unlocked
Driver door unlocked
Passenger door unlocked
Driver lock switch status
Passenger lock switch status
Driver door unsuperlocked
Passenger door unsuperlocked
Vehicle locked
Driver door locked
Passenger door locked
Driver door superlocked
Passenger door superlocked
Request vehicle lock status
Request driver door lock status
Request passenger door status
Request driver key barrel status
Request driver key barrel status

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

Appendix

INST

BPM

DDCM

PDCM

DSCM

PSCM

SLCM

................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
................................... T ........................................................................ R .....
...................................................... T ..................................................... R .....
................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
................ T ..................................................... R ...........................................
........................................................................................................................
................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ...........................................
................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ...........................................
................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ...........................................
................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ...........................................
................ R ............... T .................................................................................
................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
................ R ............... T .................................................................................
................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
................................... T .................................. R ............... R ........................
................................... T .................................. R ............... R ........................
................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
................................... R ............... T ..............................................................
................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
................ R ............... T .................................................................................
................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
................................... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
......................................................................... T ...........................................
................................... T .................................................................................
................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
................ R ............... T ........................................................................ R .....
................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
................ R .................................. R ..................................................... T .....
................ R ............... T ........................................................................ R .....
................ R .................................. T ..................................................... R .....
................ R ............... T .................................................................................
................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
................ R ............... T ........................................................................ R .....
................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
................ R ............... T .................................................................................
................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
................................... R ........................................................................ T .....
................................... T ........................................................................ R .....
...................................................... T ..................................................... R .....
................................... R ........................................................................ T .....
................................... R ............... T ..............................................................

xi

Appendix

XK8 Range 1998

SCP Message Matrix
#

Message Name

213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268

Request passenger key barrel status (deleted)
Request passenger key barrel status (deleted)
Request superlock status
Open trunk
Hood closed
Driver door closed
Passenger door closed
Trunk closed
Stop fuel filler flap open
Convertible top latch status
Hood ajar
Driver door ajar
Passenger door ajar
Trunk ajar
Open fuel filler flap
Request hood ajar status
Request driver door ajar status
Request driver door status
Request driver door ajar status
Request passenger door ajar status
Request trunk ajar status
Request convertible top latch switches status
Driver seat heater telltale OFF
Passenger seat heater telltale OFF
Driver seat heater telltale ON
Passenger seat heater telltale ON
Request driver heater telltale status
Request passenger heater telltale status
Stop global window open
Stop global window close
Position driver window
Position passenger window
Position rear quarters
Driver window position
Passenger window position
Stop passenger window open
Stop convertible top open
Stop passenger window close
Stop convertible top close
Open passenger window
Open convertible top
Close passenger window
Close convertible top
Request driver window position
Request passenger window position
Request driver and passenger window switch status
Driver seat heater switch active
Passenger seat heater switch active
Front bulb failure
Rear bulb failure
Front bulbs OK
Rear bulbs OK
Request front bulb fail status
Request rear bulb fail status
Rear fog lamps OFF
Remote headlamp convenience OFF

xii

INST

BPM

DDCM

PDCM

DSCM

PSCM

SLCM

...................................................... R ..................................................... T .....
................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
................ T ............... R ............... R ..............................................................
................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
R .............. T ........................................................................................... R .....
R .............. R ............... T .................................. R .................................. R .....
R .............. R ..................................................... T ............... R ............... R .....
R .............. R ........................................................................................... T .....
................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
................ T ....................................................................................................
R .............. T ........................................................................................... R .....
R .............. R ............... T .................................. R .................................. R .....
R .............. R .................................. T .................................. R ............... R .....
R .............. R ........................................................................................... T .....
................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
................................... R ........................................................................ T .....
................ T ............... R .................................................................................
................................... R .................................. T ...........................................
...................................................... R ..................................................... T .....
................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
................ R ........................................................................ T ........................
................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
................ R ........................................................................ T ........................
................ T ..................................................... R ...........................................
................ T ........................................................................ R ........................
................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
................................... R ........................................................................ T .....
...................................................... R ..................................................... T .....
................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
................................... T ........................................................................ R .....
...................................................... T ..................................................... R .....
................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
................................... R ........................................................................ T .....
...................................................... R ..................................................... T .....
................................... R ............... T ..............................................................
................ T ..................................................... R ...........................................
................ T ........................................................................ R ........................
R .............. T ....................................................................................................
R ............................................................................................................. T .....
R .............. T ....................................................................................................
R ............................................................................................................. T .....
T ............... R ....................................................................................................
T .............................................................................................................. R .....
................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
................ R ........................................................................................... T .....

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998

#

Message Name

269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303–356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377

Rear fog lamps ON
Remote headlamp convenience ON
Dip beam OFF
Side lamps OFF
Hazard warning OFF
Left DI lamp OFF
Right DI lamp OFF
Main beam OFF
Rear fog lamps OFF
Main beam flash OFF
Request rear fog switch status
Request remote headlamp convenience status
Dip beam ON
Side lamps ON
Hazards ON
Left DI lamp ON
Right DI lamp ON
Main beam ON
Rear fog lamps ON
Main beam flash ON
Request dip beam status
Request side lamps status
Request left DI status
Request right DI status
Request main beam status
Request hazard warning status
Request rear fog lamps status
Interior lamps OFF
Interior lamps ON
Request interior lighting status
Valet mode message OFF
Recoding keying message OFF
Valet mode message
Recoding keying message
Diagnostic messages
Wake up (SLCM)
Wake up (BPM)
Wake up (INST)
Wake up (DDCM)
Wake up (DSCM)
Wake up (PDCM)
Wake up (PSCM)
Network awake (SLCM)
Network awake (BPM)
Network awake (INST)
Network awake (DDCM)
Network awake (DSCM)
Network awake (PDCM)
Network awake (PSCM)
SLCM entering sleep mode
BPM entering sleep mode
INST entering sleep mode
DDCM entering sleep mode
DSCM entering sleep mode
PDCM entering sleep mode
PSCM entering sleep mode

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

Appendix

INST

BPM

DDCM

PDCM

DSCM

PSCM

SLCM

................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
R .............. T ....................................................................................................
R .............. T ....................................................................................................
R .............. T ....................................................................................................
R .............. T ....................................................................................................
R .............. T ....................................................................................................
R .............. T ....................................................................................................
................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
R .............. T ....................................................................................................
R .............. T ....................................................................................................
R .............. T ....................................................................................................
R .............. T ....................................................................................................
R .............. T ....................................................................................................
R .............. T ....................................................................................................
................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
T ............... R ....................................................................................................
T ............... R ....................................................................................................
T ............... R ....................................................................................................
T ............... R ....................................................................................................
T ............... R ....................................................................................................
T ............... R ....................................................................................................
................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
R .............. T ....................................................................................................
R .............. T ....................................................................................................
T ............... R ....................................................................................................
R .............. T ....................................................................................................
R ............................................................................................................. T .....
R .............. T ....................................................................................................
R ............................................................................................................. T .....
........................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................... T .....
................ T ....................................................................................................
T .......................................................................................................................
................................... T .................................................................................
......................................................................... T ...........................................
...................................................... T ..............................................................
............................................................................................ T ........................
R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T .....
R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
R .............. R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R .....
R .............. R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R .....
R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T .....
R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
R .............. R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R .....
R .............. R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R .....

xiii
Source Exif Data: 
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : Yes
Create Date                     : 1999:04:27 13:55:36
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 3.01 for Power Macintosh
Subject                         : X100 9875/E COVER
Creator                         : Adobe PageMaker 6.5
Title                           : X100 9875/E COVER
Author                          : George Mettam
Modify Date                     : 2000:06:06 09:27:54+01:00
Page Count                      : 129
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Navigation menu